WO2003092417A1 - Clothing having figure adjusting function - Google Patents

Clothing having figure adjusting function Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2003092417A1
WO2003092417A1 PCT/JP2003/004934 JP0304934W WO03092417A1 WO 2003092417 A1 WO2003092417 A1 WO 2003092417A1 JP 0304934 W JP0304934 W JP 0304934W WO 03092417 A1 WO03092417 A1 WO 03092417A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
edge
expansion
garment
yarn
line
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2003/004934
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Kei Oya
Mayumi Ogawa
Masami Saito
Masayo Sakata
Original Assignee
Wacoal Corp.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Wacoal Corp. filed Critical Wacoal Corp.
Priority to KR1020037012839A priority Critical patent/KR100540739B1/en
Priority to AU2003235239A priority patent/AU2003235239A1/en
Priority to JP2004500613A priority patent/JP3634859B2/en
Publication of WO2003092417A1 publication Critical patent/WO2003092417A1/en
Priority to HK04109060A priority patent/HK1067504A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A41WEARING APPAREL
    • A41BSHIRTS; UNDERWEAR; BABY LINEN; HANDKERCHIEFS
    • A41B17/00Selection of special materials for underwear
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A41WEARING APPAREL
    • A41CCORSETS; BRASSIERES
    • A41C1/00Corsets or girdles
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04BKNITTING
    • D04B21/00Warp knitting processes for the production of fabrics or articles not dependent on the use of particular machines; Fabrics or articles defined by such processes
    • D04B21/14Fabrics characterised by the incorporation by knitting, in one or more thread, fleece, or fabric layers, of reinforcing, binding, or decorative threads; Fabrics incorporating small auxiliary elements, e.g. for decorative purposes
    • D04B21/18Fabrics characterised by the incorporation by knitting, in one or more thread, fleece, or fabric layers, of reinforcing, binding, or decorative threads; Fabrics incorporating small auxiliary elements, e.g. for decorative purposes incorporating elastic threads
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04BKNITTING
    • D04B21/00Warp knitting processes for the production of fabrics or articles not dependent on the use of particular machines; Fabrics or articles defined by such processes
    • D04B21/20Warp knitting processes for the production of fabrics or articles not dependent on the use of particular machines; Fabrics or articles defined by such processes specially adapted for knitting articles of particular configuration
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A41WEARING APPAREL
    • A41BSHIRTS; UNDERWEAR; BABY LINEN; HANDKERCHIEFS
    • A41B2400/00Functions or special features of shirts, underwear, baby linen or handkerchiefs not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • A41B2400/38Shaping the contour of the body or adjusting the figure

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a garment having an edge that does not need to be trimmed while being cut and having a body shape correcting function.
  • the edge of clothing such as the hem
  • This cleaning is called hemming, or the like, and is done in various ways depending on the part or material.
  • hemming or the like, and is done in various ways depending on the part or material.
  • the edges of the fabric are sewn, for example, over the edge 130 of the fabric and sewn (13, 13 are sewing lines).
  • a girdle having an edge that does not need to be trimmed such as a girdle having an edge that does not need to be trimmed, so that the edge of the dough that does not need to be edged becomes the girdle hem is made of at least a piece of the cloth that does not need to be trimmed.
  • Clothing used for at least a part of is being used. Also, wear it in close contact with your body, For clothing with a compensation function, instead of applying another patch cloth to the part where the stretching power is to be strengthened, instead of applying a patch cloth, the thickening of the ⁇ yarn is inserted or inserted into the part where the stretching power is to be strengthened.
  • a method of giving a body shape correction function such as a hip-up function without causing a step difference as in the case of using a patch cloth.
  • the direction of the line for switching the expansion / contraction power is substantially parallel to the yarn supply direction, that is, the knitting direction, even when an area where the expansion / contraction power is changed by properly using non-conductive yarn is formed.
  • the elastic power and the non-conductive yarn are both used at the same time to form a region where the expansion / contraction power has changed, in a direction along the upper straight line.
  • the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is used.
  • the direction of the line for switching the expansion / contraction power and the direction of the line of the edge that is not required to be cleaned must be oriented substantially in parallel.
  • Fig. 34 shows a model sample in which a region where the expansion / contraction power changes due to the use of elastic yarn is formed in one knitted fabric by the above-mentioned conventional method, and at the same time in one same knitted fabric.
  • the shape of this piece is merely a shape taken for explanation, and is not an exact shape applied to a particular piece of clothing.
  • a part of a short girdle that has a shape close to the right part to cover the sides from the front to the back and to force the hips of the back is used as an explanatory model.
  • the left side of the figure is the rear center side.
  • FIGS. 12 to 16 and FIG. 35 to be described later are drawings having the same purpose.
  • the edge of 101 is an unnecessary edge
  • 103 is a region where the elastic power changes (for example, the elastic power
  • the area where the expansion and contraction power changes is the direction of the expansion and contraction power switching line 105 and the direction of the edge 101 that does not need to be cleaned. It is parallel to 104.
  • the knitting direction of this knitted fabric is the direction indicated by the arrow 105.
  • temporarily 0 The direction of the line 1 106 is different from the direction 1 0 5 of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power of the area 103 where the expansion / contraction power changes, and the direction 1 104 of the edge 101 where edge trimming is unnecessary. If you try to make the shape in the direction of 106 as shown in the figure, the upper edge 102 cannot be an edge that does not need to be trimmed. As described in 7, the edge requires hemming.
  • Fig. 35 shows another model sample, in which the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is formed in one knitted fabric by the conventional method, and at the same time, unnecessary edges are removed in one same knitted fabric.
  • the edge of 101 is ⁇ not required to be cleaned ⁇ , and has a scalloped corrugated shape.
  • This scalloped edge that does not need to be trimmed can be realized, for example, by a method such as Japanese Patent No. 390985.
  • an area 103 where the expansion / contraction power changes is provided (for example, an area where the elastic power is strengthened by knitting a thick elastic yarn), the expansion / contraction power of the area 103 where the expansion / contraction power changes is provided.
  • the direction 105 of the switching line is substantially parallel to the direction 104 of the edge 101 that does not need to be trimmed.
  • the scallop-like portion of the edge 101 that does not need to be trimmed is a wavy curve, but the direction of the edge 101 as a whole corresponding to the traveling direction of the wave can be said to be the direction of the arrow 104 .
  • the direction of the arrow 104 is the overall direction with the tangent line connecting the vertices of the scallop-like wave of 101 that does not need to be trimmed, but the direction as a whole even with the center line dividing the wave up and down Can be shown. That is, even if the edge 101 that does not need to be trimmed is made into a scalloped shape, the direction 104 as a whole and the region 103 where the expansion / contraction power changes Is substantially parallel to the direction 105 of the boundary line.
  • the knitting direction of this knitted fabric is the direction indicated by the arrow 105.
  • the direction 105 of the switching line of the expansion and contraction power in the area 103 where the expansion and contraction power changes and the direction 104 of the edge 101 that does not need to be trimmed are made non-parallel. If this is the case, the ⁇ ⁇ section must be cut so that it is in the desired direction, and the cut edge will be frayed as it is, so as described in Fig. 36 and Fig. 37, etc. It is inevitable that the edge has been treated. In other words, it is not possible to make the edge unnecessary. Even if the upper edge 102 does not need to be trimmed, the direction 106 of the line of the upper edge 102 is changed to the expansion / contraction power switching line of the area 103 where the expansion / contraction power changes. In fact, it must be parallel to the direction 105.
  • the area where the expansion / contraction power changes due to elastic yarn, etc. If it is arranged at an angle suitable for target body shape correction, it is not possible to freely change the direction of the edge that does not need to be trimmed, and if the hem line or waist line is the edge that does not need to be trimmed, The direction is limited, and there is a problem that the garment cannot be the skirt line of the optimal design of the garment irrespective of the direction of the region where the expansion / contraction power changes.
  • the direction of the hem line or waist line consisting of edges that do not require trimming is designed to be the optimal direction for the target clothing, the direction of the area where the expansion / contraction power changes cannot be freely changed, and the desired body shape There is a problem that it cannot be arranged at an angle suitable for performing compensation.
  • the angle between the direction 85 of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region 83 where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction 86 of the edge 82 where the edge is unnecessary is larger,
  • the line for switching the linear expansion / contraction power reaches the portion of the edge 82 that does not need to be trimmed, and the edge 82 that does not need to be trimmed is the portion where the expansion and contraction power is strong without performing the edge trimming. Clothes with weak edges could not be manufactured.
  • the direction of the region where the expansion / contraction power changes is arranged at an angle suitable for performing the desired body shape correction, and the direction of the skirt line or the ⁇ est line is also changed in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes.
  • the edge had to be cut into the desired shape and trimmed.
  • the present invention solves such a conventional problem, and makes the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes, and the direction of the edge not requiring edge trimming, each line necessary without being parallel. It is an object of the present invention to provide clothing that can be freely designed in a suitable suitable direction.
  • a knitted fabric that does not need to be trimmed in a cut state without fraying the cut edge without being cut off is applied to clothing as appropriate.
  • the clothing having a body shape correcting function of the present invention is the following clothing.
  • the garment having the body shape correcting function of the present invention has an edge that does not need to be trimmed in the as-cut state, and simultaneously has a region where the stretching power changes in a direction substantially perpendicular to the knitting direction.
  • a piece of stretchable warp knitted fabric which is included in one knitted fabric and has a straight line for switching the stretchable power, is used for at least a part of the fabric constituting the garment.
  • a garment having a body shape correcting function consisting of an edge that does not need to be trimmed while at least one edge of the edge remains in the cut state, wherein a stretch power switching line in an area where the elastic power of the piece changes.
  • a body shape correction function using pieces in which the direction and the direction of at least one of the edge lines of the garment in an as-cut state that do not need to be trimmed are not parallel to each other. Clothing with .
  • the area where the stretching power changes is formed by: (a) a method of forming a plurality of areas having different thicknesses of elastic yarns to be woven; ) A method of forming a plurality of regions in which the number of elastic yarns to be woven is different; (c) a method of changing the width of each region of (a) or (b); (d) a method of (a), (b), Preferably, it is formed by any one of the methods combining at least two of the methods (c).
  • the edge has a mixture of a weak portion and a weak portion.
  • the clothing having the body shape adjusting function according to any one of the above (1) to (3) at least one of the upper edge and the lower edge of the clothing is not required to be trimmed while being cut.
  • the edge is an edge cut at an angle of 20 to 80 degrees with respect to the knitting direction of the knitted fabric.
  • the edge of the clothing at the upper end or the lower edge composed of an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut is provided. It is preferable that at least one edge is a triangle cut at an angle of 40 to 50 degrees with respect to the knitting direction of the knitted fabric.
  • the edge that is unnecessary to be trimmed while being cut is the hem of the clothing, and It is preferable that the direction of the edge line of the hem and the direction of the line for switching the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power of the part changes are non-parallel to each other.
  • the clothing may be a clothing having a hip portion in which the entire clothing adheres to the body. preferable.
  • the clothing is a hip selected from shorts, girdle, pods, leotards, and swimwear. It is preferably a garment having a part.
  • the piece made of an elastic warp knitted fabric may be a hip portion or a hip portion. It is preferably a piece selected from a hip-approaching piece that covers the front and side portions, and a front-side-side-approaching piece that covers the front side and the hip portion and the side between them. . (10) Further, in the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to the above (9), the clothing is shorts or a girdle, and the skirt and waistline of the shorts or the girdle are cut.
  • the edge is not required to be trimmed, and the direction of the line of one of the edges selected from the skirt and the waistline is the direction of the stretching power of the area where the stretching power of the part changes.
  • the direction of the line of one of the edges selected from the skirt and the waistline is the direction of the stretching power of the area where the stretching power of the part changes.
  • the clothing is shorts or a girdle, and the skirt and waistline of the shorts or the girdle are cut.
  • they are non-parallel to the direction of the line.
  • the clothing is shorts or a girdle, and at least the rear side of the shorts or the girdle.
  • the waistline portion of the rear waistline is composed of an edge that is not required to be trimmed as it is cut, a part of the rear waistline is a bottom side, and has a vertex below the rear centerline.
  • An almost triangular inverted triangular area consists of an area with strong expansion and contraction power, and the length of the base of the inverted triangular area is 1/4 to 2 / of the length of the rear waistline.
  • the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to any one of the above (9) to (12), the clothing is shorts or dollars,
  • the weak stretchable area of the piece made of stretchable warp knitted fabric covers the bulging part of the hip, and the strong stretchable area of the piece covers the side from below the bulge of the hip.
  • the switching line for the expansion / contraction power is a line that is inclined downward from the side of the hip toward the rear center.
  • the clothing is preferably a bra.
  • the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to any one of the above (1) to (5), the clothing is a bra,
  • the back cloth is made of the above-mentioned piece made of an elastic warp knitted fabric, and the upper and lower edges of the back cloth are edges that do not need to be trimmed as they are cut; It is preferable that the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power is non-parallel to the direction of the line on either the upper or lower edge of the back cloth.
  • the clothing is a bra
  • the back cloth of the bra is an elastic fabric.
  • the upper and lower edges of the backing cloth are edges that do not need to be trimmed as they are cut, and the direction of the switching line for the expansion / contraction power of the backing cloth is as follows: It is preferable that the directions of the lines of the upper and lower sides of the backing cloth are not parallel to each other.
  • the edge of the upper edge of the clothing which is an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut, At least a portion of the waistline of the shorts or girdle or the upper edge of the brassier cloth; It is preferable that the edge of the lower end of the garment, which is an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut off, is the lower edge of the skirt of a short or girdle or the back cloth of a bra.
  • a bright yarn and a dull yarn are used as the inelastic yarn, and the bright yarn is used.
  • the plurality of regions having different stretchable layers in which at least one of the thickness and the number of knitted elastic yarns is changed are preferable that the nonwoven fabric is simultaneously woven in each region, and the clothing is formed by using a bright yarn and a dull yarn, so that different portions of the stretching power can be visually observed.
  • the clothing has an edge that does not need to be trimmed while being cut, and
  • the fabric constituting a piece of stretchable warp knitted fabric having a region where the stretching power changes in a direction substantially perpendicular to the knitting direction in one knitted fabric at the same time is composed of an inelastic yarn and an elastic yarn. It is preferable that the knitting structure is accompanied by a 1X1 knitting structure, and that at least one of the inelastic yarn and the elastic yarn in each knitting needle is made of a stretchable warp knitted fabric knitted by a closed stitch.
  • the stretchable warp knitted fabric is selected from a preset and a heat set at a temperature of 18 Ot: or more. Further, it is preferable that the warp knitted fabric has at least one type of set.
  • the stretchable warp knitted fabric may be 2.54 cm (1 inch). It is preferable to use a stretchable warp knitted fabric knitted at a density of more than 65 ⁇ ales.
  • the edge that does not need to be trimmed while being cut is the above-mentioned stretch.
  • the edge is preferably cut at an angle not exceeding 45 degrees with respect to the knitting direction of the warp knitted fabric.
  • FIG. 1 is a rear view of a short type girdle according to an embodiment of the clothing of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a front view of the short type girdle shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 3 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an area where the expansion / contraction power of the abdomen filling piece 6 of the short type girdle shown in FIG. 2 changes.
  • FIG. 4 is a plan view of another part of the girdle with only the abdomen filling piece.
  • FIG. 5 is a back view of a long type girdle according to an embodiment of the clothing of the present invention.
  • Figure 6 is a front view of the long girdle shown in Figure 5.
  • FIG. 7 is an explanatory diagram for explaining a region where the expansion / contraction power of the abdomen filling portion piece 36 of the long girdle shown in FIG. 6 changes.
  • FIG. 8 is a perspective view of a main part of a bra according to an embodiment of the clothing of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view of a main part of a bra according to another embodiment of the clothing of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 shows a main part of a bra according to still another embodiment of the clothing of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a perspective view of a main part of a bra according to still another embodiment of the clothing of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is an example of clothing for explaining an example in which the direction of the line for switching the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction of the line of the edge that does not need to be trimmed are substantially non-parallel.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic plan view of a piece constituting a part.
  • Fig. 13 shows one example of clothing for explaining an example in which the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction of the line of the edge that does not need to be trimmed are substantially non-parallel.
  • FIG. 5 is another schematic plan view of a piece constituting a part.
  • FIG. 14 shows one example of clothing for explaining an example in which the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction of the line of the edge that does not need to be trimmed are substantially non-parallel.
  • FIG. 13 is still another schematic plan view of a piece constituting a part.
  • FIG. 15 shows one example of clothing for explaining an example in which the direction of the switching line of the expansion and contraction power in the region where the expansion and contraction power changes and the direction of the line of the edge that does not need to be trimmed are substantially non-parallel.
  • FIG. 13 is still another schematic plan view of a piece constituting a part.
  • FIG. 16 shows that the linear expansion / contraction power switching line in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes reaches the edge portion where edge trimming is unnecessary in the state of being cut.
  • FIG. 11 is still another schematic plan view of a piece constituting a part of clothing for explaining an example in which the unnecessary edge of the edge has a portion in which a portion having a high expansion / contraction power and a portion having a low expansion / contraction power are mixed.
  • FIG. 17 is a perspective view of a short type girdle of another embodiment of the clothing of the present invention as viewed from the back side.
  • Fig. 18 shows the short type girdle shown in Fig. 17 viewed from the front. Perspective view.
  • Fig. 19 is a plan view showing a cutting line of a front side, one side, and one hip portion-applied piece corresponding to the left side of the wearer of the short type girdle shown in Figs. 17 and 18 on a knitted fabric.
  • FIG. 20 is a perspective view of a short type girdle according to still another embodiment of the clothing of the present invention as viewed from the back side.
  • FIG. 21 is a perspective view of the short type girdle shown in FIG. 20 as viewed from the front side.
  • FIG. 22 is a plan view showing a cutting line of a front side, one side and one hip portion-applied piece corresponding to the left side of the wearer of the short type girdle shown in FIGS. 20 and 21 on a knitted fabric.
  • FIG. 23 is a perspective view of a short type girdle according to still another embodiment of the clothing of the present invention as viewed from the back side.
  • FIG. 24 is a front perspective view of the short type girdle shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 25 is a perspective view of a short-type girdle according to still another embodiment of the clothing of the present invention, as viewed from the back side.
  • FIG. 26 is a perspective view of the short type girdle shown in FIG. 25 as viewed from the front side.
  • FIG. 27 is a perspective view of a short type girdle according to still another embodiment of the clothing of the present invention as viewed from the back side.
  • FIG. 28 is a perspective view of the short type girdle shown in FIG. 27 as viewed from the front side.
  • FIG. 29 is a perspective view of a short type girdle according to still another embodiment of the clothing of the present invention as viewed from the back side.
  • Fig. 30 is a view from the front side of the short type girdle shown in Fig. 29. Perspective view.
  • FIG. 31 is a diagram showing a knitting structure of a knitted fabric used in the present invention.
  • FIG. 32 is a diagram showing a knitting structure of another example of the knitted fabric used in the present invention.
  • FIG. 33 is a view showing a knitting structure of still another example of the knitted fabric used in the present invention.
  • FIG. 34 is a part of clothing to explain an example in which the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction of the line of the edge that does not need to be trimmed are substantially parallel.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic plan view of a piece constituting the device.
  • FIG. 35 shows a part of clothing for explaining an example in which the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction of the line of the edge that does not need to be trimmed are substantially parallel.
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a conventional edge trimming structure for preventing loosening).
  • Fig. 37 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another conventional structure of edge trimming for preventing loosening, detailed disclosure of the invention.
  • the ⁇ that does not require trimming in the cut state is not the rim that does not require trimming formed by the method such as the thread removal described above, but does not require trimming in the cut state.
  • This is an edge that has been cut using a warp knitted fabric that is a perfect edge.
  • the material whose knitting edge (the edge that has been cut) becomes an edge that does not need to be trimmed should be a material having the following knitting structure.
  • the fabric is not limited to the following, and any other knitting fabric can be used as long as the cut edge (edge as cut) cannot be unraveled and the edge does not need to be trimmed. This does not preclude the use of fabrics with
  • the knitted fabric used as the base of the fabric used in the present invention has a 1 ⁇ 1 knitting structure in which a non-woven yarn and an elastic yarn are accompanied, and an inelastic yarn and an elastic yarn are used in each knitting needle. At least one of the yarns consists of an elastic warp knitted fabric knitted with closed seams. A moderate elasticity is given to the knitting yarn by using an inelastic yarn and a non-elastic yarn.
  • a 1X1 knitting structure and at least one of the non-elastic yarn and the vulcanized yarn is knitted with a closed stitch in each knitting needle, stabilizing the stitch and preventing fraying of the cut edge. Can be achieved. If both are knitted with closed eyes, the effect of preventing fraying of the edge that has been cut is further improved.
  • 1 XI 1 ⁇ 1 tricot knitting is preferable, and in particular, tension is applied to the yarn when knitting a 1 ⁇ 1 tricot knitted by a raschel knitting machine or a jacquard raschel knitting machine. This is preferable because the density of the knitting structure can be easily increased.
  • both the inelastic yarn 90 and the elastic yarn 91 are knitted by a closed stitch.
  • Stretch knitted fabric (B) in which the non-elastic yarn 90 is knitted by the closed stitch and the elastic yarn 91 is knitted by the open stitch, as in the knitted fabric structure shown in FIG.
  • the knitted fabric structure shown in Fig. 33 the non-elastic yarn 90 and the elastic yarn 91 alternately have an open stitch and a closed stitch.
  • the elastic warp knitted fabric (C) which is knitted by combining the elastic yarn 91 with the open stitch and the elastic yarn 91 against the close stitch of the inelastic yarn 90, is practical for the eyes. And excellent.
  • the knitted fabrics (A) and (B) are particularly excellent in appearance, and (C) is characterized in that loop drop is difficult.
  • the inelastic yarn used depends on the type of stretchable garment, but it can be synthetic fiber such as nylon or polyester, semi-synthetic fiber such as rayon, natural fiber such as silk or cotton, or filament yarn or spun yarn. Any of these can be used. Above all, nylon having high water absorbency is preferably used as a knitted fabric for inner air. ⁇ ⁇ Especially restrictions on sex yarn Although not generally used, a polyurethane elastic yarn or a power palling yarn in which the elastic yarn is covered with a non-elastic yarn can be used.
  • the processing temperature depends on the shape of the equipment, the preset processing time, the heat setting processing time, the type of the material, the thickness of the knitted fabric, etc., but the temperature is at least 180 ° C, preferably at least 85 ° C.
  • the above-mentioned treatment is performed in the range of 190 ° C. to 1995, a part of the knitted fabric is softened, and the stitches are lightly fused.
  • the heat-set processing time is, for example, about 15 to 4 OmZ minutes, preferably about 15 to 5 when using an apparatus having a configuration of 6 to 8 chambers (total length of the chamber is about 15 to 30 m). ⁇ 24 m / min is good.
  • the finishing width is about 160 cm, but in this stretchable warp knitting fabric, the finishing width is shortened as much as possible (for example, 110 to 130 cm) to achieve high density.
  • a knitted fabric is desirable to maintain the beauty of the stitch in the stretchable garment, reduce the fraying of the cutting edge, and improve the stability.
  • it is more than 55 5 ale, preferably more than 60 ⁇ ale, more preferably more than 65 ⁇ ale, more preferably more than 70 0 a / inch. ⁇
  • a stretchable warp knitting in which the amount of inelastic yarn used is increased and lengthened, and the elastic yarn is shortened, and the inelastic yarn runner length is considerably longer than the elastic yarn runner length, compared to the usual case.
  • Use the ground preferably.
  • the knitting is preferably performed at 0 cm / rack, preferably 75 to 105 cmZ rack.
  • the ratio of the runner of the elastic yarn to the runner of the inelastic yarn is preferably 1.15 or more, more preferably 1.2 or more, and further preferably 1.3 or more.
  • runner refers to the length (cm) of the yarn used to knit a certain number of courses (this is called “rack” and usually 480 courses are defined as one rack).
  • the warp knitted fabric capable of forming an edge that does not need to be trimmed in the as-cut state used in the present invention is not a lace fabric.
  • an elastic yarn having a higher fineness than other parts is used for the knitting yarn in a region where the stretching power is strong, or the number of the non-woven yarns to be knitted in the same ale is increased.
  • an elastic warp knitted fabric can be obtained in which the portions with enhanced tightening power are integrally knitted as described above.
  • the elastic yarn knitted in the entire warp knitted fabric is made into an elastic yarn having a relatively small fineness, and the elastic yarn having a large fineness is provided in a region where the expansion / contraction power is to be increased. Can be further knitted into a region with a strong expansion / contraction power.
  • the width of the region with strong expansion / contraction power is made narrower and the width of the region with weaker expansion / contraction power is made wider, while the width of the region with higher expansion / contraction power is made wider and the width of the region with weaker expansion / contraction power is narrowed. It is also possible to adjust the strength of the expansion / contraction power as a whole by adjusting the width of the region with different expansion / contraction power.
  • the expansion / contraction power grade may be set to three or more levels.
  • the method of changing the expansion / contraction power described above may be adjusted to three or more levels.
  • the fineness of the inelastic yarn knitted over the entire stretchable warp knitted fabric is preferably 22 to 132 dtex, more preferably 33 to 55 dtex.
  • the knitted fabric can have a high density and a knitted structure having a stable and strong strength can be obtained.
  • the fineness of the elastic yarn woven in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes in the region where the expansion / contraction power is weak is not particularly limited, but is preferably 33 to 77 dtex, more preferably 44 to 55 dtex.
  • the fineness of the non-woven yarn, which is knitted in the region having a high stretching power is preferably 66 to 231 dtex, more preferably 88 to 154 dtex.
  • the fineness of the elastic yarn knitted over the entire warp knitted fabric made of an elastic warp knitted fabric is preferably an elastic yarn of 33 to 77 dtex, more preferably 44 to 55 dtex.
  • it is more than 154 dtex it is possible to realize the condition that the edge is not required to be cut off, but the elongation is low and it is inconvenient to use it for clothing that adheres to the body.
  • elastic yarn thicker than 154 dte X can be used for clothing parts that do not require elongation.
  • the elastic yarn is made of a relatively soft material having an elasticity of not less than 23 dtex and not more than 39 dtex, it is possible to realize a state in which the cut edge is hardly frayed even after cutting. Although the elongation is low, it can be used for parts that do not require elongation.
  • the following method may be further applied. .
  • the expansion / contraction power is slightly reduced by providing a part to increase the density of the thin inelastic yarn. Adjusted, the part as a whole forms a region with strong stretching power, and when the region with strong stretching power is provided by reducing the thickness of the inelastic yarn to be knitted, a part of the region has a large elasticity.
  • the expansion / contraction power is slightly adjusted in the higher direction, and that portion as a whole forms an area where the expansion / contraction power is weak.
  • the difference in expansion / contraction power is not so obvious as with ⁇ -fiber.
  • the bright yarn and the dull yarn are used as the inelastic yarn, and the bright yarn is woven. It is also preferable to form by knitting the wavy portion and the portion where the dull yarn is knitted, and to form a linear or belt-like visible pattern at a desired position due to a difference in gloss between the bright yarn and the dull yarn.
  • Bright yarn has luster and dull yarn is a matte yarn.Therefore, the region where the braid yarn is knitted and the region where the dull yarn is knitted are visually distinguished by the difference in gloss, and the linear yarn is formed. In addition, a band-like visible pattern is formed, and the beauty of the clothing can be improved in terms of design, which is preferable.
  • the following method is used as an example of a method in which a bright yarn and a dull yarn are used as the inelastic yarn in conjunction with (related to) the formation of a region of high and low expansion / contraction power.
  • a method of forming a plurality of areas with different expansion and contraction powers by changing the thickness of the inelastic bright and dull yarns Combination using a thick dull yarn as the inelastic yarn used in the region with high elasticity, or vice versa, use thin dull yarn as the non-intensity yarn used in the region with low elasticity power, and use it in the region with high elasticity power
  • By using a combination of thick bright yarn as the yarn it is possible to relate and link the different portions of the expansion / contraction power to the visible pattern portion.
  • the difference between the expansion and contraction power It is preferable because the design can enhance the beauty of the garment by associating the minuteness with the visible pattern portion, and at the same time, visually recognize the functional area having high and low expansion / contraction power.
  • the inelastic yarn which is simultaneously knitted in each of a plurality of different regions of the expansion / contraction pad, in which at least one of the thickness and the number of knitting is changed It is also preferable to make the different portions of the expansion / contraction power visible by using the bris 1, yarn and dull yarn separately.
  • the area of the strength of the expansion / contraction power is formed by changing the thickness of the elastic yarn and the number of braids of Z or elastic yarn, but in order to make each area visually recognizable as a linear or band-like pattern.
  • the inelastic yarn used in the region where the expansion / contraction power is strong may be a dull yarn
  • the inelastic yarn used in the region where the expansion / contraction power is weak may be a bright yarn or vice versa.
  • both the inelastic yarn and the elastic yarn are simultaneously knitted in each of a plurality of regions having different expansion / contraction power by changing at least one of the thickness and the number of knitting. It is also preferable that the inelastic yarns are selectively used as bright yarns and dull yarns, so that different portions of the expansion / contraction power can be made into visible pattern portions.
  • a region having a high elastic power is formed by a thick elastic yarn and a thick dull yarn (non-filament yarn), and a region having a small elastic power is a thin region.
  • Each region can be visually recognized as a linear or band-like pattern, for example, formed of an elastic yarn and a thin bright yarn (non-elastic yarn).
  • the combination is not limited to the specifically exemplified combination as long as the combination is in the above-described range.
  • the garment of the present invention does not require trimming in the state of being cut as described above.
  • a stretchable warp knit having an edge and a region in which the stretching power changes in a direction substantially perpendicular to the knitting direction in one knitted fabric at the same time, and the switching line of the stretching power is linear.
  • a piece consisting of ground is used as at least a part of the cloth constituting clothing.
  • the pieces which are not parallel to each other are appropriately used as at least a part of the pieces constituting the garment according to the type of the clothing and the design.
  • the direction of the line that constitutes at least one of the upper and lower edges of the garment, and the line for switching the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes, of the edge line in the as-cut state that does not require trimming In order to make the pieces non-parallel to each other, it can be formed by appropriately cutting at least one edge of the upper or lower edge of the clothing according to the intended design. Note that it is not always necessary to form all of the pieces constituting the garment with such cloth.
  • the direction of the line of at least one of the upper edge or the lower edge of the garment and the stretchable panel may be used. There is no problem even if there is a part where a piece that is parallel to the direction of one switching line is used.
  • At least one of the upper and lower edges of the garment may be an unnecessary edge formed by conventional thread removal.
  • a cloth that requires trimming at a part of the clothing hereinafter, this cloth may be abbreviated as “a cloth different from the present invention”.
  • the garment according to the present invention is characterized in that the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes due to the thickness of the elastic yarn and / or the inelastic yarn and the number of Z or the number of braided yarns,
  • the direction of the edge line can be almost freely designed in a suitable direction according to the need of each line without necessarily being parallel, and the area where the expansion and contraction power changes Designed at an angle suitable for target body shape correction, and the direction of the skirt line or the west line is free from the direction of the area where the expansion / contraction power changes.
  • Clothing having at least a part of the edge can be provided.
  • the direction of the region where the expansion / contraction power changes is the same as the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the present invention.
  • the direction of the line of the edge that does not need to be trimmed is the edge cut at an angle of not more than 45 degrees with respect to the knitting direction, and the edge of the cut edge is not frayed. Less noticeable and more preferable.
  • At least one edge of the upper or lower edge of the garment which is an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is, is preferably 20 to 80 degrees, more preferably 30 to 80 degrees with respect to the knitting direction of the knitted fabric.
  • the edge is cut at an angle of 60 degrees, more preferably 40 to 50 degrees, most preferably around 45 degrees (specifically, 43 to 47 degrees).
  • this angle is the angle between the cutting edge (in the case of a wavy shape, etc., the direction of the line assumed to be a straight line) and the straight-line power-change line, if the power switching portion reaches the edge. Is also equivalent.
  • 20 to 80 degrees with respect to the knitting direction means that, assuming a line in the knitting direction, it is an angle of 20 to 80 degrees on either side of the knitting direction, in other words, the traveling direction of the knitting direction
  • the angle at which the vertex of the corner points to the side which is ⁇ 20 to 80 degrees with respect to the line in the knitting direction. It is not a corner where the vertex of the corner is opposite to the knitting direction (the knitting production direction).
  • a piece with an edge that is cut within 45 degrees should be used. It is also preferred to use. In addition, it is preferable to use a cut piece that is not linear but cut into a corrugated shape, because the edge can be prevented from curling outside the body.
  • any part cannot be cut at 20 to 80 degrees with respect to the knitting direction. There are some places where cutting must be done at an angle of less than 20 degrees in the direction. If such a cut portion is cut into a waveform, the cut angle of the curved portion of the edge can be set at 20 to 80 degrees, and the entire edge is substantially at 20 to 80 degrees. The effect of cutting can be obtained. For example, when both the waist line and the hem of the short girdle are cut and the edge is unnecessary, it may not be possible to cut both ends at 20 to 80 degrees. It is preferred to have wavy edges.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic plan view of a part of a piece of clothing, which is formed into an appropriate shape from an edge that does not need to be trimmed while being cut. It should be noted that the shape of this piece is merely a shape taken for explanation, and is not an exact shape applied to a particular piece of clothing. However, for example, a piece with a shape close to the right piece to cover the front side and the back hip part of a kind of short girdle was adopted as a model for explanation. The left side of the figure is the rear center side.
  • the upper and lower edges of 81 and 82 are edges formed by cutting, and the edges do not need to be trimmed as they are cut, and 83 is The area where the expansion / contraction power changes (for example, the area where the thick elastic yarn is woven and the expansion / contraction power is strengthened); and the area where the expansion / contraction power changes 8 3
  • the direction 8 5 of the expansion / contraction power switching line, The direction 8 4 of the edge 8 1 that does not need to be trimmed and the direction 8 4 of the edge 8 that does not need to be trimmed 8 2 are non-parallel.
  • the knitting direction is the direction indicated by the arrow 85 (hereinafter, this may be abbreviated as the same direction as the direction 85 of the switching line for the expansion / contraction power). Further, in the present invention, not only the illustrated one, but also one of the direction 84 of the edge 81 that does not need to be trimmed, and the direction 86 of the edge 82 that does not need to be trimmed, May be non-parallel to the direction 85.
  • “having a region where the expansion / contraction power changes in a direction substantially perpendicular to the knitting direction” is as follows, for example, with reference to FIG.
  • the region where the expansion / contraction power is increased in Fig. 12 is 13 and the other region is the region where the expansion / contraction power is weak. It will be described on the assumption that The length direction of the region 13 where the stretching power is increased is parallel to the knitting direction 85. Does not change. However, if the knitted fabric is perpendicular to the knitting direction 85, it means that an area where the expansion / contraction power changes in that direction will appear. Therefore, the fact that the direction 85 of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region 83 where the expansion / contraction power changes is parallel to the knitting direction does not contradict the above meaning at all.
  • FIG. 13 As in FIG. 12, a region where the expansion / contraction power changes is formed in one piece of knitted fabric, and at the same time it is cut into one piece of the same knitted fabric.
  • the fabric 80 shown in FIG. 13 has upper and lower edges of 81 and 82 formed by cutting. The edges do not need to be trimmed as they are cut.
  • the same parts as in FIG. 2 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and redundant description is omitted.
  • the lower 81 edge is wavy.
  • the direction 85 of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region 83 where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction 84 of the edge 81 of the waveform shape that does not need to be trimmed are substantially non-parallel.
  • the edge 81 is a waveform-shaped curve, and the direction of the edge 81 as a whole corresponding to the traveling direction of the wave can be said to be the direction of the arrow 84.
  • light waves it is treated in the same way as if it were drawn in a straight line as a whole.
  • the direction of the arrow 84 is the center line that divides the wave of the waveform 81 that does not need to be edged up and down as the whole direction, but as shown in Fig.
  • the direction indicated by the arrow of 85 This is the direction indicated by the arrow of 85.
  • the direction 8 6 of the upper edge 8 2 that does not need to be trimmed and the direction 8 5 of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the area 8 3 where the expansion / contraction power changes in the cut state are also non-parallel. It has become.
  • the illustrated one shows an example of a waveform in which the shape of each wave at the edge of the waveform is uniform, the wave shape is not uniform even if the shape of the wave is uniform. Any shape is acceptable.
  • FIG. 14 As in FIG. 12, an area where the expansion / contraction power changes is formed in one knitted fabric, and at the same time it is cut into one same knitted fabric.
  • the upper and lower edges of 81 and 82 are edges formed by cutting, and are edges that do not need to be trimmed as they are cut.
  • the same parts as those in FIGS. 2 to 13 are given the same reference numerals, and redundant description is omitted.
  • the lower 8 of 1 has a substantially arc shape.
  • the direction 85 of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region 83 where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction 84 of the substantially arc-shaped edge 81 that does not need to be trimmed are substantially non-parallel.
  • the edge which can be regarded as substantially arc-shaped like the edge 81 is a curve, but the direction of the edge 81 as a whole can be said to be the direction of the arrow 84 which is the direction of the tangent to the point A which corresponds to the almost middle point.
  • the direction 84 as a whole and the direction of the line for switching the expansion / contraction power in the region 83 where the expansion / contraction power changes are shown.
  • 85 is an example in which it is assumed that they are substantially non-parallel.
  • the knitting direction that is, the yarn supply direction is the same direction as that of 85, and is the direction indicated by the arrow.
  • the direction of the upper ⁇ 82 and the area where the expansion / contraction power changes are unnecessary in the state where the edge is not trimmed.
  • the direction 85 of the switching line for the expansion / contraction power in the region 83 is also non-parallel. Note that the same is true even if the direction of the arc is an upwardly convex arc in the upside-down direction.
  • FIG. 15 As in FIG. 12, a region where the expansion / contraction power changes is formed in one knitted fabric, and at the same time, it is cut into one same knitted fabric.
  • the upper and lower edges of 81 and 82 are edges formed by cutting, and are edges that do not need to be trimmed as they are cut. 2 to FIG. 14 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and redundant description is omitted.
  • the lower edge 81 has a substantially composite shape of two upwardly convex substantially arc-shaped curves having different curvatures.
  • the direction 85 of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region 83 where the expansion / contraction power changes and the substantially arc-shaped edge 81 that does not need to be trimmed are not substantially equal to the directions 8 4 a and 8 4 b. Parallel. ⁇ If the direction of the edge 8 1 is clearly unified in one direction as a whole as in 81, the direction of the substantially arc-shaped edge 81 that does not need to be trimmed is, for example, the direction as shown in this example.
  • the boundary of the A-B-C line on the left side of point C in the figure, which can be considered to be almost circular, is the direction of the tangent to point B, which is almost the midpoint.
  • the direction of the edge of the C-D-E line on the right side of the point C in the figure which can be regarded as an almost circular arc with a small curvature, is at the point D, which is almost the midpoint. It can be said to be the direction of the arrow 84b which is the direction of the tangent.
  • the edges 8 1 a and 8 4 b of the edges 8 1 a and 8 4 b that are not trimmed as they are cut are the same as the direction 8 5 of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the region 8 3 where the expansion / contraction power changes. This is an example in which they are substantially non-parallel. Note that either one of them may be parallel.
  • knitting direction, sand The direction in which the yarn is supplied is the direction indicated by the arrow 85.
  • the direction 86 of the upper edge 82 that does not need to be trimmed and the direction 85 of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power of the region 83 where the expansion / contraction power changes are also non-parallel in the cut state. Has become.
  • an example in which the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes and the line of the edge that does not need to be trimmed is oriented in a substantially non-parallel direction.
  • the other is clothing design design Above, they may be parallel if necessary.
  • the direction of the edge line is parallel to a linear expansion / contraction power switching line made of elastic yarn.
  • FIG. 16 shows a state in which a region where the expansion / contraction power changes is formed in one knitted fabric as in FIG. 12 described above, and is simultaneously cut into one same knitted fabric.
  • FIG. 4 is another schematic plan view of a piece constituting a part of clothing, which is formed into an appropriate shape from an edge having an unnecessary edge.
  • the upper and lower edges of 81 and 82 are edges formed by cutting, and are edges that do not need to be trimmed as they are cut.
  • the same parts as those in FIGS. 12 to 14 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and redundant description is omitted.
  • FIG. 16 shows that the cutting line does not need to be trimmed, and a straight stretchable power switching line in the area where the expansion and contraction power changes reaches the edge that does not require trimming.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic plan view for explaining an example in which a portion having a strong portion and a portion having a weak expansion / contraction power are mixed.
  • the fitting property of the edge 82 that does not need to be trimmed to the body while being cut is improved, and the edge 82 portion is located outside the body of the wearer. Curling can be prevented.
  • the degree of freedom in designing clothing increases.
  • a portion having a high expansion / contraction power and a portion having a low expansion / contraction power may be alternately arranged in a stripe shape with an appropriate width, an appropriate interval, an equal interval, or a different interval.
  • Three or more portions having different expansion and contraction powers, such as a portion having a high expansion and contraction power, a portion having a low expansion and contraction power, and a portion having a middle expansion and contraction power may be arranged at equal intervals or at different intervals in an appropriate width, an appropriate interval, and an appropriate order.
  • the present invention is “clothing having a body shape adjusting function”.
  • the body shape adjusting function includes, for example, not only a push function such as hip-up or pressing a thigh, but also a three-dimensional projection of a body such as a bulging hip.
  • the part that comes into contact with the bulge extends according to the bulge of the body, follows the bulge, and This means that it does not collapse the bulge. This means that the parts that need to be pressed down will be pressed down, and those that need bulging will follow the bulges without crushing them.
  • the clothing is a short or a girdle, and the stretchable warp knitted fabric according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention in which the region where the stretching power of the piece is weak covers the bulging portion of the hip. It is possible to provide a three-dimensional shape of the hip while maintaining the beautiful roundness of the hip without crushing the swelling of the hip, and it is possible to provide clothing having a body shape adjusting function in which the above-mentioned effects are exerted.
  • the edge of the garment (hem or waist in the case of bottom garment, upper green or lower edge of the back cloth of the brassiere) is not trimmed while the entire length remains cut.
  • the edges have a good edge, the areas where tension is likely to be applied are partially cut with a length of 10% or less of the entire length of each edge. It may be strengthened. For example, near the sewn point between the bra cup and the back cloth, near the sewn point between the left and right back cloths having hooks and eyes, etc., provided at the tips of the left and right pack cloths, and near the seam. In the vicinity of the seam of the short potom, such as the garment girdle, where it is sewn to the crotch, the tension is likely to be applied when worn, so do not leave the edges cut off. It can be added and strengthened.
  • a region where the expansion / contraction power changes in which the line for switching the expansion / contraction power is linear, is formed in one knitted fabric.
  • a piece that has been cut into the same piece of knitted fabric and the cut edge forms an unnecessary edge is simply described as a ⁇ hemming-less piece '' .
  • the hemming-less piece as described above used in the following embodiment is made from the warp knitted fabric described with reference to FIG. 31 described above, the knitting structure of the warp knitted fabric is not used. Description is omitted.
  • the warp knitted fabric which can achieve the object of the present invention such as the warp knitted fabric described with reference to FIG. 32 and FIG. It is.
  • FIG. 1 is a rear view of a short type girdle according to an embodiment of the garment having an edge that does not need to be trimmed and has a body shape adjusting function in an as-cut state according to the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a front view.
  • the hem on the back side of Fig. 1 should actually be visible, but if it is shown, it becomes complicated and difficult to understand. Folded flat to show only the front side.
  • 1 is a front side-side one hip covering portion covering the front side and one back side
  • 6 is an abdominal portion covering piece covering the abdomen.
  • the left and right front side, one side, and one hip portion allocation piece 1 are sewn to each other at the back center suturing line 4, and the front side edge of the front side, one side, one hip portion allocation portion piece 1 is an abdomen portion.
  • the side edges of the piece 6 and the suture line 5 are sewn together.
  • Reference numeral 8 denotes a front center side hem piece.
  • a hemming-less piece is used for the front side, one side, and one hip portion, and the abdominal portion is almost the same as the hemming-less portion for the abdominal portion, but as will be described later, the abdominal portion is used.
  • the upper edge 7 of the piece 6 is not a cut edge, but is formed by folding the fabric.
  • the dark and dark parts in the figure, including the dark and straight linear parts This is the region where the expansion and contraction power is strong, and the uncolored white part indicates the region where the expansion and contraction power is weak, including the white linear part.
  • the knitting direction of the warp knitted fabric constituting the front side one side one hip portion application part 1 is the direction indicated by the arrows 85a and 85b.
  • the knitting directions of the warp knitted fabrics constituting these pieces including the abdomen filling pieces 6 are parallel to the length direction of the region where the stretching power is strong, which is drawn in a straight line, in the region where the stretching power is strong. is there. In other words, it is parallel to the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes.
  • the entire part was made up of nylon yarn and 44 dte X polyurethane yarn, and the nylon yarn and polyurethane yarn as described in Fig. 31 were accompanied.
  • both the elastic yarn and the non-conductive yarn are knitted with a closed stitch.
  • As the nylon yarn two types of dull yarn of 44 dtex and bright yarn of 33 dtex were used.
  • 44 dtex nylon dull yarn is used for the dark and dark areas in the figure (including the dark linear sections).
  • the dtex has a 1x1 knitting structure with the above-mentioned polyurethane yarn, and the white part is a 33 dtex nylon black yarn and the 44xtex polyurethane yarn and a 1x1 knitting structure described above. I have.
  • One piece of 44 dtex polyurethane is woven into the above-mentioned 33 dtex bright yarn, and two pieces of 44 dtex polyurethane are woven.
  • the expansion / contraction power of this part as a whole is an area where the expansion / contraction power is weak.
  • matted yarn which is a dull yarn
  • a brighter yarn called a bright yarn is used for the white color.
  • the dark and white parts of the figure become visible stripes, and a visible linear or band-like pattern with high or low expansion / contraction power appears, improving the aesthetics of clothing in design.
  • This is preferable because a functional region having a high or low expansion / contraction power can be visually recognized.
  • the edges that do not need to be trimmed in the front side, one side, one hip portion application piece 1 as they are cut are the edge of the hem line 2 and the edge of the waist line 3.
  • the skirt line 2 has a waveform, and the direction of the skirt line 2 is the same direction as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the direction indicated by the arrow 12, and the stretching power of the region where the stretching power changes.
  • the direction of the switch line is 5 degrees and slightly non-parallel.
  • the direction of the waist line 3 is also non-parallel to the direction of the stretch power switching line in the region where the stretch power changes, at an angle of 30 degrees.
  • the direction of the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is, in this example, the width of the bulging portion of the hip is about 14 cm (hereinafter, the width of such an area is based on the numerical value in the 64 size, that is, the M size). ),
  • the elastic power is weak, and the area 11 with strong elastic power is provided along the lower part of the tip bulge almost diagonally from the side to the lower part.
  • the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line is determined in an area where the expansion / contraction power changes at an angle suitable for exerting the hip-up function.
  • the direction of the hem line 2 and the direction of the waist line 3 are not restricted by the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes, and are designed in a direction suitable for the present girdle.
  • the waist portion of the above-mentioned piece also has a wider and stronger elastic power area than rubber tape without using rubber tape or the like, so that the waist is not strongly tightened linearly like rubber tape, so that it is wide.
  • the elasticity of the waist is increased without reducing the wearing feeling. Therefore, the upper part of the waist does not become thicker, the waist can be kept flat, and the elasticity of the waist is enhanced, so that the waist can be fitted to the body shape.
  • the rubber tape is not sewn around the waist. There is no increase in thickness due to rubber tape, making it possible to create a clean silette around the waist when worn, and no tightening marks of the rubber tape remain on the skin. The same applies to the above skirts.
  • FIG. 3 shows an explanatory view of only the abdominal portion 6 for explaining the region where the expansion / contraction power of the abdominal portion 6 changes.
  • the abdominal filling piece 6 is also made of a cloth having a similar knitting structure, but the upper edge 7 is folded back to form ⁇ 7 in this example, as described above. If necessary, the upper edge 7 of the abdominal filling piece 6 may be an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut.
  • the entire abdominal filling piece 6 has a 1 ⁇ 1 knitting structure in which a nylon thread of 44 dtex and a polyurethane thread of 44 dtex accompany the nylon thread and the polyurethane thread as described in FIG. The open and non-woven yarns are knitted by the closed stitches.
  • the dark and dark areas in the figure are further woven with 121 dtex polyurethane yarn. In this way, an area of high elasticity power is formed, and in the 14 areas, the dark and dark areas in the figure are further woven with 88 dtex polyurethane yarn.
  • the darker and darker areas of the area 14 have a smaller area than the whiter areas, so that the expansion / contraction power of this area is an area where the expansion / contraction power is small as a whole.
  • This abdomen applicator piece 6 also has a large elastic power at the waist, and has a wider and stronger elastic power area than rubber tape without using rubber tape, so the waist is linearly shaped like rubber tape.
  • the elasticity of the waist is enhanced without tightening strongly and without reducing the feeling of wearing over a wide surface. Therefore, the upper part of the waist does not become thicker, the waist can be maintained in a smooth state, and the rubber tape is not sewn around the waist, so that no trace of the rubber tape is left on the skin. Also in the lower abdomen Is designed so that the more elastic yarn is knitted as it goes down, the more it expands and the more it expands, and the softness of the lower abdomen suppresses the bloat of the lower abdomen with a soft tightening feeling without reducing the wearing feeling, A correction function that adjusts the abdominal shape to a smooth shape is exhibited.
  • the front center side hem piece 8 is a conventional elastic mesh-like power net, and the edge portion is formed by a conventional thread removing method, and the ⁇ 16 is unnecessary. A piece having an edge that does not require trimming may be used while being cut.
  • the illustration of the crotch portion is omitted.
  • various materials conventionally used for a crotch portion of a short dollar can be used.
  • the direction of the hem line 2 and the direction of the ⁇ ⁇ est line 3 of the front side one side-hip portion allocation part 1 are necessarily parallel to the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes. It can be said that the clothing can be designed in a necessary and suitable direction without being restricted by the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes.
  • the direction of the hem line 2 and the direction of the waist line 3 and the direction of the switching line of the expansion and contraction in the area where the expansion and contraction power changes can be designed in a direction suitable for the present girdle without being bound to each other, and the wearability can be improved. Can be a more suitable clothing.
  • FIG. 4 shows a plan view of only the abdominal portion 6 in another embodiment, but the abdominal portion 6 shown in FIG. 4 includes left and right abdominal portions 6a and 6b. Previous The suture was sewn on the central suture line 17.
  • the abdominal filling piece 6 in FIG. 4 is also made of a cloth having a knitting structure similar to that of the abdominal filling piece 6 described in FIG. 3, but the upper edge 7 is not cut off while being cut. It has an edge.
  • the direction in which the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power of the abdominal portion is changed and the direction of the line of the upper edge 7 which does not need to be trimmed as it is cut are non-parallel It is.
  • the abdominal portion as shown in FIG. 4 may be used.
  • FIG. 5 is a rear view of a long-type girdle according to an embodiment of the clothing having an edge that does not need to be trimmed and has a body shape correcting function in an as-cut state
  • FIG. 6 is a front view. is there.
  • 31 is a front side-side, one side, and a back part, and a monopod covering a side, a side, a side, a hip, a monopod, and 36 is an abdomen covering part, covering an abdomen. It is.
  • the left and right front side-side side hip-leg portion fitting pieces 3 1 are joined to each other by a joint line 3 4 in the rear center, and the front side-side side hip portion monopod portion piece.
  • the front side edge of 31 is sewn together with the side edge of the abdominal filling piece 36 at a suturing line 35.
  • the legs are sewn at the inner edge 38 so as to be cylindrical.
  • Hemming-less part piece is used for the front side-side-side hip part 31 and the abdominal part 36 is almost the same as the hemming-less part, but as will be described later, the abdominal part is used.
  • the upper edge 37 of the piece 36 is not folded as it is, but is folded back to form an edge.
  • the dark and dark areas in the figure are areas where the expansion and contraction power is strong, including the dark and dark linear sections, and the uncolored white areas are the white linear sections. Similar to Fig. 1 to Fig. 3, the area where the expansion / contraction power is weak including the part is shown.
  • the knitting directions of the warp-knitted fabric constituting the front side one side one hip part one leg application part 31 are the directions indicated by arrows 85a and 85b.
  • the knitting direction of the warp knitted fabric, which includes these pieces, including the abdomen-applied pieces 36, is parallel to the length direction of the stretchable power region, which is drawn as a straight line, in the stretchable power region. It is. In other words, the cutting of the stretching power in the area where the stretching power changes It is parallel to the direction of the replacement line.
  • the entire piece is made of nylon and 44 dtex polyester yarn, and nylon and polyurethane as described in Fig. 31. Both the elastic yarn and the non-woven yarn are knitted with closed stitches in the accompanying 1X1 knitting structure.
  • nylon yarn two types of dull yarn of 44 dtex and bright yarn of 33 dtex were used.
  • C In the area of 39, 40, and 41 in the figure, the darker dark part (color (Including the dark, straight linear part) is made of 44 dtex nylon dull yarn, and has a 1 x 1 knitting structure with the 44 dtex polyurethane yarn described above, while the white part is a 33 dte X nylon braid. Light yarn is used, and the 44 dtex polyurethane yarn and 1X1 knitting structure described above are used.
  • the area to be used for the bulge of the hips (area 40) and the use of 44 dtex nylon yarn are woven with a total of two 44 dtex polyurethane yarns, and the use of 33 dtex nylon bright yarn. Uses a total of 44 dte X polyurethane threads.
  • the area of 40 as a whole forms an area where the stretching power is weak.
  • the region of o 41 forms a region with strong elastic power as a whole.
  • the expansion / contraction power of this part as a whole is an area where the expansion / contraction power is weak.
  • matted yarn which is a dull yarn, is used for the dark and dark areas in the figure, and a brighter yarn called a bright yarn is used for the white color.
  • the dark and white parts of the figure become visible stripes, and a visible linear or band-like pattern with high or low expansion / contraction power appears, improving the aesthetics of clothing in design.
  • the bottom line 32 has a waveform, and the direction of the bottom line 32 is the same direction as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the direction indicated by the arrow 42.
  • the direction of the boundary line is parallel, but the direction of the waist line 33 is at an angle of 25 degrees with the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes, and is non-parallel.
  • the direction of the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is, in this example, the bulge of the hip Is about 12 cm wide and has low elastic power.
  • the boundary of the strong elastic power area 41 extends almost diagonally from the side to the lower part of the bulge of the hip from the upper side to the rear center.
  • the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction line in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes at an angle suitable for exerting the hip-up function is determined.
  • the direction of the waistline 33 is not restricted by the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes, and is designed in a direction suitable for the present girdle.
  • the leg part has enhanced telescopic power, the shape of the thigh is adjusted, and the entire surface is fitted to the thigh.Therefore, there is no trace of rubber tape biting into the skin, and the rubber tape is applied to the hem. There is no step, so there is no step, the lines are reflected in the outer garment, and the appearance is not deteriorated, and the function of preventing the hem from slipping up is also exhibited. Also, since the waist portion of the piece 31 is provided with an area wider and stronger in expansion and contraction power than rubber tape without using rubber tape, the waist is not strongly tightened linearly like rubber tape. The elasticity of the waist is increased without reducing the feeling of wearing in a wide area. Therefore, the upper part of the waist is not thickened, the waist can be maintained in a smooth state, and no trace of tightening of the rubber tape remains on the skin.
  • FIG. 7 is an explanatory view of only the abdominal portion 36 for explaining the region where the expansion / contraction power of the abdominal portion 36 changes.
  • the abdominal filling piece 36 is also made of a cloth with the same knitting structure as described above, and the shape and the area of the expansion / contraction power are slightly different from those of the abdominal filling piece 6 described in FIG. It is almost the same as the abdominal filling piece described in FIG. 3, and the upper ⁇ 37 corresponds to the rim 7 in FIG. 3, and the areas 43 to 45 correspond to the areas 13 to 1 shown in FIG. 3, respectively. 5 is supported. Therefore, since the functions and effects are substantially the same as those of the abdominal part 6 described in FIG. Also, Illustration of the crotch portion is omitted. As the material of the crotch portion, various materials which have been used for the crotch portion of a long dollar can be used. Note that, instead of the abdomen filling piece 36, for example, an abdominal filling piece as shown in FIG. 4 may be applied.
  • the direction of the waistline 33 must be inevitably parallel to the direction of the switching line of the telescopic part in the area where the telescopic power changes. It can be designed in a necessary and suitable direction without being constrained by the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the power changes. That is, the direction of the waist line 33 and the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes can be designed in a direction suitable for the present girdle without any restriction, and the clothing can be more wearable. .
  • the left and right front sides, sides, hips, and legs are fixed to each other by a suture line 34 at the rear center, but the pieces 31 are so-called three-dimensionally cut.
  • the pieces are stitched together at the back center suture line 34.
  • This draping is not shown, but the cutting line of the piece on the rear center side has a curved line protruding toward the rear center as shown in, for example, FIGS. 12 to 15.
  • the left and right symmetrical left and right pieces are sewn to each other to form a back center joining line 34.
  • the sewn part of the draped section has the direction of the area where the expansion / contraction power changes, in other words, ⁇
  • the direction of one switching line is the same as the direction of the switching line for the expansion / contraction power in the part where draping is not performed near the hem when the piece before sewing is expanded, but is different after sewing.
  • the angle from the side, which is the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power, toward the rear center becomes larger.
  • Figure 5 illustrates this. Not shown because of complexity.
  • Embodiments 1 and 2 show an example in which a dark portion and a weak white portion in the figure are switched finely in the figure with a strong expansion / contraction power. Without switching, the lower part of the hip is only the area with strong elastic power (only the black area in the figure), the bulge of the hip is only the area with weak elastic power (only the white area in the figure), the waist It is also possible to set only to the region where the expansion / contraction power is strong (only the black region in the figure).
  • FIG. 8 is a perspective view of a main part of a brassiere according to an embodiment of the garment according to the embodiment of the present invention, which has an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut and has a body shape correcting function.
  • 51 is an elastic back cloth
  • 56 is a connecting portion for connecting the left and right back cloths when worn
  • 54 is a breast cup
  • 55 is a strap.
  • a hemming-less piece is used for the elastic back cloth 51.
  • the dark and dark parts in the figure are areas where the expansion and contraction power is strong, including the dark and dark linear parts, and the uncolored white parts and the white linear parts Including the region where the expansion / contraction power is weak is the same as in the case of Figs.
  • the knitting direction of the warp knitted fabric constituting this piece is the direction indicated by the arrow 85a. It is parallel to the direction of the stretch power switching line in the region where the stretch power changes. In other words, the region 60 is parallel to the direction of the dark straight line is there. Although not shown, the knitting direction of the back cloth applied to the right side of the wearer is opposite to the direction of the arrow 85a.
  • the entire piece was made of 33 dtex nylon yarn and 44 dtex polyurethane yarn, and the nylon yarn and polyurethane yarn as described in FIG. 32 were accompanied.
  • 1 x 1 knitting structure elastic yarns are knitted with open stitches and inelastic yarns are knitted with closed stitches.
  • the area of 59 and 61 is further overlapped with 121 dtex polyurethane yarn
  • the region with strong elasticity is formed by knitting, and in the 60 dark region, the dark and dark portion of the figure is further woven with 88 dtex polyurethane yarn. Since the darker and darker areas of the 60 area have a smaller area than the whiter areas, the expansion and contraction area of this area is a small expansion and expansion area as a whole.
  • Matted yarn a nylon dull yarn, is used for the dark and dark areas in the figure, and a glossier yarn called nylon bright yarn is used for the white areas.
  • the dark and dark areas and the white parts of the color become visible stripes, and the visible and visible linear or band-like patterns of the stretchable pawl appear, and at the same time improve the aesthetics of the clothing in design, The function area of the expansion / contraction power is visible.
  • the edges of the back cloth 51 that do not need to be trimmed while being cut are the lower edge 52 and the upper edge 53 of the back cloth.
  • the lower edge 52 and the upper edge 53 are both corrugated.
  • the upper and lower edges of the back cloth that do not need to be trimmed are not limited to waveforms, and may be straight or curved other than waveforms. Also, the waveform may be a uniform waveform or a non-uniform waveform. This is the same for the following embodiments.
  • the direction of the edge line of the lower edge 5 2 of the pack cloth 5 1 is the same direction as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the direction indicated by the arrow 62, and the area where the expansion and contraction power changes Telescopic pa ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇
  • the direction of one switching line (for example, the direction of a dark dark line shown in area 60) is at an angle of 8 degrees and non-parallel.
  • the direction of the upper ⁇ 53 edge line is the same direction as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the direction indicated by the arrow 63, and the stretch power switching line in the area 60 where the stretch power changes. It is at an angle of 8 degrees with the direction, and is not parallel. In other words, the distance between the direction of the line forming the unnecessary edge and the boundary line of the area where the expansion / contraction power is weak gradually decreases toward the rear center while the upper and lower back cloths are still cut. Are mutually non-parallel.
  • the width of the back cloth was 9 cm at the widest point, 4 cm at the narrow point, and 3 cm at the weakest part.
  • the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is substantially in the horizontal direction of the back cloth 51 in this example.
  • the expansion and contraction power of the upper and lower portions that is, the region of 59 and the region of 61 is enhanced.
  • the width near the sides is designed to be large, suppressing the extravagance of the sides and providing a clean side shape correction function.
  • rubber tapes are provided along the upper and lower edges of the back cloth 51, but rubber tape is provided on the upper and lower edges of the pack cloth 51 of the present embodiment.
  • the rubber tape does not increase the thickness, the thickness of the rubber tape does not increase, the silette around the chest when worn can be made a neat silette, and the tightening mark of the rubber tape does not remain on the skin.
  • the strongest part of the expansion and contraction area is not linear like a rubber tape, but is wider than rubber tape and has a stronger expansion and contraction power, it is not strongly tightened linearly like a rubber tape.
  • the elasticity of the upper and lower parts of the backing cloth is enhanced without reducing the feeling of wearing on the surface. Therefore, the back cloth is The fit minimizes slippage that occurs during exercise and prevents slippage.
  • the direction of the line of the lower edge 52 of the back cloth and the direction of the line of the upper edge 53 must necessarily be parallel to the direction of the line for switching the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes.
  • the direction of the ⁇ 52 line on the lower side of the back cloth and the line of the upper edge 5 3 Can be designed in a desired suitable direction. That is, the direction of the line of the lower edge 52 of the back cloth, the direction of the line of the upper edge 53, and the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes are mutually suitable directions for the brassiere. Clothing can be designed without restraint and wearability is more suitable.
  • the two pieces may be used by bonding them with a resin or the like.
  • a resin or the like it is possible to form a backing cloth with only one piece of the material, in the present embodiment, two pieces were used with resin bonding. When two pieces are resin-bonded, they are easily adhered by overlapping and bonding so that the knitting directions of the two pieces are the same.
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view of a main part of a brassiere of another embodiment of a garment according to the present invention, which has an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut and has a body shape adjusting function.
  • 51 is an elastic back cloth
  • 56 is a connecting portion for connecting the left and right back cloths when worn
  • 54 is a breast cup
  • 55 is a strap.
  • a hemming-less piece is used for the elastic back cloth 51.
  • the dark and dark parts in the figure and the dark and dark linear parts are also shown. As shown in Figs. 1 to 3, it is the region where the expansion and contraction power is strong, and the uncolored white part indicates the region where the expansion and contraction power is weak including the white linear part. .
  • a 44 dtex nylon thread is used as the nylon thread, the same parts as those in the third embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will not be repeated.
  • the edges of the back cloth 51 that do not need to be trimmed while being cut are the lower edge 52 and the upper edge 53 of the packing cloth.
  • Both the lower ⁇ 52 and the upper edge 53 have a waveform, and the direction of the ⁇ line of the lower edge 52 is the same direction as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the arrow 62
  • the direction is the indicated direction, and is parallel to the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes (eg, the direction of the dark dark straight line shown in the area 60).
  • the direction of the edge line of the upper edge 53 is the same direction as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the direction indicated by the arrow 63, and the switching of the stretching power in the region 60 where the stretching power changes is switched.
  • the direction of the line is at an angle of 15 degrees and is not parallel. In other words, the direction of the line of the edge 53 that does not need to be trimmed and the direction of the line for switching the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power is weak gradually become closer to the back center while the upper side of the back cloth remains cut. Are made non-parallel to each other so that the distance between them becomes closer.
  • the width of the back cloth was 8 cm at the widest point, 3 cm at the narrow point, and 2.5 cm at the weakest part.
  • This bra also exhibits substantially the same functions and effects as the brassiere according to the third embodiment, but is slightly different from the brassiere according to the third embodiment.
  • the area of the area 59 where the expansion and contraction power is strong at the upper edge of the backing cloth is reduced by extending the area at the lower edge of the packing cloth.
  • the area where the contraction power is strong 61 is larger than the area of 1, stabilizing the upper part of the connection between the substantially circular edge of the breast cup and the back cloth, and improving the adhesion of the upper part of the breast cup to the body It is a point.
  • FIG. 10 is a perspective view of a main part of a bra according to yet another embodiment of a garment having an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut and has a body shape correcting function.
  • reference numeral 51 denotes an elastic back cloth
  • reference numeral 56 denotes a connecting portion for connecting the left and right back cloths when worn
  • reference numeral 54 denotes a breast cup
  • reference numeral 55 denotes a strap.
  • a hemming-less piece is used for the elastic back cloth 51.
  • the dark and dark areas in the figure are areas where the stretchable particles are strong, including the dark and dark linear parts, and the uncolored white parts are the white linear parts.
  • the region where the expansion / contraction power is weak, including that of Fig. 1, is the same as in Figs.
  • the same portions as those in Embodiment 3 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and redundant description is omitted.
  • the edges of the back cloth 51 that do not need to be trimmed in the cut state are the lower part 52 and the upper part 53 of the back cloth. Both the lower edge 52 and the upper edge 53 are corrugated, and the direction of the edge line of the lower edge 52 is the same as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the arrow 62.
  • the direction indicated is the direction of the switching line for the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes (for example, the direction of the dark dark straight line shown in the area 60) is at an angle of 20 degrees. And are non-parallel.
  • the direction of the edge line of the upper edge 53 is the same direction as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the direction indicated by the arrow 63, and the stretch power switching line in the area 60 where the stretch power changes. Is parallel to the direction. That is, The direction of the line 52 and the line of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power is weaker in the state where the edge of the edge is not required to be trimmed in the cut state under the cloth They are non-parallel to each other so that the distances approach.
  • the width of the pack cloth was 7 cm at the widest point, 2.5 cm at the narrow point, and 2 cm at the weak part.
  • This bra also exhibits substantially the same functions and effects as the brassiere according to the third embodiment, but is slightly different from the brassiere according to the third embodiment.
  • the area of the lower edge of the back cloth with strong expansion and contraction power 61 The area with the strong expansion and contraction power is larger than the area of 59, which stabilizes the lower part of the connection between the substantially circular edge of the breast cup and the back cloth, and the tightness of the lower part of the breast cup to the body Is that it is better.
  • FIG. 11 is a perspective view of a main part of a bra according to yet another embodiment of a garment according to the present invention, which has an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut and has a body shape adjusting function.
  • 51 is an elastic back cloth
  • 56 is a connecting portion for connecting the left and right back cloths when worn
  • 54 is a breast cup.
  • the brassiere of FIGS. 8 to 10 it is a strapless bra, and the width of the back cloth is almost the same from the side of the wrap to the center of the back.
  • a hemming-less piece is used for the elastic back cloth 51.
  • the dark colored part in the figure is the area where the expansion and contraction power is strong, including the dark colored linear part, and the uncolored white part is the white linear part.
  • Fig. 1 to Fig. Same as 3 Although a 44 dtex nylon thread is used as the nylon thread, the same parts as those in the third embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will not be repeated.
  • the edges of the back cloth 51 that do not need to be trimmed in the cut state are the lower part 52 and the upper part 53 of the back cloth.
  • Both the lower ⁇ 52 and the upper edge 53 are corrugated, and the direction of the edge line of the lower edge 52 is the same direction as the straight line connecting each vertex of the waveform, that is, the arrow 62
  • the direction indicated is the direction of the stretch power switching line in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes (for example, the direction of the dark dark straight line shown in the area 66), which is at an angle of 13 degrees. And are non-parallel.
  • the direction of the ⁇ line of the upper edge 53 is the same direction as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the direction indicated by the arrow 63, and the direction of the region 66 where the expansion / contraction power changes is shown.
  • the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line is also at an angle of 13 degrees and is not parallel.
  • the width of the back cloth was 6 cm, and the width of the region 66 where the power was increased was 2.5 cm.
  • an area 66 where the expansion / contraction power is strengthened is sandwiched between areas above and below the area 65/67 where the expansion / contraction power is weak, and the upper and lower sides of the back cloth 51 are Since it consists of an area with weak expansion and contraction power, the areas 6 5 and 6 7 with weak expansion and contraction power contact the skin softly and do not strongly press the skin, so there is the advantage that there is no step at this part. is there. In other respects, substantially the same functions and effects as those of the brassiere shown in Embodiment 3 are exhibited.
  • the brassiers shown in the above-described third to fifth embodiments are examples of brassieres having straps, they may be strapless brassieres.
  • the region 59 and the region 61 are divided into regions with strong expansion and contraction power.
  • the portion 60 is defined as a region having a low expansion / contraction power.
  • the region 59 and the region 61 are defined as a region having a low expansion / contraction power
  • the region 60 is defined as a region having a high expansion / contraction power.
  • the brassiere shown in the sixth embodiment is an example of a strapless brassiere, it may be a brassiere having a strap.
  • the region 65 and the region 67 are defined as the region with low expansion and contraction power
  • the region 66 is defined as the region with high expansion and contraction power.
  • the portion of 6 can also be a region with a low expansion / contraction power.
  • the brassiere shown in the above-described Embodiments 3 to 6 has the lower ⁇ 52 and the upper rim 53 that do not need to be trimmed while the back cloth 51 is still cut.
  • At least one of the edge portions is reached by the line for switching the linear expansion / contraction power, and the unnecessary edge of the edge may be an edge in which a portion with a high expansion / contraction power is mixed with a portion with a low expansion / contraction power.
  • at least one edge of the upper edge or the lower edge is 20 to 80 degrees, more preferably 30 to 60 degrees, and still more preferably 40 to 50 degrees with respect to the knitting direction of the knitted fabric.
  • the edge is cut at an angle of about 45 degrees (specifically, 43 to 47 degrees), so that the edge is not required to be cut as it is.
  • the present invention it is possible to form one back cloth such as a brassiere, but it is used for the two pack cloths in order to impart strength to the back cloth. It is the same as described above that the pieces may be used by bonding with resin or the like.
  • FIGS. 1 and 7 show the short cut type girdle of another embodiment of the garment having an unnecessary edge and having a body shape correcting function in an as-cut state according to the present invention.
  • a perspective view, Fig. 18 is a front perspective view of the short type girdle shown in Fig. 17, and Fig. 19 is a view of the short type girdle wearer shown in Fig. 17 and Fig. 18.
  • FIG. 3 is a plan view showing a cutting line of a front side-side-hip portion application portion 1 corresponding to the left side on a knitted fabric.
  • reference numeral 1 denotes a front side-side and one back side covering portion covering the front side, one side and one back portion
  • 6 denotes an abdominal portion covering portion covering the abdomen.
  • the left and right front side, one side and one hip portion, 1 are sewn together at the back center suture line 4, and the front side edge of the front side, one side, one hip portion, 1
  • the side edge of the piece 6 and the suture line 5 are joined to each other.
  • Numeral 8 is the front center hem piece.
  • a hemming-less piece is used for the front side, one side, and one hip section, and the abdomen section 6 is almost the same as the hemming-less section, except that there is no switching of the stretchable section.
  • the ground is used, and ⁇ 7 on the upper side of the abdominal filling piece 6 is an edge as it is cut.
  • the areas indicated by 9 and 11 are areas where the expansion and contraction power is strong, and the area indicated by 10 is an area where the expansion and contraction power is weak.
  • 20a and 2Ob are expansion / contraction power switching lines indicating boundaries of regions having different expansion / contraction powers.
  • the knitting direction of the warp knitted fabric constituting the front side one side one hip portion application part 1 is a direction indicated by arrows 85a and 85b.
  • the knitting direction of the warp knitted fabric constituting this piece 1 is parallel to the length direction of the region 10 where the expansion / contraction power is weak, in other words, the switching line 20 a for the region where the expansion / contraction power changes. , 20b parallel to the direction.
  • the front side, one side, one hip section, the piece 1 is made of nylon as described in Figure 31. It has a 1X1 knitting structure in which yarn and polyurethane yarn accompany each other. Both elastic yarn and non-woven yarn are knitted with a closed stitch and a knitting density of 70 7 ale per inch (2.54 cm). '
  • the dull yarn matted yarn is used, and the brighter yarn called bright yarn is used. Appears as a visible striped pattern, which is preferable because it enhances the aesthetics of the garment on the design and allows the user to visually recognize the functional area of the expansion / contraction power.
  • the edges of the front side, one side and one hip portion application piece 1 which are not required to be cleaned in the cut state are the edge of the hem line 2 and the edge of the waist line 3.
  • the bottom line 2 has a waveform, and the direction of the bottom line 2 is the same direction as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the direction indicated by the arrow 12 (see FIG. 19), and the expansion / contraction power changes.
  • the direction of the switching lines 20a and 2Ob (knitting directions 85a and 85b) of the expansion / contraction power in the region to be formed has an angle of 5 degrees and is slightly non-parallel.
  • the waistline 3 is also cut at an angle of about 40 degrees with respect to the knitting directions 85a and 85b.
  • the edge of the waistline 3 which is unnecessary to be trimmed is the straight line stretchable power switching line 20a.
  • the unnecessary edge is an edge in which a portion 9 having a high expansion / contraction power and a portion 10 having a low expansion / contraction power are mixed.
  • the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is, in this example, the area 10 where the expansion / contraction power is weak passes through the bulge of the hip, the width of which is about 7 cm and the bulge of the hip
  • the area with strong expansion and contraction power 1 1 is provided along the lower part of the hip bulge from diagonally above to the rear center.
  • the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes at an angle suitable for exerting the hip-up function is determined. .
  • the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line 20 b in the region 11 where the expansion / contraction power is strong is “V” -shaped from the back center compared to the gardle shown in the first and second embodiments.
  • the angle of the "V” is steeper, and the function of lifting the hips toward the center of the rear of the body and lifting it upwards is more powerful.
  • the waistline 3 is an edge cut at an angle of about 40 degrees with respect to the knitting directions 85a and 85b of the knitted fabric (the angle of the corners in FIGS. 19 and 17 is about 40 degrees). Therefore, the edge of the waistline 3 does not curl to the outside of the wearer's body, and the fit is improved.
  • the direction of the hem line 2 and the direction of the waist line 3 are not restricted by the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes, and are designed in a direction suitable for the present girdle. .
  • the waist portion of the above-mentioned piece is provided with a region 9 which is wider and has a higher expansion / contraction power than the rubber tape without using a rubber tape or the like, the waist is not strongly tightened linearly like a rubber tape. Since the thickness does not increase, the silette around the waist when worn can be made into a neat silette, and the tightening mark of the rubber tape does not remain on the skin. The same applies to the above skirt circumference.
  • the abdominal filling piece 6 is also made of the above-mentioned knitted structure cloth, which is a 1 ⁇ 1 tricot, and the upper edge 7 is cut as it is, as described above. It is an important edge.
  • the abdomen filling piece 6 has a 1 ⁇ 1 knitting structure in which a nylon thread and a polyurethane thread as shown in Fig. 32 are used, using a nylon thread of 44 dtex and a polyurethane thread of 154 dte X, and having elasticity.
  • a knitted fabric is used in which the yarn is knitted with open stitches and the non-woven yarn with closed stitches.
  • the knitting direction of this knitted fabric is a direction parallel to the direction of the waist line.
  • the abdomen filling piece 6 may be a knitted fabric having a change in expansion / contraction power as described with reference to FIGS. 3 and 4, if necessary, or a bright yarn as an inelastic yarn.
  • a visible striped pattern may be formed by using the and the dull yarn.
  • the front center side skirt piece 8 uses 44 dte X nylon yarn and 154 dte X polyurethane yarn without providing a region having particularly different expansion / contraction power. It is made of a uniform 1 ⁇ 1 tricot with no change in expansion and contraction power, in which a nylon thread and a polyurethane thread accompany as described in Section 1. Six. However, a knitted fabric having an unnecessary edge 16 formed by a conventional thread removal method may be used.
  • the direction of the hem line 2 and the direction of the west line 3 of the front side one side one side hip fitting part 1 are inevitably the direction of the stretch power switching line in the area where the stretch power changes. Needless to say, it must be parallel, and it can be designed in a necessary and suitable direction without being restricted by the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes. That is, the direction of the hem line 2 and the direction of the waist line 3 and the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes can be designed in a direction suitable for the present girdle without any restriction, and the clothes more wearable. It can be.
  • this girdle can provide a girdle with a good fit, in which the hip-up function is enhanced as described above and the edge of the waist line 3 does not curl to the outside of the wearer's body.
  • the edges other than the left and right sides of the crotch can be all edges that do not need to be trimmed, and the girdle has no steps and good fit at the edges while conforming to the three-dimensional shape of the body Can be formed.
  • the left and right sides of the crotch may also be trimmed without having to trim the ends.
  • the inside of the crotch is made of a material such as cotton that does not contain elastic yarn, so that it is more comfortable to wear.Therefore, usually, a crotch body cloth containing elastic yarn and a cotton cloth are sewn together. .
  • FIG. 20 is a perspective view of the short type girdle of yet another embodiment of the clothing having a body shape adjusting function according to the present invention which has an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut, as viewed from the back side.
  • Fig. 21 is a front perspective view of the short type girdle shown in Fig. 20 and Fig. 22 is equivalent to the left side of the wearer of the short type girdle shown in Figs. 20 and 21.
  • FIG. 3 is a plan view showing a cutting line of a front side, one side and one side of a hip portion applying portion piece 1 on a knitted fabric.
  • reference numeral 1 denotes a front side, one side and one hip portion, which covers the front side, one side, and the back portion
  • 6 denotes an abdomen portion, which covers the abdomen.
  • the left and right front side-side one hip portion 1 is sewn together at the back center suture line 4, and the front side edge of the front side-side one hip portion 1 is abdominal portion
  • Numeral 8 is the front center hem piece.
  • the area where the expansion / contraction power changes in the front side one side / one side / hip portion 1 is the area where the expansion / contraction power is strong 9, 11 and the expansion / contraction power is medium. Except that there are three grades of areas 21 and 22 of degree, and area 10 where the expansion / contraction power is weak, the girdle shown in FIGS. 17 to 19 (Embodiment 7) and The same is true. Therefore, it is the same as Embodiment 7 Portions are denoted by the same reference numerals, and redundant description is omitted. Unless stated otherwise, it means that the same applies to the knitting structure and the fibers used, except for the above points.
  • a hemming-less piece is used for the front side-side one hip portion 1 and the region indicated by 9 and 11 in the front side-side one hip portion 1 is a region where the stretching power is strong.
  • the area indicated by 10 is an area where the expansion / contraction power is weak, and the area indicated by 21 and 22 is an area where the expansion / contraction power is medium.
  • 20 a, 20 b, 20 c, and 20 d are expansion / contraction power switching lines that indicate boundaries between regions having different expansion / contraction powers.
  • the knitting direction of the warp knitted fabric constituting the front side one side one hip portion application part 1 is the direction indicated by the arrows 85a and 85b.
  • the knitting direction of the warp knitted fabric constituting this piece 1 is parallel to the length direction of the region 10 where the expansion / contraction power is weak, in other words, the switching line 20 a for the region where the expansion / contraction power changes.
  • 20b, 20c, 20d are parallel to the direction.
  • the front side-side side hip-fitting piece 1 has a 1 XI knitting structure in which a nylon yarn and a polyurethane yarn accompany as described in Fig. 31. Both the elastic yarn and the non-elastic yarn are knitted with a closed stitch. I have.
  • Front straight side power switching line 20a, 20c arrives at the waistline 3, which is the edge that does not need to be trimmed with the front side, one side, one hip part 1 as cut
  • the unnecessary edge is an edge in which a portion 9 where the expansion and contraction is strong, a portion 21 where it is medium and a portion 10 where it is weak are mixed.
  • a middle area between the weak and strong areas will provide a buffer between the strong and weak areas. In particular, this is preferable when the difference between the expansion and contraction power in the strong and weak areas is large.
  • the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is such that the area 10 where the expansion / contraction power is weak passes through the bulge of the hip, is about 8 cm in width, and the area where the expansion / contraction power is medium on both sides 21 1 and 2 2 (In this example, the total width was set to 10 cm.
  • the width of the region where the expansion / contraction power is medium is determined by the desired body shape correction function.
  • the buffer for the strong and weak regions is about 1 cm to 3 cm.
  • the width of the hips is sufficient, so that the round bulge of the hip is more beautifully arranged, and the area 11 with strong elasticity extends almost along the lower part from the side of the hip bulge.
  • the waistline 3 is an edge cut at an angle of about 40 degrees with respect to the knitting directions 85 a and 85 b of the knitted fabric (the angle ⁇ in FIGS. 20 and 22 is about 40 degrees). Therefore, the edge of the waist line 3 does not curl to the outside of the wearer's body, and the fit is improved. In other respects, substantially the same functions and effects as those of the girdle described in the seventh embodiment are exhibited.
  • FIG. 23 is a rear perspective view of a short type girdle according to yet another embodiment of a garment having an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut and has a body shape adjusting function according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 24 is a perspective view of the short type girdle shown in FIG. 23 as viewed from the front side.
  • This short type girdle is substantially the same as that of FIG. 17 except that the inelastic yarn differs in the use of dull yarn and bright yarn, and thus the stripe pattern formed by dull yarn and bright yarn is different.
  • This embodiment is almost the same as the short-type girdle of the seventh embodiment described with reference to FIGS. In FIG. 23 to FIG.
  • reference numeral 1 denotes a front side-side-side-hip-side portion for covering the front side-side-side-back portion
  • reference numeral 6 denotes an abdomen-side portion for covering the abdomen.
  • the left and right front side-side one hip-fitting pieces 1 are sewn to each other at the back center suture line 4, and the front side edge of the front side one side-one hip-fitting piece 1 is abdominal filling.
  • the side edge of the piece 6 and the suture line 5 are joined to each other.
  • Numeral 8 is the front center hem piece.
  • a hemming-less piece is used for the front side, one side, and one hip section, and the abdomen section 6 is almost the same as the hemming-less section. There was no switching, and a knitted fabric in which a stripe pattern was formed using dull yarn and bright yarn as the non-conductive yarn to be used was used. The upper edge 7 of the abdomen filling piece 6 is also the edge as it is cut.
  • the areas indicated by 9 and 11 A region is a strong region
  • a region indicated by 10 is a region having a low expansion / contraction power.
  • 20 a and 20 b are expansion / contraction power switching lines indicating boundaries of regions having different expansion / contraction powers.
  • the front side-side side hip portion 1 is knitted in a 1 ⁇ 1 knitting structure in which a nylon yarn and a polyurethane yarn accompany as described in FIG.
  • a dull yarn of 44 dte X a bright yarn of 33 dtex nylon and a polyurethane yarn of 144 dtex are used, and the area where the elastic power is weak.
  • the 10 uses 33 dtex nylon bright yarn and 77 dtex polyurethane yarn.
  • the dark and dark portions are portions where nylon dull yarn is used, and the uncolored white portions are portions where nylon bright yarn is used.
  • the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is such that the area 10 where the expansion / contraction power is weak passes through the bulge of the hip and has a width of about 9 cm.
  • the abdomen applicator piece 6 has a striped pattern that can be visually observed using a non-aqueous nylon bright yarn and a dull yarn without providing a region having different elasticity power based on the elastic yarn.
  • a stretchable warp knitted fabric was used.
  • the abdominal filling piece 6 was also made of a cloth of the above-mentioned knitting structure, which was a 1 ⁇ 1 tricot, and the upper rim 7 was left as it was in the cut state and did not need to be trimmed.
  • the abdomen apposition piece 6 is made of a nylon dull yarn of 44 dtex, a bright yarn of nylon of 33 dtex and a polyurethane yarn of 15 dtex, and the nylon yarn and the polyurethane yarn described in Fig. 31 are used.
  • a knitted fabric with the accompanying 1X1 knitting structure is used.
  • the dark and dark portions are portions where nylon dull yarn is used, and the uncolored white portions are portions where nylon bright yarn is used.
  • the knitting direction of the knitted fabric is parallel to the direction of the waistline. The other points are almost the same as those of the girdle shown in the seventh embodiment, and the same functions and effects are exerted.
  • FIG. 25 is a view of the back side of a short type girdle of yet another embodiment of a garment having an edge that does not need to be trimmed and having a body shape correction function as it is cut according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 26 is a perspective view of the short type girdle shown in FIG. 25 as viewed from the front side.
  • the area where the expansion / contraction power changes in the front side-side / hip / hip portion 1 is the area where the expansion / contraction power is strong 9, 11 and the expansion / contraction power is medium. Except that there are three grades, ie, the area of degree 21 and 22 and the area of weak expansion and contraction 10, the girdle shown in FIGS. 23 to 24 (Embodiment 9) and The same is true.
  • reference numeral 1 denotes a front side-side-side-side and hip-side portion for covering the front side, one side and the back portion, and 6 denotes an abdomen-side portion for covering the abdomen.
  • the left and right front side, one side and one hip portion, 1 are sewn together at the back center suture line 4, and the front side edge of the front side, one side, one hip portion, 1
  • the side edges of the piece 6 and the suture line 5 are sewn together.
  • Numeral 8 is the front center hem piece.
  • a hemming-less piece was used for the front side, one side, one hip section, and the area indicated by 9 and 11 in this front side, one side, one hip section, was a region where the stretching power was strong.
  • the area indicated by 10 is an area where the expansion / contraction power is weak
  • the area indicated by 21 and 22 is an area where the expansion / contraction power is medium.
  • 20 a, 20 b, 20 c, and 20 d are expansion / contraction power switching lines that indicate boundaries between regions having different expansion / contraction powers.
  • the front side-side side hip-fitting piece 1 has a 1X1 knitting structure in which a nylon thread and a polyurethane thread accompany as described in Fig. 31. Both yarns are woven with closed eyes. A 33 dtex bright yarn and a 44 dtex dull yarn were used for the nylon yarn. In the figure, the dark and dark areas are areas where nylon dull yarn is used, and the uncolored white areas are areas where nylon nylon yarn is used.
  • the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is such that the area 10 where the expansion / contraction power is weak passes through the bulge of the hip, has a width of about 7 cm, and the area where the expansion / contraction power is medium on both sides 21 1 and 2 2 (total width of 12 cm) is provided.
  • an inverted triangle shape having a part of the waist line as a base, having a vertex 24 below the back center line 4, and being substantially symmetrical with the back center line 4 on the left and right.
  • the length of the girdle on the back center line 4 from the waist line 3 to the vertex 24 of the inverted triangle is about 1/2 of the length of the back center line 4 from the waist line to the crotch portion of the girdle.
  • the area where the inverted triangular area with strong telescopic power 9 is abutted is the area where the body is depressed on the rear side of the body, More specifically, the body is hollow near the sacral region of the body. It can improve the fit to the site that are recessed the rear side.
  • Embodiments 7 and 9 It is almost the same as the above, and can achieve almost the same functions and effects. Therefore, the same points are not described repeatedly.
  • This girdle exhibits the function of improving the fit to the recessed portion on the back side of the body, such as the vicinity of the sacral region of the body, and the other points are the same as those described in Embodiments 7 and 9. Approximately the same functions and effects are achieved.
  • Embodiment 1 1 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 1 1
  • FIG. 27 is a view of the back side of a short type girdle of yet another embodiment of the clothing having an edge that does not need to be trimmed and having a body shape correction function as it is cut according to the present invention. It is a perspective view.
  • reference numeral 1 denotes a front side-side and one side-side portion that covers the front side and one side and a back portion that applies force to the back portion
  • 6 denotes an abdomen portion that covers the abdomen.
  • the left and right front side-side one hip portion 1 is sewn together at the back center suture line 4, and the front side edge of the front side-side one hip portion 1 is abdominal portion
  • Numeral 8 is the front center hem piece.
  • a hemming-less piece is used for the front side, one side, and one hip section, and the abdomen section is almost the same as the hemming-less section for the abdomen section, but there is no switching of the elastic part.
  • the upper edge 7 of the abdominal filling piece 6 was the edge as it was cut.
  • the areas indicated by 9 and 11 are areas where the expansion / contraction power is strong
  • the area indicated by 2 1 is the area where the expansion / contraction power is medium
  • 10 The region indicated by is the region where the stretching power is weak.
  • 20 a, 20 b, and 20 c are switching lines of expansion / contraction power indicating boundaries between regions having different expansion / contraction powers.
  • the front side, one side and one hip portion application piece 1 is knitted in a 1 ⁇ 1 knitting structure in which a nylon yarn and a polyurethane yarn accompany as described in FIG.
  • a nylon yarn and a polyurethane yarn accompany as described in FIG.
  • 44 dtex bright yarn and 121 dtex polyurethane yarn are used, and in region 21 where the expansion and contraction is medium, 4 4 dte X nylon bright yarn and 77 dtex polyurethane yarn are used, and in the area 10 where stretching power is weak, 44 dtex nylon dull yarn and 33 dte X polyurethane yarn are used.
  • the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is such that the area 10 where the expansion / contraction power is weak passes through the bulge portion of the hip and has a width of about 6 cm.
  • an inverted triangular shape having a part of the waist line as a base, having a vertex 24 below the rear center line 4, and being substantially line-symmetrical with the rear center line 4 on the left and right.
  • a region 9 having a high expansion / contraction power and the length of the base of the inverted triangular region is about 12 times the length of the waistline 3 on the rear side, and the inverted triangular region is
  • the length on the back center line 4 from the waist line 3 to the vertex 24 of the inverted triangle is about 13 of the length of the back center line 4 from the waist line to the crotch portion of the girdle.
  • the area where the inverted triangular area with strong telescopic power 9 is abutted is the area where the body is depressed on the rear side of the body, More specifically, the body is depressed near the sacral region of the body. It can improve the fit to the site, which is recessed the side.
  • This girdle has the function of improving the fit to concave parts on the back side of the body, such as the vicinity of the sacral region of the body. This is the same as described in Embodiments 7 and 9, and almost the same functions and effects are achieved.
  • FIG. 29 shows the back of a short-type, low-waisted girdle of yet another embodiment of the garment according to the present invention, which has an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut and has a body shape correcting function.
  • FIG. 30 is a perspective view from the front side of the short type girdle shown in FIG. 29.
  • 1 is a front side, one side and one back side.
  • the left and right front side, one side and one hip portion, 1 are sewn together at the back center suture line 4, and the front side edge of the front side, one side, one hip portion, 1
  • the side edges of the piece 6 and the suture line 5 are sewn together.
  • Numeral 8 is the front center hem piece.
  • Hemming-less pieces are used for the front side, one side and one hip area, and the areas indicated by 9 and 11 are areas where the elastic power is strong, and the areas indicated by 10 are the areas where the elastic power is weak.
  • the regions indicated by 21 and 22 are regions where the expansion / contraction is medium.
  • 20 a, 20 b, 20 c, and 20 d are expansion / contraction power switching lines that indicate the boundaries of regions having different expansion / contraction powers.
  • the front side, one side and one hip portion application piece 1 is knitted in a 1 ⁇ 1 knitting structure in which a nylon yarn and a polyurethane yarn accompany as described in FIG.
  • a nylon yarn and a polyurethane yarn accompany as described in FIG.
  • As the nylon yarn a 33 dtex bright yarn and a 33 dtex dull yarn were used.
  • the nylon yarn and the 44 dtex polyurethane yarn described above are used in the area 10 where the 13 2 dtex polyurethane yarn is used and the stretch power is weak, and the areas 21 and 2 2 where the stretch power is medium are used.
  • the nylon yarn and 77 dtex polyurethane yarn described above are woven.
  • the edges of the front side, one side and one hip portion application piece 1 that do not need to be trimmed as they are cut are the portions of the hem line 2 and the edge of the waist line 3.
  • the bottom line 2 has a waveform, and the direction of the bottom line 2 is the same direction as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the direction indicated by the arrow 12, and the direction of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes is shown.
  • the directions of the switching lines 20a, 20b, 20c, and 20d (knitting directions 85a, 85b) have an angle of 5 degrees and are not parallel.
  • the waistline 3 is also cut at an angle of about 35 degrees with respect to the knitting directions 85a and 85b.
  • the cut-off edge of waistline 3, which does not need to be trimmed as it is cut off, is reached by the straight stretchable power switching lines 20a and 20c.
  • the unnecessary edge of the edge is an edge in which a portion 9 having a high expansion / contraction power, a medium portion 21 and a weak portion 10 are mixed.
  • the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is such that the area 10 where the expansion / contraction power is weak passes through the bulge of the hip, the width is about 6 cm, and the area where the expansion / contraction power is medium on both sides 21 1 and 2 2 (the total width is 10 cm) is provided.
  • the front center side hem piece 8 is, in this example, a conventional elastic mesh-like power net, in which the edge 16 obtained by the conventional thread removing method does not need to be trimmed.
  • the formed knitting was used.
  • a piece having an edge that does not need to be trimmed may be used while being cut.
  • This girdle also has substantially the same functions and functions as described in Embodiment 7 and the like. The effect is exhibited.
  • the present invention is not limited to the embodiments described in these specific embodiments, and the edge of the clothing is not cut off (unnecessary).
  • the knitting structure of the material is preferably one of the following.
  • the expansion / contraction power such as the portion with relatively high expansion / contraction power and the portion with relatively low expansion / contraction power, which can be set as appropriate according to the type of clothing, the location of clothing, and the preference of the wearer. In recent years, women's body shape has become relatively slim, so those with slightly lower elastic power tend to be preferred on average.
  • the specific value of the expansion / contraction power is not particularly limited, but the expansion / contraction power of the part having relatively high expansion / contraction power is 785 to 147 mN (80 to 147 mN) in the material longitudinal direction ( ⁇ ale direction). It is preferable to appropriately select from the range of the stretching power of 150 gf). It is preferable to appropriately select the expansion / contraction power of the portion having relatively low expansion / contraction power from the range of 588 to 1177 mN (60 to 120 gf) in the material longitudinal direction ( ⁇ ale direction).
  • the ratio of the expansion / contraction power between the portion having a weak expansion / contraction power and the portion having a high expansion / contraction power is 1. Assuming that the portion having a low expansion / contraction power is 1, the portion having a high expansion / contraction power is preferably from 1 ⁇ to 1.5, more preferably 1 The range is from 2 to 1.5, and even more preferably from 1.3 to 1.5.
  • the stress applied to the test piece elongated to the elongation of 80% was removed.
  • the specimen shrinks to return to its original length, but the stress applied to the specimen when the elongation recovers to 30% is defined as the stretching power (unit: mN).
  • the stretching power unit: mN
  • the average power of two test specimens was calculated for the stretch power and the stretch power, and the stretch power and the stretch power were used.
  • the elongation (%) is defined as follows: When the length of the specimen in the elongation direction in the stretched state is d, and the original length of the specimen before stretching (ie, the grip distance) is e, [(d- e) Ze] This is the value of XI 00.
  • test piece it is preferable to use the size of the test piece as described above when measuring the extension power and the expansion / contraction power, but when a sample of such a size cannot be cut out from the clothing to be measured. Can be measured smaller than that (however, conversion is required). However, the smaller the size of the test piece, the larger the measurement error. Therefore, it is preferable to measure the test piece as large as possible within the range that can be cut out.
  • the warp knitted fabric for the piece composed of the stretchable warp knitted fabric having an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut used in each embodiment is subjected to a heat setting process.
  • the test was performed for 18 mZ using a device with 7 chambers and 1 chamber (total length of about 2 lm).
  • the knitting density ( ⁇ ale) of the warp knitted fabric for the piece comprising the stretchable warp knitted fabric used in each embodiment, the runner of the non- ⁇ yarn and the runner of the elastic yarn are shown in the following table. 1
  • the clothing having a body shape correcting function of the present invention has the following effects.
  • the garment having the body shape correcting function of the present invention has an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut, and simultaneously has a region where the stretching power changes in a direction substantially perpendicular to the knitting direction.
  • a garment having a body shape correction function comprising at least one edge of the piece as it is, which is not trimmed, and a direction of a switching line of an expansion / contraction power in a region where the expansion / contraction power of the piece changes.
  • the beginning of the clothing At least one of the unnecessary edge lines in the as-cut state is not parallel to the direction of the edge line. Therefore, according to the present invention, there is no constraint that the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction of the line of the edge that does not need to be trimmed necessarily become parallel.
  • the line can be designed in a suitable direction as required, and it is possible to provide clothing having a body shape adjustment function with optimal wearability and design as clothing. Edges that do not require trimming are folded back and sewn, etc. Because trimming is not performed, the thickness of that portion is flat and does not become thicker, so it has excellent wearing feeling, and Because there is no step, the step does not reflect on the outerwear.
  • the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is formed by: (a) a method of forming a plurality of areas having different thicknesses of the woven yarns to be woven; A method of forming a plurality of regions having different numbers of elastic yarns, (c) a method of changing the width of each region of (a) or (b), (d) a method of (a), (b), (c) ),
  • the desired expansion and contraction power can be finely controlled and set, and the expansion and contraction can be easily performed by adopting the preferred embodiment of the present invention formed by any one of the methods combining at least two of the above methods. This is preferable because a region where the power changes can be formed.
  • the clothing having the body shape adjusting function according to the above (1) or (2) at least one of the upper edge and the lower edge of the clothing is cut.
  • the straight-line expansion / contraction power switching line has reached the edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is, and the edge that does not need to be trimmed is the edge where the part with the strong expansion / contraction power is mixed with the weak part.
  • a garment having an edge that does not require edge trimming in which a portion having strong and weak elastic power that cannot be achieved in one knitted fabric is mixed. Can be provided.
  • the switching line of the expansion / contraction power which cannot be realized with the conventional clothing having the unnecessary edge, can be designed more freely without being restrained so much in the direction of the edge line that does not require the edge. It is preferable to be able to provide clothing with an increased degree of freedom in design that is more easily adapted to the requirements of the fit.
  • the garment having the body shape adjusting function according to any one of the above (1) to (3) at least one of the upper edge and the lower edge of the garment does not need to be trimmed while being cut. Is cut at an angle of 20 to 80 degrees with respect to the knitting direction of the knitted fabric, so that the edge which does not need to be trimmed as it is cut is kept. It is preferable because the fit to the body is improved and the edge portion can be prevented from curling to the outside of the wearer's body.
  • the edge of the upper edge or the lower edge of the garment which is composed of an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut.
  • At least one edge is a preferable edge of the present invention in which the edge is cut at an angle of 40 to 50 degrees with respect to the knitting direction of the knitted fabric. It is preferable that the unnecessary edge can be further fitted to the body, and the edge can more easily prevent the wearer from rolling outside the body.
  • the edge that does not need to be trimmed in the cut as it is does not A preferred embodiment of the present invention in which the direction of the edge line of the skirt and the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power of the part changes is mutually non-parallel.
  • the direction of the switching line for the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction of the skirt line that is not required to be cleaned inevitably become parallel. It is preferable because it can be designed in a suitable direction corresponding to the clothing, and can be made into a clothing having a body shape adjusting function having optimal wearability and design as clothing.
  • a preferred embodiment of the present invention is a garment having a hip portion in which the entire garment is in close contact with a body.
  • the garment may include a hip portion selected from shorts, a girdle, a body suit, a leotard, and a swimsuit.
  • the preferred embodiment of the present invention which is a garment having these features, is a garment of a type that can be worn in close contact with the body, and has a small body height difference and good skin contact while having a body shape adjusting function. It is a garment in which the function of the present invention is effectively exerted, and is preferred.
  • the piece made of a stretchable warp knitted fabric may have a hip portion or a hip portion. It is preferably a piece selected from a hip-appropriating piece that covers the front and side, a front-side and a side-applying section that covers the front side and the hip, and the side between the two. .
  • the hip part has a rounded three-dimensional shape, but the expansion / contraction power switching line Even when designing clothing so that the direction can fit the three-dimensional shape of the hip, the direction of the edge line that does not need to be trimmed must be constrained by the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes. And can be designed in a preferred direction as needed. Therefore, it is possible to provide a garment having a body shape adjusting function having optimal wearability and design property as the garment, which is preferable.
  • the clothing is shorts or a girdle, and the skirt portion and the waistline portion of the shorts or the gardle are cut.
  • the edge is not required to be trimmed, and the direction of the line of one of the edges selected from the hem and the waistline is the line for switching the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power of the part changes.
  • the shorts or the girdle are clothes that require a hip body shape correcting function and abdominal shape correcting function, which are non-parallel to each other.
  • the clothing is designed by setting the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes to a direction that is convenient for body shape correction of such a portion, the clothing remains cut.
  • the direction of the line of either the hem portion or the waste line portion having the edge that does not need to be trimmed in the state is not restricted by the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes. It can be designed in the preferred direction as needed. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a garment having a body shape adjusting function having optimal wearability and design property as the garment.
  • the clothing is shorts or a girdle, and the skirt and waistline of the shorts or the gardle are cut.
  • the edge is not required to be trimmed, and the hem and the waistline edge line direction
  • the shorts or the girdle particularly have Clothing that requires a body shape correction function and an abdomen shape correction function.
  • the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is set to a direction that is convenient for the body shape correction of such parts.
  • the direction of the line of the edge of the hem portion and the edge line of the west line portion which has an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut, also depends on the expansion / contraction power of the area where the expansion / contraction power changes. It can be designed in a preferred direction as required without being restricted by the direction of the switching line. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a garment having a body shape adjusting function having optimal wearability and design properties as garment, which is extremely preferable.
  • the garment is shorts or a girdle, and at least a rear side of the shorts or the girdle.
  • the waistline part cut off, it is composed of an edge that is not required to be cleaned.
  • a part of the rear waistline is used as the base, and it has a vertex below the rear centerline.
  • the inverted triangular area which is almost line-symmetrical to the right, is composed of an area having a high expansion / contraction power, and the length of the base of the inverted triangular area is 1 Z 4 to 23 of the length of the rear waistline.
  • the length on the back center line from the waistline of the inverted triangular area to the vertex of the inverted triangle is the length of the back center line from the waistline to the crotch portion of the shop or girdle. 1/4 to 2 Z3 of length
  • the area where the inverted triangular area having a strong expansion / contraction power comes into contact is an area where the body is depressed on the rear side of the body, more specifically, Although the body is depressed near the sacral region, it is preferable because it can improve the fit to these depressed portions on the rear side of the body.
  • the garment having a body shape correcting function is shorts or a dollar, and Switching of the expansion / contraction power so that the region of the part having low elastic power covers the bulge portion of the hip, and the region of the part having high elastic power covers the side from below the bulge of the hip.
  • the preferred aspect of the present invention in which the line is a line that diagonally descends from the side of the hip toward the rear center, maintains a beautiful hip roundness without crushing the bulge of the hip.
  • the garment is a preferred embodiment of the present invention in which the garment is a bra.
  • the direction of the line for switching the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction of the line of the edge that does not need to be trimmed are necessarily parallel, so each is necessary. It is possible to design the brassiere in the direction according to the wearability and the brassiere with the optimal wearability and design as the brassiere.
  • Edges that do not need to be trimmed are not folded or sewn or otherwise trimmed, so the thickness of that portion is flat and does not increase in thickness, and therefore, it is excellent in wearing feeling, Since there are no steps, the steps are not reflected in the software. Also, since the region where the expansion / contraction power changes is formed by weaving the elastic yarn, no step is generated, the step is not reflected on the outerwear, and a neat chest silette can be realized. Edges that do not require trimming do not need to be trimmed, which is advantageous in terms of cost. Therefore, it is possible to make the clothing excellent in functionality, fashionability, and economy, which is preferable.
  • the clothing is a bra
  • the back cloth of the bra is an elastic warp knitted fabric.
  • the upper and lower edges of the back cloth are edges that do not need to be trimmed as they are cut, and the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power of the back cloth is the direction of the back cloth.
  • the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes can be relatively freely designed in a suitable direction as required, and a bra with suitable wearability and design as a bra can be obtained. Preferred.
  • the clothing is a bra
  • the pack cloth of the bra is an elastic warp knitted fabric.
  • the upper and lower edges of the back cloth are edges that do not need to be trimmed while being cut, and the direction of the line for switching the expansion and contraction power of the pack cloth is
  • the direction of the line ⁇ can be designed extremely freely in the respective directions as required, and it is possible to make a bra having good wearability and design characteristics as a bra.
  • the edge of the upper edge of the garment which is composed of an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut, At least a portion of the waistline of the shorts or girdle or the upper edge of the back cloth of the bra, and the cut
  • the edge of the lower end of the clothing which is composed of an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is, is a hem of shorts or a girdle, or a lower edge of a back cloth of a bra, is cut. It is preferable that the above-mentioned respective edges, which do not need to be trimmed as they are, can be fitted to the body, and that the edge portions can be prevented from being forced to the wearer outside the body.
  • a bright yarn and a dull yarn are used as the inelastic yarn, and the bright yarn is woven.
  • a preferred embodiment of the present invention in which a wavy portion and a portion where a dull yarn is knitted are formed by knitting, and a linear or belt-like visible pattern is formed at a desired position due to a difference in gloss between the bright yarn and the dull yarn. By doing so, a striped pattern can be formed irrespective of the presence or absence of dyeing, and the aesthetics of clothing can be further improved, which is preferable.
  • each of a plurality of regions having different stretching powers in which at least one of the thickness and the number of braids of the elastic yarn is changed is changed.
  • inelastic yarns that are simultaneously woven in the region using bright yarns and dull yarns, respectively, it is a preferred embodiment of the present invention that the portions having different expansion / contraction powers become visible pattern portions.
  • a visible linear or band-like pattern with a high or low expansion / contraction power appears, and it is possible to improve the beauty of the garment in design, and at the same time, it is possible to visually recognize the functional area with a high or low expansion / contraction power.
  • the garment has an edge that does not require trimming while being cut, and is knitted.
  • the fabric constituting a piece of stretchable warp knitted fabric having a region where the stretching power changes in a direction substantially perpendicular to the direction at the same time in one knitted fabric is composed of an inelastic yarn and an elastic yarn.
  • the stretchable warp knitted fabric according to the preferred aspect of the present invention comprising the stretchable warp knitted fabric knitted according to the method described above, may have an edge that does not fray even in a cut state and does not need to be trimmed. It is preferable because it can be easily realized.
  • the stretchable warp knitted fabric is selected from a preset and a heat set at a temperature of 180 ° C or more.
  • the preferred aspect of the present invention which is a stretchable warp knitted fabric on which at least one type of set is applied, makes it possible to provide an edge-free ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ which is less likely to be frayed even in a cut state. preferable.
  • the stretchable warp knitted fabric may have a thickness of 2.54 cm (1 inch). 65
  • the stretchable warp knitted fabric knitted to a density exceeding 5 ⁇ ale is a preferred embodiment of the present invention, so that it is not necessary to trim the edges more easily even in the cut state. It is preferable.
  • the edge that does not need to be trimmed in the cut state is the elasticity.
  • the edge is cut at an angle not exceeding 45 degrees with respect to the knitting direction of the warp knitted fabric, the edge is less likely to fray even in the cut state. Unnecessary edges can be used, which is preferable.
  • the garment of the present invention is a garment having an edge that does not need to be trimmed, and the direction of the switching line of the expansion and contraction power in the region where the expansion and contraction power changes and the direction of the edge that does not need to be trimmed are not made parallel to each other.

Abstract

Clothing having a figure adjusting function in which an as-cat hem requiring no trimming and an area where stretching power varies in the direction substantially perpendicular to the knitting direction are present simultaneously in one knitted fabric, a piece of a stretching warp knitted fabric having a linear switching line of stretching power is employed at least partially in a cloth constituting the clothing, and at least one hem at the upper or lower end of the clothing requires no trimming. The clothing can be designed in a required direction using a piece where the direction of the stretching power switching line of the piece is not parallel with the direction of line of at least one hem out of the lines of a hem requiring no trimming of the clothing.

Description

明 細 書 体形捕整機能を有する衣料 技術分野  Description Apparel with a body-shaping function Technical field
本発明は、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を有し且つ体形補 整機能を有する衣料に関する。 背景技術  The present invention relates to a garment having an edge that does not need to be trimmed while being cut and having a body shape correcting function. Background art
従来より、例えば、衣料の裾部などの縁は、裁断したままの状態では、 縁部が解れてしまうので、 解れを防止するために、 何らかの縁始末をす る必要があった。 この始末のことを、 縁始末をする、 ヘミングなどと称 し、 その方法は部位や素材によって様々であって、 例えば、 図 3 6にそ の断面模式図で示したように、布端 1 2 0を折り返して 2重にし縫合(1 2 1、 1 2 2は縫合ライン) したり、 図 3 7にその断面模式図で示した ように、 別布やテープ状物 1 3 1を断面略 U字状に生地の縁部 1 3 0に 被せて縫合 ( 1 3 2、 1 3 3は縫合ライン) するなど、 縁始末がされて いるのが一般的である。 しかし、 この作業は衣類の縫製において可成り の負担であり、 しかもこのように縁始末を施すと、その部分が厚くなり、 タイトなァウタ一ウェアーをその上に着用した場合など、 下着の縁ライ ンが凸条になって外衣に現れ、 外観を損なったり、 分厚くなつた縁部が 着用感を損なうなどの問題になっている。  Conventionally, for example, the edge of clothing, such as the hem, has been cut off in the state of being cut, so it was necessary to remove some edge to prevent the edge from being cut off. This cleaning is called hemming, or the like, and is done in various ways depending on the part or material. For example, as shown in the schematic cross-sectional view of FIG. 0 is folded back and doubled and stitched (1 2 1 and 1 2 2 are stitching lines), or as shown in the schematic cross-sectional view of Fig. 37, another cloth or tape-like material 1 31 In general, the edges of the fabric are sewn, for example, over the edge 130 of the fabric and sewn (13, 13 are sewing lines). However, this work is a considerable burden in sewing the garment, and when such trimming is applied, the portion becomes thicker, and when the tight outerwear is worn on it, the edge line of the underwear is worn. The fins become convex and appear on the outer garment, causing problems such as impairing the appearance and thickened edges which impair the feeling of wearing.
そこで、 近年、 例えば縁始末不要な裾を有するガードルなど、 縁始末 不要な生地の当該縁部がガードル裾部になるように、 縁始末不要な生地 からなる部片を少なくとも当該衣料を構成する生地の少なくとも一部に 用いた衣料が使用されてきている。 また、 身体に密着して着用し、 体形 補整機能を付与した衣料についても、 伸縮パワーを強くしたい部分に、 他の当て布をあてがうのではなく、 伸縮パワーを強くしたい部分に、 編 み込まれるか、 又は、 挿入される弹性糸の太さを太くしたり、 同じゥェ —ルに編み込まれるか、 又は、 挿入される弾性糸の本数を多くしたり、 当該弾性糸の編み込まれるか、 又は、 揷入される領域の幅を大きくした りすることによって、 当て布を用いた場合の様に段差を生じさせること なく、 ヒップアップ機能などの、 体形補整機能を付与する方法も採用さ れてきている。 In recent years, for example, a girdle having an edge that does not need to be trimmed, such as a girdle having an edge that does not need to be trimmed, so that the edge of the dough that does not need to be edged becomes the girdle hem is made of at least a piece of the cloth that does not need to be trimmed. Clothing used for at least a part of is being used. Also, wear it in close contact with your body, For clothing with a compensation function, instead of applying another patch cloth to the part where the stretching power is to be strengthened, instead of applying a patch cloth, the thickening of the 糸 yarn is inserted or inserted into the part where the stretching power is to be strengthened. Thickened, knitted in the same jewel, or increased the number of elastic yarns inserted, or increased the width of the knitted or inserted area of the elastic yarns In addition, there has been adopted a method of giving a body shape correction function such as a hip-up function without causing a step difference as in the case of using a patch cloth.
ところで、 縁始末不要な縁を形成するには、 通常、 いわゆる糸抜きな どの手法が用いられる (例えば、 日本特開 2 0 0 0— 3 0 3 3 3 1号の [ 0 0 2 0 ] の説明や図 2参照)。 従って、 編み込んだ糸を抜くことによ つて、 その部分を境にして、 編地を 2分し、 当該 2分された対向するそ れぞれの縁の部分が、 縁始末不要な縁となる。 それ故、 縁始末不要な縁 は、 糸の供給方向、 すなわち、 編み方向に実質上平行なラインの縁とな らざるを得ない。 当該生地の上下の緣を共に縁始末不要な縁とする場合 も、 共に編み方向に平行なラインの緣とならざるを得ない。  By the way, in order to form an edge that does not need to be trimmed, a method such as a so-called thread removal is usually used (for example, see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-30033 [0200]). See description and Figure 2). Therefore, by pulling out the knitted yarn, the knitted fabric is divided into two parts with the part as a boundary, and each of the two divided opposing edges becomes an unnecessary edge. . Therefore, the edge that does not need to be trimmed must be the edge of a line that is substantially parallel to the yarn supply direction, that is, the knitting direction. Even if the upper and lower edges of the fabric are both edges that do not need to be trimmed, both must be edges of a line parallel to the knitting direction.
一方、 上述したように、 伸縮パワーを強くしたい部分に、 太い弾性糸 を編み込むなどの手法によって、 弾性糸により伸縮パワーの異なる複数 の領域を形成する場合も、 太い弾性糸を編み込むなどの手段で当該領域 を形成するのであるから、 前記伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向は、 糸の供給方向、 すなわち、 編み方向にほぼ平行な実質上直線ラインに沿 つた方向にならざるを得ないのが通常である。 仮に、 弾性糸でなく、 編 み込む非弾性糸の太さや、 編み込み本数 (2本以上同時にひきそろえて 糸を供給する) を切り替えて、 伸縮パワーの異なる複数の領域を形成す る場合も、 同様に、 太いまたは細い非弹性糸、 あるいは糸の編み込み本 数を所定本数に調整して編み込むなどの手段で各伸縮パワーの異なる領 域を形成するのであるから、 非弹性糸の使い分けにより伸縮パワーの変 化した領域を形成する場合も、 伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向は、 糸の供給方向、 すなわち、 編み方向にほぼ平行な実質上直線ラインに沿 つた方向にならざるを得ないし、 弾性糸と非弹性糸の両者を同時に使い 分けて伸縮パワーの変化した領域を形成する場合も、 同様である。 On the other hand, as described above, even when a plurality of regions having different expansion / contraction powers are formed by the elastic yarn by a method such as knitting a thick elastic yarn into a portion where the expansion / contraction power is desired to be strengthened, a method of knitting the thick elastic yarn is used. Since this region is formed, the direction of the switching line for the expansion / contraction power must generally be in the direction along which the yarn is supplied, that is, along a substantially straight line substantially parallel to the knitting direction. is there. Even if the thickness of the inelastic yarn to be knitted and the number of knitted yarns (two or more yarns are supplied at the same time, instead of elastic yarns) are switched to form a plurality of areas with different expansion / contraction powers, Similarly, by using a thick or thin non-conductive yarn, or adjusting the number of knitting yarns to a predetermined number and knitting them, different areas of each stretching power are used. Therefore, the direction of the line for switching the expansion / contraction power is substantially parallel to the yarn supply direction, that is, the knitting direction, even when an area where the expansion / contraction power is changed by properly using non-conductive yarn is formed. The same applies to the case in which the elastic power and the non-conductive yarn are both used at the same time to form a region where the expansion / contraction power has changed, in a direction along the upper straight line.
従って、 1枚の編地中に、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域を形成すると共 に、 同時に 1枚の同じ編地中に縁始末不要な縁を形成する場合には、 伸 縮パワーの変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向と、 緣始 末不要な縁のラインの方向とが、 実質上平行な方向を向いた生地となら ざるを得ない。  Therefore, when forming an area where the expansion / contraction power changes in one piece of knitted fabric and simultaneously forming an unnecessary edge in the same piece of knitted fabric, the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is used. The direction of the line for switching the expansion / contraction power and the direction of the line of the edge that is not required to be cleaned must be oriented substantially in parallel.
図 3 4に、 一モデルサンプルとして、 上述した、 従来法により、 1枚 の編地中に、 弾性糸の使用により伸縮パワーの変化する領域を形成する と共に、 同時に 1枚の同じ編地中に縁始末不要な縁を形成したものを、 適宜の形状に裁断した、 衣料の一部を構成する部片の模式的平面図を示 した。 尚この部片の形状は、単に、説明のために取り上げた形状であり、 ある特定の衣料の部片に適用する厳密な形状ではない。 しかし例えば、 ある種のショートガードルの前脇から脇をカバーし背部のヒップ部を力 バーするための右側の部片に近い形状の部片を説明用のモデルとして採 用したものである。 図の左側が、 後中心側となる。 後述する図 1 2〜図 1 6、 図 3 5も同様の趣旨の図面である。  Fig. 34 shows a model sample in which a region where the expansion / contraction power changes due to the use of elastic yarn is formed in one knitted fabric by the above-mentioned conventional method, and at the same time in one same knitted fabric. A schematic plan view of a piece constituting a part of the garment, in which an unnecessary edge was formed was cut into an appropriate shape, is shown. It should be noted that the shape of this piece is merely a shape taken for explanation, and is not an exact shape applied to a particular piece of clothing. However, for example, a part of a short girdle that has a shape close to the right part to cover the sides from the front to the back and to force the hips of the back is used as an explanatory model. The left side of the figure is the rear center side. FIGS. 12 to 16 and FIG. 35 to be described later are drawings having the same purpose.
図 3 4に示した編地 1 0 0は、 1 0 1の縁が、緣始末不要な緣であり、 1 0 3が伸縮パワーの変化する領域 (例えば、 太い弾性糸が編み込まれ て伸縮パワーが強められた領域)、 1 0 2が上緣であり、 伸縮パワーの変 化する領域 1 0 3の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向 1 0 5と、 緣始 末不要な縁 1 0 1の方向 1 0 4とは平行になっている。 尚、 この編地の 編み方向は、 1 0 5の矢印で示された方向である。 そして、 仮に上緣 1 0 2ラインの方向 1 0 6を、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域 1 0 3の伸縮パ ヮ一の切り替えラインの方向 1 0 5や、 縁始末不要な緣 1 0 1の方向 1 0 4とは異なる図示した様な 1 0 6の方向の形にしょうとすると、 上縁 1 0 2は、 縁始末不要な縁とすることはできず、 2重に折り返して縫合 するなど、 図 3 6や図 3 7で説明したように、 縁始末 (ヘミング) を必 要とする縁になる。 In the knitted fabric 100 shown in Fig. 34, the edge of 101 is an unnecessary edge, and 103 is a region where the elastic power changes (for example, the elastic power The area where the expansion and contraction power changes is the direction of the expansion and contraction power switching line 105 and the direction of the edge 101 that does not need to be cleaned. It is parallel to 104. The knitting direction of this knitted fabric is the direction indicated by the arrow 105. And, temporarily 0 The direction of the line 1 106 is different from the direction 1 0 5 of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power of the area 103 where the expansion / contraction power changes, and the direction 1 104 of the edge 101 where edge trimming is unnecessary. If you try to make the shape in the direction of 106 as shown in the figure, the upper edge 102 cannot be an edge that does not need to be trimmed. As described in 7, the edge requires hemming.
図 3 5に、 別の一モデルサンプルとして、 従来法により、 1枚の編地 中に、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域を形成すると共に、 同時に 1枚の同じ 編地中に縁始末不要な縁を形成したものを、 適宜の形状に裁断した、 衣 料の一部を構成する部片の模式的平面図を示した。  Fig. 35 shows another model sample, in which the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is formed in one knitted fabric by the conventional method, and at the same time, unnecessary edges are removed in one same knitted fabric. A schematic plan view of a piece constituting a part of the garment, which was cut into an appropriate shape, was formed.
図 3 5に示した編地 1 0 0は、 1 0 1の縁が、緣始末不要な緣であり、 しかも、 スカラップ状に波形形状になっている。 このスカラップ状の縁 始末不要な縁は、 例えば日本特許第 3 0 9 9 0 8 5号などの手法によつ て実現可能である。  In the knitted fabric 100 shown in FIG. 35, the edge of 101 is {not required to be cleaned}, and has a scalloped corrugated shape. This scalloped edge that does not need to be trimmed can be realized, for example, by a method such as Japanese Patent No. 390985.
そしてこの場合も伸縮パワーの変化する領域 1 0 3 (例えば、 太い弾 性糸が編み込まれて伸縮パワーが強められた領域) を設ける場合には、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域 1 0 3の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向 1 0 5と、 縁始末不要な縁 1 0 1の方向 1 0 4とは実質上平行になって いる。 縁始末不要な縁 1 0 1のスカラップ状部分は波形形状の曲線であ るが、 その波の進行方向に相当する全体としての縁 1 0 1の方向は、 矢 印 1 0 4の方向と言える。 光は波動するが、 全体として直線で進行方向 を描いているのと同じ扱い方である。 矢印 1 0 4は、 縁始末不要な緣 1 0 1のスカラップ状の波の頂点を結ぶ接線ラインをもって全体としての 方向としたが、 波を上下に分割する中央線をもってしても全体としての 方向が示せる。 すなわち、 縁始末不要な縁 1 0 1をスカラップ状にして も、 その全体としての方向 1 0 4と、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域 1 0 3 の境界ラインの方向 1 0 5とは、 実質上平行になっている。 尚、 この編 地の編み方向は、 1 0 5の矢印で示された方向である。 そして、 仮に上 縁 1 0 2ラインの方向 1 0 6を、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域 1 0 3の伸 縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向 1 0 5や、 縁始末不要な緣 1 0 1の方 向 1 0 4と異なる図示した様な 1 0 6の方向の形にしょうとすると、 上 縁 1 0 2は、 縁始末不要な縁とすることはできず、 2重に折り返して縫 合するなど、 図 3 6や図 3 7で説明したように、 縁始末を必要とする縁 になる。 Also in this case, if an area 103 where the expansion / contraction power changes is provided (for example, an area where the elastic power is strengthened by knitting a thick elastic yarn), the expansion / contraction power of the area 103 where the expansion / contraction power changes is provided. The direction 105 of the switching line is substantially parallel to the direction 104 of the edge 101 that does not need to be trimmed. The scallop-like portion of the edge 101 that does not need to be trimmed is a wavy curve, but the direction of the edge 101 as a whole corresponding to the traveling direction of the wave can be said to be the direction of the arrow 104 . Although light waves, it is treated in the same way as if it were drawn in a straight line as a whole. The direction of the arrow 104 is the overall direction with the tangent line connecting the vertices of the scallop-like wave of 101 that does not need to be trimmed, but the direction as a whole even with the center line dividing the wave up and down Can be shown. That is, even if the edge 101 that does not need to be trimmed is made into a scalloped shape, the direction 104 as a whole and the region 103 where the expansion / contraction power changes Is substantially parallel to the direction 105 of the boundary line. The knitting direction of this knitted fabric is the direction indicated by the arrow 105. Then, suppose that the direction 106 of the upper edge 102 line is changed to the direction 105 of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region 103 where the expansion / contraction power changes, and the direction of 緣 101 where edge trimming is unnecessary. If it is assumed that it is different from 104 in the direction of 106 shown in the figure, the upper edge 102 cannot be an edge that does not need to be trimmed. As described in FIG. 36 and FIG. 37, the edge needs to be trimmed.
以上、 図 3 4や図 3 5では、 説明を簡単にするために、 弹性糸の使い 分けによる、 伸縮パワーの切り替えの例を挙げて説明したが、 前述の如 く、 仮に、 編み込む非弾性糸の太さや、 編み込み本数 (2本以上同時に ひきそろえて糸を供給する) を切り替えて、 伸縮パワーの異なる複数の 領域を形成する場合の如く、 非弾性糸の使い分けにより伸縮パワーの変 化した領域を形成する塲合も、 あるいは、 弾性糸と非弹性糸の両者を同 時に使い分けて伸縮パワーの変化した領域を形成する場合も、 同様であ る。  As described above, in FIGS. 34 and 35, in order to simplify the explanation, an example of switching the expansion / contraction power by using different types of elastic yarns has been described. The area where the expansion / contraction power is changed by using different inelastic yarns, such as when changing the thickness and the number of braids (two or more yarns are supplied at the same time to supply yarn) to form multiple areas with different expansion / contraction powers The same applies to the case of forming a region in which the elasticity power is changed by selectively using both the elastic yarn and the non-conductive yarn at the same time.
また、 図示していないが、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域 1 0 3の伸縮パ ヮ一の切り替えラインの方向 1 0 5と、 縁始末不要な縁 1 0 1の方向 1 0 4とを非平行にしょうとすると、 緣部を目的の方向になるように裁断 せざるを得ず、 裁断した裁ち端は、 そのままではほつれが生ずるので、 図 3 6や図 3 7などで説明したように、 縁始末を施した縁とせざるを得 なくなる。 すなわち縁始末不要な縁とすることはできなくなる。 また、 仮に上縁 1 0 2を縁始末不要な緣とする場合にも、 上縁 1 0 2のライン の方向 1 0 6を伸縮パワーの変化する領域 1 0 3の伸縮パワーの切り替 えラインの方向 1 0 5と平行にせざるを得ないのが実状である。  In addition, although not shown, the direction 105 of the switching line of the expansion and contraction power in the area 103 where the expansion and contraction power changes and the direction 104 of the edge 101 that does not need to be trimmed are made non-parallel. If this is the case, the を 得 section must be cut so that it is in the desired direction, and the cut edge will be frayed as it is, so as described in Fig. 36 and Fig. 37, etc. It is inevitable that the edge has been treated. In other words, it is not possible to make the edge unnecessary. Even if the upper edge 102 does not need to be trimmed, the direction 106 of the line of the upper edge 102 is changed to the expansion / contraction power switching line of the area 103 where the expansion / contraction power changes. In fact, it must be parallel to the direction 105.
従って、 従来は、 弾性糸などによる伸縮パワーの変化する領域を、 目 的の体形補整を行うに好適な角度で配置すると、 縁始末不要な縁の方向 を自由に変えることはできず、 裾ラインやウェストラインの緣などを緣 始末不要な縁とする場合には、 その方向が制限され、 伸縮パワーの変化 する領域の方向とは関係なしに当該衣料の最適な設計の裾ラインゃゥェ ストラインとすることはできないと言う問題がある。 Therefore, conventionally, the area where the expansion / contraction power changes due to elastic yarn, etc. If it is arranged at an angle suitable for target body shape correction, it is not possible to freely change the direction of the edge that does not need to be trimmed, and if the hem line or waist line is the edge that does not need to be trimmed, The direction is limited, and there is a problem that the garment cannot be the skirt line of the optimal design of the garment irrespective of the direction of the region where the expansion / contraction power changes.
更に、 縁始末不要な縁からなる裾ライン又はウェストラインの方向を 目的とする衣料に最適な方向に設計すると、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域 の方向を、 自由に変えることはできず、 目的の体形補整を行うに好適な 角度で配置することができないと言うよう'な問題がある。  Furthermore, if the direction of the hem line or waist line consisting of edges that do not require trimming is designed to be the optimal direction for the target clothing, the direction of the area where the expansion / contraction power changes cannot be freely changed, and the desired body shape There is a problem that it cannot be arranged at an angle suitable for performing compensation.
まして、 後述する図 1 6に示す如く伸縮パワーの変化する領域 8 3の 伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向 8 5と、 縁始末不要な縁 8 2の方向 8 6とのなす角度ひがより大きく、 縁始末不要な縁 8 2の部分に、 前記 直線状の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインが到達していて、 当該縁始末不要 な縁 8 2が、 縁始末を行わないままで、 伸縮パワーが強い部分と弱い部 分が混在する縁を有する衣料は製造不可能であった。  Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 16 described later, the angle between the direction 85 of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region 83 where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction 86 of the edge 82 where the edge is unnecessary is larger, The line for switching the linear expansion / contraction power reaches the portion of the edge 82 that does not need to be trimmed, and the edge 82 that does not need to be trimmed is the portion where the expansion and contraction power is strong without performing the edge trimming. Clothes with weak edges could not be manufactured.
従って、従来の衣料においては、伸縮パワーの変化する領域の方向を、 目的の体形補整を行うに好適な角度で配置し、 しかも裾ラインないしゥ エストラインなどの方向も、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域の方向にとらわ れずに自由に変える場合には、 縁部の形状は、 目的の形に裁断して、 縁 始末をしなければならなかった。  Therefore, in the conventional garment, the direction of the region where the expansion / contraction power changes is arranged at an angle suitable for performing the desired body shape correction, and the direction of the skirt line or the ゥ est line is also changed in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes. In order to change the shape freely, regardless of the direction, the edge had to be cut into the desired shape and trimmed.
本発明は、 かかる従来の問題点を解決し、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域 の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向と、 縁始末不要な縁の方向とを、 平行にせずに、 それぞれのラインを必要に応じた好適な方向に自由に設 計し得る衣料を提供することを目的とする。  The present invention solves such a conventional problem, and makes the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes, and the direction of the edge not requiring edge trimming, each line necessary without being parallel. It is an object of the present invention to provide clothing that can be freely designed in a suitable suitable direction.
本発明は、 裁断したままでも、 裁ち端がほつれずに、 裁断したままの 状態で縁始末が不要な編地を適宜衣料に応用することによって、 本発明 の衣料を提供しょうとするものである。 発明の概要 According to the present invention, a knitted fabric that does not need to be trimmed in a cut state without fraying the cut edge without being cut off is applied to clothing as appropriate. To provide clothing. Summary of the Invention
前記課題を達成するために、 本発明の体形補整機能を有する衣料は次 の様な衣料である。  In order to achieve the above object, the clothing having a body shape correcting function of the present invention is the following clothing.
(1) すなわち本発明の体形補整機能を有する衣料は、 裁断されたま まの状態で縁始末不要な縁を有し、 且つ編み方向に対しほぼ直角の方向 に伸縮パワーが変化する領域とを同時に 1枚の編地中に有し、 当該伸縮 パワーの切り替えラインが直線状である伸縮性の経編地からなる部片を、 衣料を構成する生地の少なくとも一部に用いた衣料上端又は下端の縁の 少なくとも一方の縁が当該裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁から なる体形補整機能を有する衣料であって、 当該部片の前記伸縮パワーが 変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向と、 当該衣料の縁始 末不要な裁断されたままの状態の縁のラインのうち少なくとも一つの縁 のラインの方向とが、 相互に非平行である部片を用いてなる体形補整機 能を有する衣料である。  (1) That is, the garment having the body shape correcting function of the present invention has an edge that does not need to be trimmed in the as-cut state, and simultaneously has a region where the stretching power changes in a direction substantially perpendicular to the knitting direction. A piece of stretchable warp knitted fabric, which is included in one knitted fabric and has a straight line for switching the stretchable power, is used for at least a part of the fabric constituting the garment. A garment having a body shape correcting function consisting of an edge that does not need to be trimmed while at least one edge of the edge remains in the cut state, wherein a stretch power switching line in an area where the elastic power of the piece changes. A body shape correction function using pieces in which the direction and the direction of at least one of the edge lines of the garment in an as-cut state that do not need to be trimmed are not parallel to each other. Clothing with .
(2) 前記 ( 1) 項記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料においては、 伸 縮パヮ一が変化する領域が、 (a)編み込む弾性糸の太さが異なる複数の 領域を形成する方式、 (b) 編み込む弾性糸の本数が異なる複数の領域を 形成する方式、 (c) 前記 (a) 又は (b) の各領域の幅を変化させる方 式、 (d) 前記 (a)、 (b)、 (c) の方式の少なくとも 2つ以上を組み合 わせた方式のいずれかの方式により形成されていることが好ましい。  (2) In the garment having a body shape correcting function according to the above (1), the area where the stretching power changes is formed by: (a) a method of forming a plurality of areas having different thicknesses of elastic yarns to be woven; ) A method of forming a plurality of regions in which the number of elastic yarns to be woven is different; (c) a method of changing the width of each region of (a) or (b); (d) a method of (a), (b), Preferably, it is formed by any one of the methods combining at least two of the methods (c).
(3) また、 前記 ( 1) 項または (2) 項に記載の体形補整機能を有 する衣料においては、 衣料上端又は下端の縁の少なくとも一方の裁断さ れたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁部分に、 前記直線状の伸縮パワーの切 り替えラインが到達していて、 当該縁始末不要な縁が、 伸縮パヮ一が強 い部分と弱い部分が混在する縁であることが好ましい。 (3) In addition, in the clothing having the body shape adjusting function described in the above (1) or (2), at least one of the upper edge and the lower edge of the clothing does not need to be trimmed while being cut. The switching line of the linear expansion / contraction power has reached the edge portion, and the edge that does not need to be trimmed has a strong expansion / contraction power. It is preferable that the edge has a mixture of a weak portion and a weak portion.
(4) また、 前記 (1) 〜 (3) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補整機能 を有する衣料においては、 衣料上端又は下端の縁の少なくとも一方の裁 断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁が、 当該編地の編み方向に対し、 20〜80度の角度で裁断された縁であることが好ましい。  (4) Further, in the clothing having the body shape adjusting function according to any one of the above (1) to (3), at least one of the upper edge and the lower edge of the clothing is not required to be trimmed while being cut. Preferably, the edge is an edge cut at an angle of 20 to 80 degrees with respect to the knitting direction of the knitted fabric.
(5) また、 前記 (1) 〜 (3) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補整機能 を有する衣料においては、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁から なる衣料上端又は下端の縁の少なくとも一方の縁が、 当該編地の編み方 向に対し、 40〜 50度の角度で裁断された緣であることが好ましい。  (5) Further, in the clothing having the body shape correcting function according to any one of the above (1) to (3), the edge of the clothing at the upper end or the lower edge composed of an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut is provided. It is preferable that at least one edge is a triangle cut at an angle of 40 to 50 degrees with respect to the knitting direction of the knitted fabric.
(6) また、 前記 ( 1) 項または (2) 項に記載の体形補整機能を有 する衣料においては、 裁断されたままの状態で緣始末不要な縁が、 衣料 の裾であり、 且つ当該裾の縁ラインの方向と、 当該部片の伸縮パワーが 変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向とが相互に非平行で あることが好ましい。  (6) Further, in the clothing having the body shape adjusting function according to the above (1) or (2), the edge that is unnecessary to be trimmed while being cut is the hem of the clothing, and It is preferable that the direction of the edge line of the hem and the direction of the line for switching the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power of the part changes are non-parallel to each other.
(7) また、 前記 (1) 項〜 (6) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補整機 能を有する衣料においては、 衣料が、 衣料全体が身体に密着するヒップ 部を有する衣料であることが好ましい。  (7) Further, in the clothing having the body shape adjusting function according to any one of the above items (1) to (6), the clothing may be a clothing having a hip portion in which the entire clothing adheres to the body. preferable.
(8) また、 前記 ( 1) 項〜 (7) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補整機 能を有する衣料においては、 衣料が、 ショーツ、 ガードル、 ポデイス一 ッ、 レオタード、 水着から選ばれたヒップ部を有する衣料であることが 好ましい。  (8) In addition, in the clothing having the body shape correcting function according to any one of the above (1) to (7), the clothing is a hip selected from shorts, girdle, pods, leotards, and swimwear. It is preferably a garment having a part.
(9) また、 前記 (1) 項〜 (7) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補整機 能を有する衣料においては、 伸縮性の経編地からなる前記部片が、 ヒッ プ部もしくはヒップ部と脇部を充当するヒップ部充当部片、 前脇部とヒ ップ部ならびにその両者間の脇部を充当する前脇—脇一後充当部片から 選ばれた部片であることが好ましい。 ( 1 0) また、 前記 (9) 項に記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料にお いては、 衣料が、 ショーツ又はガードルであり、 当該ショーツ又はガー ドルの裾部及びウェストライン部が裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要 な縁からなり、 当該裾部、 ウェストライン部から選ばれたいずれか一方 の縁のラインの方向が、 当該部片の当該伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸 縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向と相互に非平行であることが好ましい,(9) In the garment having a body shape correcting function according to any one of the above items (1) to (7), the piece made of an elastic warp knitted fabric may be a hip portion or a hip portion. It is preferably a piece selected from a hip-approaching piece that covers the front and side portions, and a front-side-side-approaching piece that covers the front side and the hip portion and the side between them. . (10) Further, in the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to the above (9), the clothing is shorts or a girdle, and the skirt and waistline of the shorts or the girdle are cut. In this state, the edge is not required to be trimmed, and the direction of the line of one of the edges selected from the skirt and the waistline is the direction of the stretching power of the area where the stretching power of the part changes. Preferably non-parallel to the direction of the switching line,
(11) また、 前記 (9) 項に記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料にお いては、 衣料が、 ショーツ又はガ一ドルであり、 当該ショーツ又はガー ドルの裾部及びウェストライン部が裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要 な縁からなり、 当該裾部、 ウェストライン部の縁のラインの方向のいず れもが、 当該部片の当該伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り 替えラインの方向と相互に非平行であることが好ましい。 (11) Further, in the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to the above (9), the clothing is shorts or a girdle, and the skirt and waistline of the shorts or the girdle are cut. Switching of the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power of the relevant piece changes, regardless of the direction of the edge line of the hem or waistline, in which the edge does not need to be trimmed as it is. Preferably, they are non-parallel to the direction of the line.
(12) また、 前記 (1) 項〜 (11) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補 整機能を有する衣料においては、衣料が、ショーツ又はガードルであり、 当該ショーツ又はガ一ドルの少なくとも後側のウェストライン部が裁断 されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁からなり、 前記後側のウェストライ ンの一部を底辺とし、 後中心線の下方に頂点を有していて後中心線で左 右ほぼ線対称の逆三角形状の領域が伸縮パワーの強い領域からなり、 前 記逆三角形状の領域の底辺の長さが、 前記後側のウェストラインの長さ の 1/4〜 2/3、 より好ましくは 1/3〜: L/2の長さであり、 前記 逆三角形状の領域のウェストラインから前記逆三角形の頂点までの後中 心線上における長さが、 当該ショーツ又はガードルのウェストラインか らクロツチ部までの後中心線の長さの 1/4〜2Z3、 より好ましくは 1 / 3〜 1 Z2の長さであることが好ましい。  (12) Further, in the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to any one of the above (1) to (11), the clothing is shorts or a girdle, and at least the rear side of the shorts or the girdle. The waistline portion of the rear waistline is composed of an edge that is not required to be trimmed as it is cut, a part of the rear waistline is a bottom side, and has a vertex below the rear centerline. Left Right An almost triangular inverted triangular area consists of an area with strong expansion and contraction power, and the length of the base of the inverted triangular area is 1/4 to 2 / of the length of the rear waistline. 3, more preferably 1/3 to: length of L / 2, and the length on the posterior center line from the waistline of the inverted triangular area to the vertex of the inverted triangle is the length of the shorts or the girdle. The length of the rear centerline from the waistline to the crotch The length is preferably 1/4 to 2Z3, more preferably 1/3 to 1Z2.
(13) また、 前記 (9) 項〜 (12) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補 整機能を有する衣料においては、衣料が、ショーツ又はガ一ドルであり、 伸縮性の経編地からなる前記部片の伸縮パワーの弱い領域が、 ヒップの 膨らみ部をカバーし、 当該部片の伸縮パワーの強い領域がヒップの膨ら みの脇側から下方を充当するように、 伸縮パワーの切り替えラインがヒ ップの脇側から後中心側に向かって斜めに下がる向きのラインとなって いることが好ましい。 (13) Further, in the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to any one of the above (9) to (12), the clothing is shorts or dollars, The weak stretchable area of the piece made of stretchable warp knitted fabric covers the bulging part of the hip, and the strong stretchable area of the piece covers the side from below the bulge of the hip. As described above, it is preferable that the switching line for the expansion / contraction power is a line that is inclined downward from the side of the hip toward the rear center.
( 14) また、 前記 (1) 項〜 (6) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補整 機能を有する衣料においては、 衣料が、 ブラジャーであることが好まし い。  (14) In addition, in the clothing having a body shape adjusting function according to any one of the above (1) to (6), the clothing is preferably a bra.
( 1 5) また、 前記 (1) 項〜 (5) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補整 機能を有する衣料においては、 衣料が、 ブラジャーであって、 ブラジャ (15) Further, in the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to any one of the above (1) to (5), the clothing is a bra,
—のバック布が、 伸縮性の経編地からなる前記部片からなり、 当該バッ ク布の上下の縁が、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁からなって おり、 前記バック布の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向が前記バック 布の上または下のいずれか一方の縁のラインの方向と相互に非平行とな つていることが好ましい。 The back cloth is made of the above-mentioned piece made of an elastic warp knitted fabric, and the upper and lower edges of the back cloth are edges that do not need to be trimmed as they are cut; It is preferable that the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power is non-parallel to the direction of the line on either the upper or lower edge of the back cloth.
( 1 6) また、 前記 (1) 項〜 (5) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補整 機能を有する衣料においては、 衣料が、 ブラジャーであって、 ブラジャ 一のバック布が、 伸縮性の経編地からなる前記部片からなり、 当該バッ ク布の上下の縁が、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁からなって おり、 前記バック布の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向が、 前記バッ ク布の上下両方の緣のラインの方向と相互に非平行となっていることが 好ましい。  (16) Further, in the clothing having a body shape adjusting function according to any one of the above (1) to (5), the clothing is a bra, and the back cloth of the bra is an elastic fabric. The upper and lower edges of the backing cloth are edges that do not need to be trimmed as they are cut, and the direction of the switching line for the expansion / contraction power of the backing cloth is as follows: It is preferable that the directions of the lines of the upper and lower sides of the backing cloth are not parallel to each other.
( 1 7) また、 前記 (4) 項〜 (5) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補整 機能を有する衣料においては、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁 からなる衣料上端の縁が、 ショーツ又はガードルのウェストライン部の 少なくとも一部又はブラジャーのパック布の上側の縁であり、 また、 裁 断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁からなる衣料下端の縁が、 ショー ッ又はガードルの裾部又はブラジャーのバック布の下側の縁であること が好ましい。 (17) Further, in the clothing having the body shape adjusting function according to any one of the above items (4) to (5), the edge of the upper edge of the clothing, which is an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut, At least a portion of the waistline of the shorts or girdle or the upper edge of the brassier cloth; It is preferable that the edge of the lower end of the garment, which is an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut off, is the lower edge of the skirt of a short or girdle or the back cloth of a bra.
( 1 8) また、 前記 (1 ) 項〜 ( 1 7) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補 整機能を有する衣料においては、 非弾性糸として、 ブライト糸とダル糸 を使用し、 ブライト糸を編み込んだ部分とダル糸を編み込んだ部分を編 み分けにより形成し、 所望箇所にブライト糸とダル糸の光沢の差異によ る、 線状ないし帯状の目視可能な模様が形成されている衣料であること が好ましい。  (18) Further, in the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to any one of the above (1) to (17), a bright yarn and a dull yarn are used as the inelastic yarn, and the bright yarn is used. A garment in which a woven portion and a woven portion of a dull yarn are formed by knitting separately, and a linear or belt-shaped visible pattern is formed at the desired location due to the difference in gloss between the bright and dull yarns. It is preferred that there be.
( 1 9) また、 前記 ( 1 8) 項に記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料に おいては、 弾性糸の太さ、 編み込み本数の少なくともいずれかを変えた 伸縮パヮ一の異なる複数の領域の各領域に同時に編み込まれている非弹 性糸を、 それぞれブライト糸とダル糸を使い分けて使用することにより、 伸縮パワーの相違部分を目視可能な模様部分にしてなる衣料であること が好ましい。  (19) In addition, in the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to the above (18), the plurality of regions having different stretchable layers in which at least one of the thickness and the number of knitted elastic yarns is changed. It is preferable that the nonwoven fabric is simultaneously woven in each region, and the clothing is formed by using a bright yarn and a dull yarn, so that different portions of the stretching power can be visually observed.
(2 0) また、 前記 ( 1) 項〜 ( 1 9) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補 整機能を有する衣料においては、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な 縁を有し、 且つ編み方向に対しほぼ直角の方向に伸縮パワーが変化する 領域とを同時に 1枚の編地中に有する伸縮性の経編地からなる部片を構 成する生地が、 非弾性糸と弾性糸とを同行させた 1 X 1編み組織であつ て、 かつ各編針において非弾性糸と弾性糸のうちの少なくとも 1方が閉 じ目により編成された伸縮性経編地からなることが好ましい。  (20) Further, in the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to any one of the above items (1) to (19), the clothing has an edge that does not need to be trimmed while being cut, and The fabric constituting a piece of stretchable warp knitted fabric having a region where the stretching power changes in a direction substantially perpendicular to the knitting direction in one knitted fabric at the same time is composed of an inelastic yarn and an elastic yarn. It is preferable that the knitting structure is accompanied by a 1X1 knitting structure, and that at least one of the inelastic yarn and the elastic yarn in each knitting needle is made of a stretchable warp knitted fabric knitted by a closed stitch.
(2 1) また、 前記 (2 0) 項に記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料に おいては、 前記伸縮性経編地が、 1 8 Ot:以上の温度においてプレセッ ト、 ヒートセットから選ばれた少なくとも 1種のセットが施されている 伸縮性経編地であることが好ましい。 ( 2 2 ) また、 前記 (2 0 ) 項〜 (2 1 ) 項のいずれかに記載の体形 補整機能を有する衣料においては、 前記伸縮性経編地が、 2 . 5 4 c m ( 1インチ) 当たり 6 5ゥエールを超える密度に編成されている伸縮性 経編地であることが好ましい。 (21) Further, in the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to the above (20), the stretchable warp knitted fabric is selected from a preset and a heat set at a temperature of 18 Ot: or more. Further, it is preferable that the warp knitted fabric has at least one type of set. (22) In the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to any one of the above items (20) to (21), the stretchable warp knitted fabric may be 2.54 cm (1 inch). It is preferable to use a stretchable warp knitted fabric knitted at a density of more than 65 ゥ ales.
( 2 3 ) また、 前記 (2 0 ) 項〜 (2 1 ) 項のいずれかに記載の体形 補整機能を有する衣料においては、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要 な縁が、 前記の伸縮性経編地の編み方向に対し 4 5度を超えない範囲の 角度で裁断されている縁であることが好ましい。 図面の簡単な説明  (23) Further, in the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to any one of the above (20) to (21), the edge that does not need to be trimmed while being cut is the above-mentioned stretch. The edge is preferably cut at an angle not exceeding 45 degrees with respect to the knitting direction of the warp knitted fabric. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
図 1は本発明の衣料の一実施の形態例のショートタイプのガードルの 背面図。  FIG. 1 is a rear view of a short type girdle according to an embodiment of the clothing of the present invention.
図 2は図 1に示したショ一トタイプのガードルの正面図。  FIG. 2 is a front view of the short type girdle shown in FIG.
図 3は図 2に示したショートタイプのガードルの腹部充当部片 6の伸 縮パワーの変化する領域について説明するための説明図。  FIG. 3 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an area where the expansion / contraction power of the abdomen filling piece 6 of the short type girdle shown in FIG. 2 changes.
図 4はガードルの別の態様の腹部充当部片のみの部分の平面図。 図 5は本発明の衣料の一実施の形態例のロングタイプのガードルの背 面図。  FIG. 4 is a plan view of another part of the girdle with only the abdomen filling piece. FIG. 5 is a back view of a long type girdle according to an embodiment of the clothing of the present invention.
図 6は図 5に示したロングガードルの正面図。  Figure 6 is a front view of the long girdle shown in Figure 5.
図 7は図 6に示したロングガードルの腹部充当部片 3 6の伸縮パワー の変化する領域について説明するための説明図。  FIG. 7 is an explanatory diagram for explaining a region where the expansion / contraction power of the abdomen filling portion piece 36 of the long girdle shown in FIG. 6 changes.
図 8は本発明の衣料の一実施の形態例のブラジャーの主要部分の斜視 図。  FIG. 8 is a perspective view of a main part of a bra according to an embodiment of the clothing of the present invention.
図 9は本発明の衣料の別の一実施の形態例のブラジャーの主要部分の 斜視図。  FIG. 9 is a perspective view of a main part of a bra according to another embodiment of the clothing of the present invention.
図 1 0は本発明の衣料の更に別の一実施の形態例のブラジャーの主要 部分の斜視図。 FIG. 10 shows a main part of a bra according to still another embodiment of the clothing of the present invention. FIG.
図 1 1は本発明の衣料の更に別の一実施の形態例のブラジャーの主要 部分の斜視図。  FIG. 11 is a perspective view of a main part of a bra according to still another embodiment of the clothing of the present invention.
図 1 2は伸縮パワーの変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの 方向と、 縁始末不要な縁のラインの方向が、 実質上非平行な方向を向い ている例を説明するための衣料の一部を構成する部片の模式的平面図。 図 1 3は伸縮パワーの変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの 方向と、 縁始末不要な縁のラインの方向が、 実質上非平行な方向を向い ている例を説明するための衣料の一部を構成する部片の別の模式的平面 図。  Fig. 12 is an example of clothing for explaining an example in which the direction of the line for switching the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction of the line of the edge that does not need to be trimmed are substantially non-parallel. FIG. 4 is a schematic plan view of a piece constituting a part. Fig. 13 shows one example of clothing for explaining an example in which the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction of the line of the edge that does not need to be trimmed are substantially non-parallel. FIG. 5 is another schematic plan view of a piece constituting a part.
図 1 4は伸縮パワーの変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの 方向と、 縁始末不要な縁のラインの方向が、 実質上非平行な方向を向い ている例を説明するための衣料の一部を構成する部片の更に別の模式的 平面図。  Fig. 14 shows one example of clothing for explaining an example in which the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction of the line of the edge that does not need to be trimmed are substantially non-parallel. FIG. 13 is still another schematic plan view of a piece constituting a part.
図 1 5は伸縮パワーの変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの 方向と、 縁始末不要な縁のラインの方向が、 実質上非平行な方向を向い ている例を説明するための衣料の一部を構成する部片の更に別の模式的 平面図。  Fig. 15 shows one example of clothing for explaining an example in which the direction of the switching line of the expansion and contraction power in the region where the expansion and contraction power changes and the direction of the line of the edge that does not need to be trimmed are substantially non-parallel. FIG. 13 is still another schematic plan view of a piece constituting a part.
図 1 6は伸縮パワーの変化する領域の直線状の伸縮パワーの切り替え ラインが、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁部分に、 前記直線状 の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインが到達していて、 当該縁始末不要な縁が、 伸縮パワーが強い部分と弱い部分が混在する緣を有する例を説明するた めの衣料の一部を構成する部片の更に別の模式的平面図。  Fig. 16 shows that the linear expansion / contraction power switching line in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes reaches the edge portion where edge trimming is unnecessary in the state of being cut. FIG. 11 is still another schematic plan view of a piece constituting a part of clothing for explaining an example in which the unnecessary edge of the edge has a portion in which a portion having a high expansion / contraction power and a portion having a low expansion / contraction power are mixed.
図 1 7は本発明の衣料の別の一実施の形態例のショートタイプのガー ドルの背面側から見た斜視図。  FIG. 17 is a perspective view of a short type girdle of another embodiment of the clothing of the present invention as viewed from the back side.
図 1 8は図 1 7に示したショートタイプのガードルの正面側から見た 斜視図。 Fig. 18 shows the short type girdle shown in Fig. 17 viewed from the front. Perspective view.
図 1 9は図 1 7、 図 1 8に示したショートタイプのガードルの着用者 の左側に相当する前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片の裁断ラインを編地上に 示した平面図。  Fig. 19 is a plan view showing a cutting line of a front side, one side, and one hip portion-applied piece corresponding to the left side of the wearer of the short type girdle shown in Figs. 17 and 18 on a knitted fabric.
図 2 0は本発明の衣料の更に別の一実施の形態例のショートタイプの ガードルの背面側から見た斜視図。  FIG. 20 is a perspective view of a short type girdle according to still another embodiment of the clothing of the present invention as viewed from the back side.
図 2 1は図 2 0に示したショートタイプのガードルの正面側から見た 斜視図。  FIG. 21 is a perspective view of the short type girdle shown in FIG. 20 as viewed from the front side.
図 2 2は図 2 0、 図 2 1に示したショートタイプのガードルの着用者 の左側に相当する前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片の裁断ラインを編地上に 示した平面図。  FIG. 22 is a plan view showing a cutting line of a front side, one side and one hip portion-applied piece corresponding to the left side of the wearer of the short type girdle shown in FIGS. 20 and 21 on a knitted fabric.
図 2 3は本発明の衣料の更に別の一実施の形態例のショートタイプの ガードルの背面側から見た斜視図。  FIG. 23 is a perspective view of a short type girdle according to still another embodiment of the clothing of the present invention as viewed from the back side.
図 2 4は図 2 3に示したショートタイプのガ一ドルの正面側から見た 斜視図。  FIG. 24 is a front perspective view of the short type girdle shown in FIG.
図 2 5は本発明の衣料の更に別の一実施の形態例のショ一トタイプの ガードルの背面側から見た斜視図。  FIG. 25 is a perspective view of a short-type girdle according to still another embodiment of the clothing of the present invention, as viewed from the back side.
図 2 6は図 2 5に示したショートタイプのガードルの正面側から見た 斜視図。  FIG. 26 is a perspective view of the short type girdle shown in FIG. 25 as viewed from the front side.
図 2 7は本発明の衣料の更に別の一実施の形態例のショートタイプの ガードルの背面側から見た斜視図。  FIG. 27 is a perspective view of a short type girdle according to still another embodiment of the clothing of the present invention as viewed from the back side.
図 2 8は図 2 7に示したショートタイプのガードルの正面側から見た 斜視図。  FIG. 28 is a perspective view of the short type girdle shown in FIG. 27 as viewed from the front side.
図 2 9は本発明の衣料の更に別の一実施の形態例のショートタイプの ガードルの背面側から見た斜視図。  FIG. 29 is a perspective view of a short type girdle according to still another embodiment of the clothing of the present invention as viewed from the back side.
図 3 0は図 2 9に示したショートタイプのガードルの正面側から見た 斜視図。 Fig. 30 is a view from the front side of the short type girdle shown in Fig. 29. Perspective view.
図 3 1は本発明で用いる編地の編み組織を示す図。  FIG. 31 is a diagram showing a knitting structure of a knitted fabric used in the present invention.
図 3 2は本発明で用いる編地の別の一例の編み組織を示す図。  FIG. 32 is a diagram showing a knitting structure of another example of the knitted fabric used in the present invention.
図 3 3は本発明で用いる編地の更に別の一例の編み組織を示す図。  FIG. 33 is a view showing a knitting structure of still another example of the knitted fabric used in the present invention.
図 3 4は伸縮パワーの変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの 方向と、 縁始末不要な縁のラインの方向が、 実質上平行な方向を向いて いる例を説明するための衣料の一部を構成する部片の模式的平面図。  Fig. 34 is a part of clothing to explain an example in which the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction of the line of the edge that does not need to be trimmed are substantially parallel. FIG. 2 is a schematic plan view of a piece constituting the device.
図 3 5は伸縮パワーの変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの 方向と、 縁始末不要な縁のラインの方向が、 実質上平行な方向を向いて いる例を説明するための衣料の一部を構成する部片の別の模式的平面図 ( 図 3 6は従来の解れ防止のための縁始末の構造を示す断面模式図。 Fig. 35 shows a part of clothing for explaining an example in which the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction of the line of the edge that does not need to be trimmed are substantially parallel. ( FIG. 36 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a conventional edge trimming structure for preventing loosening).
図 3 7は従来の解れ防止のための縁始末の別の構造を示す断面模式図, 発明の詳細な開示 '  Fig. 37 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another conventional structure of edge trimming for preventing loosening, detailed disclosure of the invention.
本発明の衣料においては、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な緣は、 前述した糸抜きなどの方法で形成された縁始末不要な縁ではなく、 裁断 されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁となる経編地を用いた裁断されたま まの縁である。  In the garment of the present invention, the 緣 that does not require trimming in the cut state is not the rim that does not require trimming formed by the method such as the thread removal described above, but does not require trimming in the cut state. This is an edge that has been cut using a warp knitted fabric that is a perfect edge.
このように裁断されたままの状態でも、 その裁ち端 (裁断されたまま の縁) が縁始末不要な縁となるような生地としては、 次に示すような編 み組織を有する生地を用いることができるが、 特に以下のもののみに限 定されるものではなく、 その裁ち端 (裁断されたままの縁) が解れずに 縁始末不要な縁となるような生地であれば他の編み組織を有する生地を 用いることを除外するものではない。  Even if the material is cut as described above, the material whose knitting edge (the edge that has been cut) becomes an edge that does not need to be trimmed should be a material having the following knitting structure. However, the fabric is not limited to the following, and any other knitting fabric can be used as long as the cut edge (edge as cut) cannot be unraveled and the edge does not need to be trimmed. This does not preclude the use of fabrics with
本発明で用いる生地のベースとなる編地は、 非弹性糸と弾性糸とを同 行させた 1 X 1編み組織であって、 かつ各編針において非弾性糸と弾性 糸のうちの少なくとも 1方が閉じ目により編成された伸縮性経編地から なる。編糸に非弾性糸と弹性糸とを用いて適度の伸縮性を付与している。The knitted fabric used as the base of the fabric used in the present invention has a 1 × 1 knitting structure in which a non-woven yarn and an elastic yarn are accompanied, and an inelastic yarn and an elastic yarn are used in each knitting needle. At least one of the yarns consists of an elastic warp knitted fabric knitted with closed seams. A moderate elasticity is given to the knitting yarn by using an inelastic yarn and a non-elastic yarn.
1 X 1の編み組織とし、 且つ、 各編針において非弾性糸と弹性糸のうち の少なくとも 1方を閉じ目により編成することにより、 編目の安定、 裁 断されたままの縁のほつれの防止を達成できる。 両方を閉じ目により編 成すると、 更に裁断されたままの縁のほつれの防止効果が向上する。 1 X Iの編み組織としては、 1 X 1のトリコット編みが好ましく、 特にラ ッシェル編機ないしはジャカードラッシェル編機で編まれた 1 X 1のト リコッ卜編みが編む際に糸にテンションがかかり、 編み組織の密度を上 げ易いため好ましい。 A 1X1 knitting structure, and at least one of the non-elastic yarn and the vulcanized yarn is knitted with a closed stitch in each knitting needle, stabilizing the stitch and preventing fraying of the cut edge. Can be achieved. If both are knitted with closed eyes, the effect of preventing fraying of the edge that has been cut is further improved. As the knitting structure of 1 XI, 1 × 1 tricot knitting is preferable, and in particular, tension is applied to the yarn when knitting a 1 × 1 tricot knitted by a raschel knitting machine or a jacquard raschel knitting machine. This is preferable because the density of the knitting structure can be easily increased.
そして上記伸縮性経編地の中でも、 図 3 1に示した編地組織のように、 非弾性糸 9 0と弹性糸 9 1のいずれもが閉じ目により編成されている伸 縮性たて編地 (A)、 図 3 2に示した編地組織のように、 非弾性糸 9 0が 閉じ目により、 弾性糸 9 1が開き目により編成されている伸縮性たて編 地 (B )、 および図 3 3に示した編地組織のように、 非弹性糸 9 0と弾性 糸 9 1とがともに開き目と閉じ目とを交互に、 ただし、 同じ編針におい て非弾性糸 9 0の開き目に対して弾性糸 9 1は閉じ目、 同様に非弾性糸 9 0の閉じ目に対して弾性糸 9 1は開き目が組み合わされ編成されてい る伸縮性たて編地 (C ) が実用的で優れている。 (A) および (B ) の編 地はとくに外観に優れ、 (C ) はループドロップしにくいという特長があ る。  Among the above-mentioned stretchable warp knitted fabrics, as shown in the knitted fabric structure shown in FIG. 31, both the inelastic yarn 90 and the elastic yarn 91 are knitted by a closed stitch. Stretch knitted fabric (B), in which the non-elastic yarn 90 is knitted by the closed stitch and the elastic yarn 91 is knitted by the open stitch, as in the knitted fabric structure shown in FIG. And the knitted fabric structure shown in Fig. 33, the non-elastic yarn 90 and the elastic yarn 91 alternately have an open stitch and a closed stitch. The elastic warp knitted fabric (C), which is knitted by combining the elastic yarn 91 with the open stitch and the elastic yarn 91 against the close stitch of the inelastic yarn 90, is practical for the eyes. And excellent. The knitted fabrics (A) and (B) are particularly excellent in appearance, and (C) is characterized in that loop drop is difficult.
使用する非弾性糸としては、 伸縮性衣類の種類により異なるが、 ナイ ロンやポリエステルなどの合成繊維、 レーヨンなどの半合成繊維、 絹や 綿などの天然繊維のいずれでも、 またフィラメント糸、 紡績糸のいずれ も使用することができる。 なかでも吸水性に富むナイロンはインナーゥ エア用編地として好ましく用いられる。 弹性糸についてもとくに制限は ないが、 一般にポリウレタン弾性糸や当該弾性糸を非弾性糸でカバーし た力パリング糸等が使用できる。 The inelastic yarn used depends on the type of stretchable garment, but it can be synthetic fiber such as nylon or polyester, semi-synthetic fiber such as rayon, natural fiber such as silk or cotton, or filament yarn or spun yarn. Any of these can be used. Above all, nylon having high water absorbency is preferably used as a knitted fabric for inner air.制 限 Especially restrictions on sex yarn Although not generally used, a polyurethane elastic yarn or a power palling yarn in which the elastic yarn is covered with a non-elastic yarn can be used.
そして、 かかる伸縮性経編地においては、 編み目の安定性、 裁断され たままの縁のほつれ防止効果などを得る目的でプレセット処理または/ およびヒートセット処理の施されているものが、 好適である。 処理温度 は、 装置の形状、 プレセット処理時間、 ヒートセット処理時間、 素材の 種類、 編地の厚さなどにもよるが、 1 8 0 °C以上、 好ましくは 1 8 5 °C 以上の温度で、 さらに確実に前記の効果を得るには 1 9 0 °C〜 1 9 5で の範囲で前記処理が施されていると、 編地の一部が軟化し、 編目が軽く 融着して編地の形態が安定し、 裁断されたままの縁が特にほつれにくく なり好ましい。 ヒートセット処理時間は、 たとえば 6〜8チャンバ一構 成 (チャンバ一の合計長さが約 1 5〜3 0 m) の装置を用いた場合、 1 5〜4 O mZ分程度、 好ましくは 1 5〜2 4 m/分程度がよい。  In such stretchable warp knitted fabrics, those which have been subjected to a presetting treatment or / and a heat setting treatment for the purpose of obtaining the stability of the stitches, the effect of preventing the cut edge from fraying, and the like are preferable. is there. The processing temperature depends on the shape of the equipment, the preset processing time, the heat setting processing time, the type of the material, the thickness of the knitted fabric, etc., but the temperature is at least 180 ° C, preferably at least 85 ° C. In order to obtain the above-mentioned effect more reliably, when the above-mentioned treatment is performed in the range of 190 ° C. to 1995, a part of the knitted fabric is softened, and the stitches are lightly fused. It is preferable because the form of the knitted fabric is stable, and the edge as it is cut is less likely to fray. The heat-set processing time is, for example, about 15 to 4 OmZ minutes, preferably about 15 to 5 when using an apparatus having a configuration of 6 to 8 chambers (total length of the chamber is about 15 to 30 m). ~ 24 m / min is good.
また、 一般的な編地では仕上巾を 1 6 0 c m前後にするが、 この伸縮 性経編地では可能な範囲で仕上巾を短くし (例えば 1 1 0〜1 3 0 c m) , 高密度に編成したものが、 伸縮性衣類において編目の美しさを保持しつ つ、裁断縁のほつれを少なくし、その安定性を向上するために望ましい。 使用する編糸の繊度等にもよるが、 2 . 5 4 c m ( 1インチ) 当たり 5 5ゥエールを超える、 好ましくは 6 0ゥエールを超える、 より好ましく は 6 5ゥエールを超える、 さらに好ましくは 7 0ゥエール前後の高密度 に編地を編成し、 編地のよこ伸びの割合を大きくすることが好ましい。 ただし、 非弾性糸としてセルロース糸や綿糸が編み込まれている場合は この限りではない。  In general knitted fabrics, the finishing width is about 160 cm, but in this stretchable warp knitting fabric, the finishing width is shortened as much as possible (for example, 110 to 130 cm) to achieve high density. A knitted fabric is desirable to maintain the beauty of the stitch in the stretchable garment, reduce the fraying of the cutting edge, and improve the stability. Depending on the fineness of the knitting yarn used, etc., it is more than 55 5 ale, preferably more than 60 ゥ ale, more preferably more than 65 ゥ ale, more preferably more than 70 0 a / inch.編成 It is preferable to knit the knitted fabric at a high density before and after the ale and increase the rate of the lateral elongation of the knitted fabric. However, this does not apply when cellulose yarn or cotton yarn is woven as the inelastic yarn.
さらに、 通常に較べて非弾性糸の使用糸量を増やし、 長くし、 且つ弹 性糸は短くし、 非弾性糸のランナー長を弾性糸のランナー長に比べてか なり長くした伸縮性経編地を好ましく使用する。 具体的には、 通常 8 0 cm/ラック以下の非弾性糸のランナーを 8 5〜 1 2 0 cm/ラック、 好ましくは 9 5〜; L 1 5 cmZラックとし、 通常 60 cmZラック以下 の弾性糸のランナーを 7 0〜 1 1 0 c m/ラック、 好ましくは 7 5〜 1 0 5 cmZラックにして編成することが好ましい。 弾性糸のランナーと、 非弾性糸のランナーの比率は、 好ましくは 1. 1 5以上、 より好ましくは 1.2以上、 更に好ましくは 1.3以上とすることが好ましい。 Furthermore, a stretchable warp knitting in which the amount of inelastic yarn used is increased and lengthened, and the elastic yarn is shortened, and the inelastic yarn runner length is considerably longer than the elastic yarn runner length, compared to the usual case. Use the ground preferably. Specifically, usually 80 85 to 120 cm / rack, preferably 95 to 125 cm / rack for inelastic yarn runners; L 15 cmZ rack, usually 70 to 11 cm for elastic yarn runners less than 60 cmZ rack The knitting is preferably performed at 0 cm / rack, preferably 75 to 105 cmZ rack. The ratio of the runner of the elastic yarn to the runner of the inelastic yarn is preferably 1.15 or more, more preferably 1.2 or more, and further preferably 1.3 or more.
尚、 ここで、 「ランナー」 とは、 一定コース数 (これを 「ラック」 と言 レ 通常、 48 0コースを 1ラックとする) を編むのに使用する糸の長 さ (cm) を言う。  Here, “runner” refers to the length (cm) of the yarn used to knit a certain number of courses (this is called “rack” and usually 480 courses are defined as one rack).
尚、 本発明で用いる裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を形成し うる経編地は、 レース生地ではない。  The warp knitted fabric capable of forming an edge that does not need to be trimmed in the as-cut state used in the present invention is not a lace fabric.
そして、 上記の如く裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を形成し うる生地に、 部分的に伸縮パヮ一が変化している領域を設けるには、 (a) 編み込む弾性糸の太さが異なる複数の領域を形成する方式、 (b) 編み込む弹性糸の本数が異なる複数の領域を形成する方式、 (C ) 前記 In order to provide an area where the expansion and contraction part is partially changed in the cloth that can form an edge that does not need to be trimmed while being cut as described above, it is necessary to: (B) a method of forming a plurality of regions in which the number of woven yarns to be woven is different;
(a)又は(b)の各領域の幅を変化させる方式、 (d)前記(a)、 (b)、 (c) の方式の少なくとも 2つ以上を組み合わせた方式のいずれかの方 式により伸縮パワーの強い領域と前記領域より伸縮パワーの弱い領域を 形成することができる。 (d) a method of changing the width of each area of (a) or (b), (d) a method of combining at least two of the above methods (a), (b) and (c) It is possible to form a region having a high expansion / contraction power and a region having a lower expansion / contraction power than the above-mentioned region.
例えば、 前記経編地に編み込まれる弹性糸のうち、 伸縮パワーの強い 領域には他の部分よりも繊度の大きな弾性糸を編糸に用いたり、 又は、 同じゥエールに編み込む弹性糸の本数を多くしたりすることにより、 上 記のように締付パワーを強化した部分が一体に編成された伸縮性経編地 とすることができる。  For example, among the non-woven yarns knitted into the warp knitted fabric, an elastic yarn having a higher fineness than other parts is used for the knitting yarn in a region where the stretching power is strong, or the number of the non-woven yarns to be knitted in the same ale is increased. By doing so, an elastic warp knitted fabric can be obtained in which the portions with enhanced tightening power are integrally knitted as described above.
この際、 前記経編地全体に編み込まれている弾性糸を繊度の比較的小 さい弾性糸とし、 伸縮パワーを強めたい領域には、 繊度の大きい弾性糸 を更に編み込んで、 伸縮パワーの強い領域とすることもできる。 At this time, the elastic yarn knitted in the entire warp knitted fabric is made into an elastic yarn having a relatively small fineness, and the elastic yarn having a large fineness is provided in a region where the expansion / contraction power is to be increased. Can be further knitted into a region with a strong expansion / contraction power.
また、 前述の様な伸縮パワーの強い領域の幅を細幅にし伸縮パワーの 弱い領域の幅を広幅にし、 一方、 伸縮パワーの強い領域の幅を広幅にし 伸縮パワーの弱い領域の幅を細幅にするなど、 伸縮パワーの異なる領域 の幅を調整することによって全体的に伸縮パワーの強弱を調整すること も可能である。  Also, as described above, the width of the region with strong expansion / contraction power is made narrower and the width of the region with weaker expansion / contraction power is made wider, while the width of the region with higher expansion / contraction power is made wider and the width of the region with weaker expansion / contraction power is narrowed. It is also possible to adjust the strength of the expansion / contraction power as a whole by adjusting the width of the region with different expansion / contraction power.
なお、 伸縮パワーの強弱のグレードを 3段階以上にしてもよく、 その 場合には、 上述した伸縮パワーを変化させる手法を 3段階以上になるよ うに調整すればよい。  The expansion / contraction power grade may be set to three or more levels. In such a case, the method of changing the expansion / contraction power described above may be adjusted to three or more levels.
特に限定するものではないが、 前記伸縮性の経編地全体に編み込まれ ている非弾性糸の繊度は、 22〜 1 32 d t e Xが好ましく、 より好ま しくは 3 3〜5 5 d t e xである。  Although not particularly limited, the fineness of the inelastic yarn knitted over the entire stretchable warp knitted fabric is preferably 22 to 132 dtex, more preferably 33 to 55 dtex.
. 非弾性糸は、 細い方が編目を高密度としゃすい。 一方、 細すぎると強 度が弱くなつてしまう。 よって、 3 3〜 5 5 d t e Xが編地を高密度と でき、 かつ安定し強度のある編み組織とすることができるので好ましい。 また、 伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの弱い領域に編み込ま れている弾性糸の繊度は、 特に限定するものではないが、 好ましくは 3 3〜7 7 d t e x、より好ましくは、 44〜 5 5 d t e xのものであり、 伸縮パワーの強い領域に編み込まれている弹性糸の繊度は、 好ましくは 66〜23 1 d t e x、 より好ましくは 88〜: 1 54 d t e xのもので ある。  The thinner the inelastic yarn, the tighter the stitch. On the other hand, if it is too thin, the strength will be weak. Therefore, 33 to 55 dtex is preferable because the knitted fabric can have a high density and a knitted structure having a stable and strong strength can be obtained. Further, the fineness of the elastic yarn woven in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes in the region where the expansion / contraction power is weak is not particularly limited, but is preferably 33 to 77 dtex, more preferably 44 to 55 dtex. The fineness of the non-woven yarn, which is knitted in the region having a high stretching power, is preferably 66 to 231 dtex, more preferably 88 to 154 dtex.
伸縮性の経編地からなる前記経編地全体に編み込まれている弾性糸の 繊度を、 好ましくは 33〜 7 7 d t e x、 より好ましくは 44〜 5 5 d t e xの弾性糸とし、 伸縮パワーの強い領域には、 好ましくは 6 6〜2 3 1 d t e x、 より好ましくは 88〜 1 54 d t e xの太さの弹性糸が 更に編み込まれている態様とすることも好ましい。 弾性糸は、 細い方が編地を高密度とできる。 1 5 4 d t e x以上とな ると、 裁断したままで縁部始末不要な状態は実現できるが、 伸度が少な くなり、 身体に密着する衣料に使用するには不都合がある。 一方、 1 5 4 d t e Xよりも太い弾性糸は、 伸度を要求しない衣料部位に使用する ことは可能である。 また、 2 3 I d t e x以上、 3 9 6 d t e xまでの 弾性糸でも、 比較的柔らかいものであれば、 裁断しても裁断したままの 縁部がほつれにくい状態を実現できる。 伸度は少ないが、 伸度を要求し ない部位には使用しうる。 The fineness of the elastic yarn knitted over the entire warp knitted fabric made of an elastic warp knitted fabric is preferably an elastic yarn of 33 to 77 dtex, more preferably 44 to 55 dtex. In addition, it is also preferable to adopt a mode in which a natural yarn having a thickness of preferably 66 to 23 dtex, more preferably 88 to 154 dtex is further woven. The thinner the elastic yarn, the higher the density of the knitted fabric. When it is more than 154 dtex, it is possible to realize the condition that the edge is not required to be cut off, but the elongation is low and it is inconvenient to use it for clothing that adheres to the body. On the other hand, elastic yarn thicker than 154 dte X can be used for clothing parts that do not require elongation. Moreover, even if the elastic yarn is made of a relatively soft material having an elasticity of not less than 23 dtex and not more than 39 dtex, it is possible to realize a state in which the cut edge is hardly frayed even after cutting. Although the elongation is low, it can be used for parts that do not require elongation.
そして、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を形成しうる生地に、 部分的に伸縮パワーが変化している領域を設けるには、 更に次の様な手 法を適用してもよい。  Further, in order to provide a region where the stretching power is partially changed in the cloth which can form an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut, the following method may be further applied. .
( e ) 編み込む非弹性糸の太さが異なる複数の領域を形成する方式、 (e) a method of forming a plurality of regions having different thicknesses of the non-woven yarn to be woven,
( f ) 編み込む非弾性糸の太さを変えると共に、 編み込む弾性糸の太 さ及び編み込む弾性糸の本数から選ばれた少なくとも一方を異ならしめ ることの組み合わせにより伸縮パワーの異なる複数の領域を形成する方 式、 (f) While changing the thickness of the inelastic yarn to be knitted, a plurality of regions having different expansion / contraction powers are formed by combining at least one selected from the thickness of the elastic yarn to be knitted and the number of elastic yarns to be knitted. Method,
( g ) 編み込む非弾性糸の太さを変えて伸縮パワーの異なる複数の領 域を形成する際に、 更に、 前記各領域中に、 (g l ) 部分的に編み込む太 い非弾性糸の密度を高くする部分を設ける、 または、 (g 2 ) 部分的に編 み込む細い非弾性糸の密度を高くする部分を設けることによって、 前記 各領域をそれぞれ全体として伸縮パワーの強い、 または、 弱い領域とす 上記 (g ) の方式について、 より理解を容易にするために、 具体的に 説明するならば、 例えば、 編み込む非弾性糸の太さを太くすることによ つて、 伸縮パワーの強い領域を設ける際に、 部分的に細い非弾性糸の密 度を高くする部分を設けることによって若干伸縮パワーを弱めの方向に 調整し、 その部分は全体としては、 伸縮パワーの強い領域を形成し、 ま た、 編み込む非弾性糸の太さを細くすることによって伸縮パワーの強い 領域を設ける際に、 部分的に太い非弹性糸の密度を高くする部分を設け ることによって若干伸縮パワーを高目の方向に調整し、 その部分は全体 としては、 伸縮パワーの弱い領域を形成するなどの、 方式である。 しか し、 弹性糸による程には、 伸縮パワーの差はっきにくい。 (g) When forming a plurality of regions having different expansion / contraction powers by changing the thickness of the inelastic yarn to be knitted, further, (gl) the density of the thick inelastic yarn to be partially knitted in each of the regions. (G 2) By providing a portion that increases the density of the thin inelastic yarn that is partially knitted, the above-mentioned respective regions as a whole have a strong or weak region of elastic power. In order to make the above method (g) easier to understand, concretely, for example, a region having a high expansion / contraction power is provided by increasing the thickness of the inelastic yarn to be woven. In this case, the expansion / contraction power is slightly reduced by providing a part to increase the density of the thin inelastic yarn. Adjusted, the part as a whole forms a region with strong stretching power, and when the region with strong stretching power is provided by reducing the thickness of the inelastic yarn to be knitted, a part of the region has a large elasticity. By providing a portion that increases the yarn density, the expansion / contraction power is slightly adjusted in the higher direction, and that portion as a whole forms an area where the expansion / contraction power is weak. However, the difference in expansion / contraction power is not so obvious as with 弹 -fiber.
尚、 伸縮パワーの強弱の領域の形成とは無関係に、 ないしは、 伸縮パ ヮ一の強弱の領域の形成と連動させて、 非弾性糸として、 ブライト糸と ダル糸を使用し、 ブライト糸を編み込んだ部分とダル糸を編み込んだ部 分を編み分けにより形成し、 所望箇所にブライト糸とダル糸の光沢の差 異による、 線状ないし帯状の目視可能な模様を形成させることも好まし い。 ブライト糸は光沢を有し、 ダル糸は、 つや消し糸であるので、 ブラ ィト糸を編み込んだ領域とダル糸を編み込んだ領域とが、 光沢の差異に より、 目視可能に区別され、 線状ないし帯状の目視可能な模様が形成さ れ、 デザイン上、 衣料の美感を向上させることができ好ましい。  In addition, regardless of the formation of the region of the expansion and contraction power, or in conjunction with the formation of the region of the expansion and contraction, the bright yarn and the dull yarn are used as the inelastic yarn, and the bright yarn is woven. It is also preferable to form by knitting the wavy portion and the portion where the dull yarn is knitted, and to form a linear or belt-like visible pattern at a desired position due to a difference in gloss between the bright yarn and the dull yarn. Bright yarn has luster and dull yarn is a matte yarn.Therefore, the region where the braid yarn is knitted and the region where the dull yarn is knitted are visually distinguished by the difference in gloss, and the linear yarn is formed. In addition, a band-like visible pattern is formed, and the beauty of the clothing can be improved in terms of design, which is preferable.
伸縮パワーの強弱の領域の形成と連動 (関連) させて、 非弾性糸とし て、 ブライト糸とダル糸を使用する場合の手法としては、 例えば、 次の ような手法が例示される。  The following method is used as an example of a method in which a bright yarn and a dull yarn are used as the inelastic yarn in conjunction with (related to) the formation of a region of high and low expansion / contraction power.
用いる非弾性糸のブライト糸とダル糸の太さを変えることにより伸縮 パワーの異なる複数の領域を形成する手法で、 例えば伸縮パワーの弱い 領域に用いる非弾性糸として細いブライト糸を用い、 伸縮パワーの強い 領域に用いる非弾性糸として太いダル糸を用いる組み合わせ、 とか、 そ の逆で、 伸縮パワーの弱い領域に用いる非弹性糸として細いダル糸を用 い、 伸縮パワーの強い領域に用いる非弹性糸として太いブライト糸を用 いる組み合わせなどにより、 伸縮パワーの相違部分を目視可能な模様部 分と関連、 連動させることができる。 このように、 伸縮パワーの相違部 分を目視可能な模様部分と関連させることにより、 デザイン上、 衣料の 美感を向上させると同時に、 伸縮パワーの強弱の機能領域を視認すると ができ好ましい。 A method of forming a plurality of areas with different expansion and contraction powers by changing the thickness of the inelastic bright and dull yarns. Combination using a thick dull yarn as the inelastic yarn used in the region with high elasticity, or vice versa, use thin dull yarn as the non-intensity yarn used in the region with low elasticity power, and use it in the region with high elasticity power By using a combination of thick bright yarn as the yarn, it is possible to relate and link the different portions of the expansion / contraction power to the visible pattern portion. Thus, the difference between the expansion and contraction power It is preferable because the design can enhance the beauty of the garment by associating the minuteness with the visible pattern portion, and at the same time, visually recognize the functional area having high and low expansion / contraction power.
また、 前記の手法に変えて、 弾性糸の太さ、 編み込み本数の少なくと もいずれかを変えた伸縮パヮ一の異なる複数の領域の各領域に同時に編 み込まれている非弾性糸を、 それぞれブライ 1、糸とダル糸を使い分けて 使用することにより、 伸縮パワーの相違部分を目視可能な模様部分にす ることも好ましい。  Further, in place of the above-mentioned method, the inelastic yarn which is simultaneously knitted in each of a plurality of different regions of the expansion / contraction pad, in which at least one of the thickness and the number of knitting is changed, It is also preferable to make the different portions of the expansion / contraction power visible by using the bris 1, yarn and dull yarn separately.
すなわち、 伸縮パワーの強弱の領域は、 弹性糸の太さ、 及び Z又は弾 性糸の編み込み本数を変えることにより形成するが、 それぞれの領域が それぞれ線状ないし帯状模様として視認できるようにするために、 伸縮 パワーの強い領域に用いられる非弾性糸をダル糸とし、 伸縮パワーの弱 い領域に用いられる非弾性糸をブライ ト糸とするとか、 その逆の組み合 わせとすることもできる。  In other words, the area of the strength of the expansion / contraction power is formed by changing the thickness of the elastic yarn and the number of braids of Z or elastic yarn, but in order to make each area visually recognizable as a linear or band-like pattern. In addition, the inelastic yarn used in the region where the expansion / contraction power is strong may be a dull yarn, and the inelastic yarn used in the region where the expansion / contraction power is weak may be a bright yarn or vice versa.
また、 前記の手法に変えて、 非弾性糸及び弾性糸の両者の、 太さ、 編 み込み本数の少なくともいずれかを変えた伸縮パワーの異なる複数の領 域の各領域に同時に編み込まれている前記非弾性糸を、 それぞれブライ ト糸とダル糸を使い分けて使用することにより、 伸縮パワーの相違部分 を目視可能な模様部分にすることも好ましい。  Further, instead of the above method, both the inelastic yarn and the elastic yarn are simultaneously knitted in each of a plurality of regions having different expansion / contraction power by changing at least one of the thickness and the number of knitting. It is also preferable that the inelastic yarns are selectively used as bright yarns and dull yarns, so that different portions of the expansion / contraction power can be made into visible pattern portions.
すなわち、 上記の様な場合には、 種々の組み合わせがあるが、 例えば、 伸縮パワーの強い領域は、 太い弾性糸と太いダル糸 (非弹性糸) により 形成し、 伸縮パワーの弱い領域は、 細い弾性糸と細いブライト糸 (非弾 性糸) により形成するなど、 それぞれの領域がそれぞれ線状ないし帯状 模様として視認できるようになる。 尚、 前述の範囲の組み合わせであれ ば何ら具体的に例示した組み合わせに限定されない。  In other words, in the above case, there are various combinations. For example, a region having a high elastic power is formed by a thick elastic yarn and a thick dull yarn (non-filament yarn), and a region having a small elastic power is a thin region. Each region can be visually recognized as a linear or band-like pattern, for example, formed of an elastic yarn and a thin bright yarn (non-elastic yarn). Note that the combination is not limited to the specifically exemplified combination as long as the combination is in the above-described range.
本発明の衣料は、 以上のような裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な 縁を有し、 且つ編み方向に対しほぼ直角の方向に伸縮パワーが変化する 領域とを同時に 1枚の編地中に有し、 当該伸縮パワーの切り替えライン が直線状である伸縮性の経編地からなる部片を、 衣料を構成する生地の 少なくとも一部の部片として用いる。 そして当該部片は、 その当該伸縮 パワーの切り替えラインの方向と、 縁始末不要な裁断されたままの状態 の縁のラインのうち衣料上端又は下端の縁の少なくとも一方の縁を構成 するラインの方向とが、 相互に非平行である部片を、 衣料の種類ゃデザ ィンに応じて少なくとも衣料を構成する部片の一部として適宜用いる。 縁始末不要な裁断されたままの状態の縁のラインのうち衣料上端又は下 端の縁の少なくとも一方の縁を構成するラインの方向と、 その当該伸縮 パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向とが、 相互 に非平行である部片とするには、 衣料上端又は下端の縁の少なくとも一 方の縁を目的とするデザィンに応じて適宜裁断することで形成しうる。 尚、 必ずしも衣料を構成する部片のすベてをかかる生地で構成する必要 はないし、 衣料の部位によっては、 衣料上端又は下端の縁の少なくとも 一方の縁のラインの方向と、 その当該伸縮パヮ一の切り替えラインの方 向とが、 平行である部片が用いられている部分があっても何ら差し支え ない。 また、 衣料の部位によっては、 衣料の上端又は下端の縁の少なく とも一方の縁が、 従来の糸抜きにより形成された縁始末不要な縁であつ てもよい。 また、 衣料の一部の部位に縁始末が必要な生地 (以下、 この 生地を、 「本発明とは別の生地」と略称することがある)を用いてもよい。 かくして本発明の衣料は、 弾性糸及び/又は非弾性糸の太さ及び Z又 は編み込み糸の本数などによって形成した伸縮パワーの変化する領域の 伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向と、 縁始末不要な縁のラインの方向 とが、 必然的に平行にされることなく、 それぞれのラインの必要に応じ た好適な方向にほぼ自由に設計でき、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域を、 目 的の体形補整を行うに好適な角度で配置し、 しかも裾ラインないしゥェ ストラインなどの方向も、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域の方向にとらわれ ずに自由な方向のラインに設計した縁始末不要な縁を少なくとも一部に 有する衣料が提供できる。 尚、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域の方向とは、 本発明においては伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向と同じになる。 こ こで、 縁始末不要な縁のラインの方向は、 編み方向に対し、 4 5度を超 えない範囲の角度で裁断されている縁であることが、 裁断されたままの 縁のほつれが目立ちにくくより好ましい。 The garment of the present invention does not require trimming in the state of being cut as described above. A stretchable warp knit having an edge and a region in which the stretching power changes in a direction substantially perpendicular to the knitting direction in one knitted fabric at the same time, and the switching line of the stretching power is linear. A piece consisting of ground is used as at least a part of the cloth constituting clothing. The direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power and the direction of the line constituting at least one of the upper edge and the lower edge of the clothing among the edge lines in a state where the edge is unnecessary and the edge is not cut out The pieces which are not parallel to each other are appropriately used as at least a part of the pieces constituting the garment according to the type of the clothing and the design. The direction of the line that constitutes at least one of the upper and lower edges of the garment, and the line for switching the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes, of the edge line in the as-cut state that does not require trimming In order to make the pieces non-parallel to each other, it can be formed by appropriately cutting at least one edge of the upper or lower edge of the clothing according to the intended design. Note that it is not always necessary to form all of the pieces constituting the garment with such cloth. Depending on the portion of the garment, the direction of the line of at least one of the upper edge or the lower edge of the garment and the stretchable panel may be used. There is no problem even if there is a part where a piece that is parallel to the direction of one switching line is used. Further, depending on the part of the garment, at least one of the upper and lower edges of the garment may be an unnecessary edge formed by conventional thread removal. Further, a cloth that requires trimming at a part of the clothing (hereinafter, this cloth may be abbreviated as “a cloth different from the present invention”) may be used. Thus, the garment according to the present invention is characterized in that the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes due to the thickness of the elastic yarn and / or the inelastic yarn and the number of Z or the number of braided yarns, The direction of the edge line can be almost freely designed in a suitable direction according to the need of each line without necessarily being parallel, and the area where the expansion and contraction power changes Designed at an angle suitable for target body shape correction, and the direction of the skirt line or the west line is free from the direction of the area where the expansion / contraction power changes. Clothing having at least a part of the edge can be provided. The direction of the region where the expansion / contraction power changes is the same as the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the present invention. Here, the direction of the line of the edge that does not need to be trimmed is the edge cut at an angle of not more than 45 degrees with respect to the knitting direction, and the edge of the cut edge is not frayed. Less noticeable and more preferable.
一方、 別の観点から、 より重要なことは、 弾性糸による伸縮パワーの 切り替え部を有していて伸縮パワーの切り替えラインが直線状である伸 縮性の経編地からなる前記部片の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な 縁からなる衣料上端又は下端の縁の少なくとも一方の縁が、 当該編地の 編み方向に対し、 好ましくは 2 0〜 8 0度、 より好ましくは 3 0〜 6 0 度、 より一層好ましくは 4 0〜 5 0度、 最も好ましくは 4 5度前後 (具 体的には 4 3〜4 7度) の角度で裁断された縁とすることである。 尚、 この角度は、 弾性糸によるパワー切替え部分が縁部に至る場合、 裁断縁 (波状の場合等は直線として仮定したラインの方向) と弾性糸による直 線状のパヮ一切替えラインとの角度にも相当する。 かかる本発明の好ま しい態様とすることにより、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁の 身体へのフィット性が向上し、 当該縁部分が、 着用者の身体外側にカー ルすることを防止でき好ましい。 即ち、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末 不要な縁を、 衣料の上端又は下端、 例えば、 ウェストや裾などに有する 衣料は、 当該縁部分が、 着用者の身体外側にカールする場合がある。 こ のようなカールを生じないようにするには、 上記縁始末不要な縁となる 部分の裁断ラインを、 当該編地の編み方向に対し上述の角度となるよう に裁断することが好ましい。 編地の編み方向とは、 編地を編む場合の糸 の供給方向に相当する。 上記において編み方向に対し 2 0〜 8 0度とは、 編み方向のラインを仮定した場合にその左右のいずれか側に 2 0〜 8 0 度の角度であること、 言い換えれば編み方向の進行方向側に角の頂点側 が向いている角の角度で、 編み方向の進行方向ラインに対し ± 2 0〜 8 0度の角度である。 編み方向 (編物の生産方向) と逆方向側に角の頂点 側が向いている様な角ではない。 On the other hand, from another point of view, more importantly, the cutting of the piece made of an extensible warp knitted fabric which has a switching portion for the expansion and contraction power by the elastic yarn and the switching line for the expansion and contraction power is linear. At least one edge of the upper or lower edge of the garment, which is an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is, is preferably 20 to 80 degrees, more preferably 30 to 80 degrees with respect to the knitting direction of the knitted fabric. The edge is cut at an angle of 60 degrees, more preferably 40 to 50 degrees, most preferably around 45 degrees (specifically, 43 to 47 degrees). Note that this angle is the angle between the cutting edge (in the case of a wavy shape, etc., the direction of the line assumed to be a straight line) and the straight-line power-change line, if the power switching portion reaches the edge. Is also equivalent. By adopting such a preferred embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to improve the fit of the edge that does not require trimming to the body while being cut, and to prevent the edge from curling to the outside of the wearer's body. It is preferable because it can be prevented. That is, in the case of clothing having an unnecessary edge at the upper end or lower end of the clothing, for example, a waist or a hem, the edge portion may be curled outside the wearer's body as it is cut. In order to prevent such curling, it is preferable to cut the cutting line at a portion where the edge does not need to be trimmed at an angle described above with respect to the knitting direction of the knitted fabric. What is the knitting direction of the knitted fabric? In the supply direction. In the above description, 20 to 80 degrees with respect to the knitting direction means that, assuming a line in the knitting direction, it is an angle of 20 to 80 degrees on either side of the knitting direction, in other words, the traveling direction of the knitting direction The angle at which the vertex of the corner points to the side, which is ± 20 to 80 degrees with respect to the line in the knitting direction. It is not a corner where the vertex of the corner is opposite to the knitting direction (the knitting production direction).
尚、 裁断されたままで端始末不要な縁を、 身体外側にカールすること を防止する必要性の少ない部位に使用する場合には、 4 5度を超えない 範囲で裁断した縁を有する部片を使用することも好ましい。 また、 裁断 緣を直線状ではなく、 波形などに裁断した部片を使用すれば、 縁部が身 体外側にカールすることを防止でき好ましい。  In addition, when using an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is in a portion that does not need to prevent curling to the outside of the body, a piece with an edge that is cut within 45 degrees should be used. It is also preferred to use. In addition, it is preferable to use a cut piece that is not linear but cut into a corrugated shape, because the edge can be prevented from curling outside the body.
衣類の部片を裁断する際に、 複数の縁部を裁断したままで縁始末不要 な縁とする場合、 いずれかの箇所は、 編み方向に対し 2 0〜8 0度では 裁断できず、 編み方向に 2 0度未満の角度で裁断せざるを得ない箇所が ある。 その様な緣部は波形に裁断すれば、 波形のカーブとなった縁部の 裁断角度が 2 0〜8 0度とすることもでき、 縁部全体を実質的に 2 0〜 8 0度で裁断した効果を得られる。 例えばショートガードルのウェスト ラインと裾を共に裁断したままで縁始末不要な縁とする場合など、 両方 の端部を 2 0〜 8 0度で裁断できないこともあり、 かかる場合に、 一方 の縁を波状の縁にすることは好ましい。  When cutting a piece of clothing, if multiple edges are cut and the edges do not need to be trimmed, any part cannot be cut at 20 to 80 degrees with respect to the knitting direction. There are some places where cutting must be done at an angle of less than 20 degrees in the direction. If such a cut portion is cut into a waveform, the cut angle of the curved portion of the edge can be set at 20 to 80 degrees, and the entire edge is substantially at 20 to 80 degrees. The effect of cutting can be obtained. For example, when both the waist line and the hem of the short girdle are cut and the edge is unnecessary, it may not be possible to cut both ends at 20 to 80 degrees. It is preferred to have wavy edges.
裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を有し、 且つ編み方向に対し ほぼ直角の方向に伸縮パワーが変化する領域とを同時に 1枚の編地中に 有し、 当該伸縮パワーの切り替えラインが直線状である伸縮性の経編地 からなる部片で、 伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向と、 縁始末不要な 縁のラインの方向とが、 実質上非平行な方向を向いている例を説明する ために、 先に、 用いたモデル図の図 3 4、 図 3 5と同様の趣旨の図であ る図 1 2〜図 1 6を用いて説明する。 図 1 2〜図 1 6は、 それぞれーモ デルサンプルとして、 上述した本発明で用いる、 1枚の編地中に、 伸縮 パワーの変化する領域を形成すると共に、 同時に 1枚の同じ編地中に裁 断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を形成したものを、 適宜の形状に 裁断した、 衣料の一部を構成する部片の模式的平面図を示した。 尚この 部片の形状は、 単に、 説明のために取り上げた形状であり、 ある特定の 衣料の部片に適用する厳密な形状ではない。 しかし例えば、 ある種のシ ョ一トガードルの前脇から脇をカバーし背部のヒップ部をカバーするた めの右側の部片に近い形状の部片を説明用のモデルとして採用したもの である。 図の左側が、 後中心側となる。 In a single knitted fabric, there is an area that has an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut, and that has an expansion / contraction power that is substantially perpendicular to the knitting direction. Example of a piece of stretchable warp knitted fabric in which the line is straight, with the direction of the switching line for the expansion and contraction power and the direction of the line of the edge not requiring edge trimming being substantially non-parallel In order to explain the above, first, a diagram with the same purpose as FIGS. 34 and 35 of the model diagram used is shown. This will be described with reference to FIGS. FIGS. 12 to 16 show, as model samples, a region in which the expansion / contraction power changes in one piece of knitted fabric used in the present invention described above, and one piece of the same knitted fabric at the same time. FIG. 2 is a schematic plan view of a part of a piece of clothing, which is formed into an appropriate shape from an edge that does not need to be trimmed while being cut. It should be noted that the shape of this piece is merely a shape taken for explanation, and is not an exact shape applied to a particular piece of clothing. However, for example, a piece with a shape close to the right piece to cover the front side and the back hip part of a kind of short girdle was adopted as a model for explanation. The left side of the figure is the rear center side.
図 1 2に示した編地 8 0は、 8 1と 8 2の上下の縁が、 裁断により形 成された縁で、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁であり、 8 3が 伸縮パワーの変化する領域 (例えば、 太い弹性糸が編み込まれて伸縮パ ヮ一が強められた領域); であり、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域 8 3の伸縮 パワーの切り替えラインの方向 8 5と、 縁始末不要な縁 8 1の方向 8 4、 ならびに緣始末不要な緣 8 2の方向 8 6とは非平行になっている。 尚、 編み方向は、 8 5の矢印が示している方向である (以下、 これを、 伸縮 パワーの切り替えラインの方向 8 5と同じ方向と略称することがある)。 尚また、 本発明においては、 図示したものに限られず、 縁始末不要な縁 8 1の方向 8 4、 及び緣始末不要な縁 8 2の方向 8 6のいずれか一方が、 伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向 8 5と非平行になっているものでも よい。  In the knitted fabric 80 shown in Fig. 12, the upper and lower edges of 81 and 82 are edges formed by cutting, and the edges do not need to be trimmed as they are cut, and 83 is The area where the expansion / contraction power changes (for example, the area where the thick elastic yarn is woven and the expansion / contraction power is strengthened); and the area where the expansion / contraction power changes 8 3 The direction 8 5 of the expansion / contraction power switching line, The direction 8 4 of the edge 8 1 that does not need to be trimmed and the direction 8 4 of the edge 8 that does not need to be trimmed 8 2 are non-parallel. The knitting direction is the direction indicated by the arrow 85 (hereinafter, this may be abbreviated as the same direction as the direction 85 of the switching line for the expansion / contraction power). Further, in the present invention, not only the illustrated one, but also one of the direction 84 of the edge 81 that does not need to be trimmed, and the direction 86 of the edge 82 that does not need to be trimmed, May be non-parallel to the direction 85.
なお、 本発明において、 「編み方向に対しほぼ直角の方向に伸縮パワー が変化する領域を有する」 とは、 例えば、 図 1 2を引用し説明すると次 のようである。 説明を容易にするために、 図 1 2において伸縮パワーが 強められた領域が 1 3で、 その他の領域は伸縮パワーが弱い領域である と仮定して説明する。 伸縮パワーが強められた領域 1 3の長さ方向は、 編み方向 8 5と平行であるが、 編地を編み方向 8 5と平行な方向に迪っ ても (追跡しても)、 伸縮パワーは変化しない。 しかし、 編地を編み方向 8 5と直角方向に迪ると (追跡すると)、 その方向に伸縮パワーが変化す る領域が現れることを意味している。 従って、 伸縮パワーの変化する領 域 8 3の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向 8 5が、 編み方向と平行で あることは、 何ら、 上記の意味と矛盾するものではない。 In the present invention, “having a region where the expansion / contraction power changes in a direction substantially perpendicular to the knitting direction” is as follows, for example, with reference to FIG. For ease of explanation, the region where the expansion / contraction power is increased in Fig. 12 is 13 and the other region is the region where the expansion / contraction power is weak. It will be described on the assumption that The length direction of the region 13 where the stretching power is increased is parallel to the knitting direction 85. Does not change. However, if the knitted fabric is perpendicular to the knitting direction 85, it means that an area where the expansion / contraction power changes in that direction will appear. Therefore, the fact that the direction 85 of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region 83 where the expansion / contraction power changes is parallel to the knitting direction does not contradict the above meaning at all.
次に図 1 3に、 前記図 1 2と同様に 1枚の編地中に、 伸縮パワーの変 化する領域を形成すると共に、 同時に 1枚の同じ編地中に裁断されたま まの状態で縁始末不要な縁を形成したものを、 適宜の形状に裁断した、 衣料の一部を構成する部片の模式的平面図を示した。 図 1 3に示した編 地 8 0は、 8 1と 8 2の上下の縁が、 裁断により形成された縁で、 裁断 されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁であり、 以下、 図 1 2と同一の部分 には同一の符号を付して重複説明は省略した。 下側の 8 1の縁が、 波形 形状になっている。  Next, in FIG. 13, as in FIG. 12, a region where the expansion / contraction power changes is formed in one piece of knitted fabric, and at the same time it is cut into one piece of the same knitted fabric. A schematic plan view of a piece constituting a part of the garment, in which an unnecessary edge was formed was cut into an appropriate shape, is shown. The fabric 80 shown in FIG. 13 has upper and lower edges of 81 and 82 formed by cutting. The edges do not need to be trimmed as they are cut. The same parts as in FIG. 2 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and redundant description is omitted. The lower 81 edge is wavy.
そしてこの場合も伸縮パワーの変化する領域 8 3の伸縮パワーの切り 替えラインの方向 8 5と、 縁始末不要な波形形状の縁 8 1の方向 8 4と は実質上非平行である。 縁 8 1は波形形状の曲線であるが、 その波の進 行方向に相当する全体としての縁 8 1の方向は、 矢印 8 4の方向と言え る。 光は波動するが、 全体として直線で進行方向を描いているのと同じ 扱い方である。 矢印 8 4は、 縁始末不要な 8 1の波形の波を上下に分割 する中央線をもって全体としての方向としたが、 図 3 5で説明したよう に波形の波の頂点を結ぶ接線ラインをもってしても全体としての方向が 示せる。 すなわち、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁 8 1の如く 波形状にしても、 その全体としての方向 8 4と、 伸縮パワーの変化する 領域 8 3の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向 8 5とは、 実質上非平行 になっているとする例である。 尚、編み方向、 すなわち糸の供給方向は、Also in this case, the direction 85 of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region 83 where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction 84 of the edge 81 of the waveform shape that does not need to be trimmed are substantially non-parallel. The edge 81 is a waveform-shaped curve, and the direction of the edge 81 as a whole corresponding to the traveling direction of the wave can be said to be the direction of the arrow 84. Although light waves, it is treated in the same way as if it were drawn in a straight line as a whole. The direction of the arrow 84 is the center line that divides the wave of the waveform 81 that does not need to be edged up and down as the whole direction, but as shown in Fig. 35, it has the tangent line connecting the vertices of the wave of the waveform. Even so, the direction as a whole can be shown. In other words, even if the edge is not cut, and the edge is unnecessary, the edge 8 does not need to be trimmed 8 1, the direction 8 4 as a whole, and the direction 8 of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region 8 where the expansion / contraction power changes 8 5 is virtually non-parallel This is an example where it is assumed that The knitting direction, that is, the yarn supply direction is
8 5の矢印が示している方向である。 また、 この例においては、 裁断さ れたままの状態で縁始末不要な上側の縁 8 2の方向 8 6と伸縮パワーの 変化する領域 8 3の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向 8 5も非平行に なっている。 尚、 図示したものは波形の縁のそれぞれの波の形状が均等 な形状の波形の例を示したが、 波の形状は、 波が均等になっている形状 でも、 波が不均等になっている形状でも良い。 This is the direction indicated by the arrow of 85. In this example, the direction 8 6 of the upper edge 8 2 that does not need to be trimmed and the direction 8 5 of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the area 8 3 where the expansion / contraction power changes in the cut state are also non-parallel. It has become. Although the illustrated one shows an example of a waveform in which the shape of each wave at the edge of the waveform is uniform, the wave shape is not uniform even if the shape of the wave is uniform. Any shape is acceptable.
次に図 1 4に、 前記図 1 2と同様に 1枚の編地中に、 伸縮パワーの変 化する領域を形成すると共に、 同時に 1枚の同じ編地中に裁断されたま まの状態で縁始末不要な縁を形成したものを、 適宜の形状に裁断した、 衣料の一部を構成する部片の模式的平面図を示した。 図 1 4に示した編 地 8 0は、 8 1と 8 2の上下の縁が、 裁断により形成された縁で、 裁断 されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁であり、 以下、 図 1 2〜図 1 3と同 一の部分には同一の符号を付して重複説明は省略した。 下側の 8 1の緣 が、 略円弧状になっている。  Next, in FIG. 14, as in FIG. 12, an area where the expansion / contraction power changes is formed in one knitted fabric, and at the same time it is cut into one same knitted fabric. A schematic plan view of a piece constituting a part of the garment, in which an unnecessary edge was formed was cut into an appropriate shape, is shown. In the knitted fabric 80 shown in FIG. 14, the upper and lower edges of 81 and 82 are edges formed by cutting, and are edges that do not need to be trimmed as they are cut. The same parts as those in FIGS. 2 to 13 are given the same reference numerals, and redundant description is omitted. The lower 8 of 1 has a substantially arc shape.
そしてこの場合も伸縮パワーの変化する領域 8 3の伸縮パワーの切り 替えラインの方向 8 5と、 縁始末不要な略円弧状の縁 8 1の方向 8 4と は実質上非平行である。 縁 8 1の如くほぼ円弧状と見なせる縁は曲線で あるが、 全体としての縁 8 1の方向は、 そのほぼ中点に相当する点 Aの 接線の方向である矢印 8 4の方向と言える。 すなわち、 裁断されたまま の状態で縁始末不要な縁 8 1の如く略円弧状にしても、 その全体として の方向 8 4と、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域 8 3の伸縮パワーの切り替え ラインの方向 8 5とは、実質上非平行になっているとする例である。尚、 編み方向、 すなわち糸の供給方向は、 8 5と同じ方向で、 且つその矢印 が示している方向である。 また、 この例においては、 裁断されたままの 状態で縁始末不要な上側の緣 8 2の方向 8 6と伸縮パワーの変化する領 域 8 3の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向 8 5も非平行になっている, 尚、 円弧の向きが上下逆方向の上向きに凸の円弧状であっても同様であ る。 Also in this case, the direction 85 of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region 83 where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction 84 of the substantially arc-shaped edge 81 that does not need to be trimmed are substantially non-parallel. The edge which can be regarded as substantially arc-shaped like the edge 81 is a curve, but the direction of the edge 81 as a whole can be said to be the direction of the arrow 84 which is the direction of the tangent to the point A which corresponds to the almost middle point. In other words, even when the cut edge is formed into a substantially arcuate shape such as an edge 81 that does not need to be trimmed, the direction 84 as a whole and the direction of the line for switching the expansion / contraction power in the region 83 where the expansion / contraction power changes are shown. 85 is an example in which it is assumed that they are substantially non-parallel. The knitting direction, that is, the yarn supply direction is the same direction as that of 85, and is the direction indicated by the arrow. Also, in this example, the direction of the upper 縁 82 and the area where the expansion / contraction power changes are unnecessary in the state where the edge is not trimmed. The direction 85 of the switching line for the expansion / contraction power in the region 83 is also non-parallel. Note that the same is true even if the direction of the arc is an upwardly convex arc in the upside-down direction.
次に図 1 5に、 前記図 1 2と同様に 1枚の編地中に、 伸縮パワーの変 化する領域を形成すると共に、 同時に 1枚の同じ編地中に裁断されたま まの状態で縁始末不要な縁を形成したものを、 適宜の形状に裁断した、 衣料の一部を構成する部片の模式的平面図を示した。 図 1 5に示した編 地 8 0は、 8 1と 8 2の上下の縁が、 裁断により形成された縁で、 裁断 されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁であり、 以下、 図 1 2〜図 1 4と同 一の部分には同一の符号を付して重複説明は省略した。 下側の 8 1の縁 が、 上に凸の 2つの曲率の異なる略円弧状曲線の略合成形状になってい る例である。  Next, in FIG. 15, as in FIG. 12, a region where the expansion / contraction power changes is formed in one knitted fabric, and at the same time, it is cut into one same knitted fabric. A schematic plan view of a piece constituting a part of the garment, in which an unnecessary edge was formed was cut into an appropriate shape, is shown. In the knitted fabric 80 shown in FIG. 15, the upper and lower edges of 81 and 82 are edges formed by cutting, and are edges that do not need to be trimmed as they are cut. 2 to FIG. 14 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and redundant description is omitted. In this example, the lower edge 81 has a substantially composite shape of two upwardly convex substantially arc-shaped curves having different curvatures.
そしてこの場合も伸縮パワーの変化する領域 8 3の伸縮パワーの切り 替えラインの方向 8 5と、 縁始末不要な略円弧状の縁 8 1の方向 8 4 a、 8 4 bとは実質上非平行である。 緣 8 1の如く縁 8 1の方向が明らかに 全体としてまとまった 1つの方向で統一できない塲合には、 縁始末不要 な略円弧状の縁 8 1の方向は、 この例の如く、 例えば方向の異なる境界 点 Cで複数に分けて、 図の点 Cの左側における A— B— Cラインのほぼ 円弧状と見なせる縁の方向は、 そのほぼ中点に相当する点 Bの接線の方 向である矢印 8 4 aの方向であり、 一方、 図の点 Cの右側における曲率 の小さいほぼ円弧状と見なせる C一 D— Eラインの縁の方向は、 そのほ ぼ中点に相当する点 Dの接線の方向である矢印 8 4 bの方向と言える。 すなわち、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁 8 1の方向 8 4 aと 8 4 bの方向は、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域 8 3の伸縮パワーの切り替 えラインの方向 8 5とは、 実質上非平行になっているとする例である。 尚、 いずれか一方は、 平行になっていてもよい。 また、 編み方向、 すな わち糸の供給方向は、 8 5の矢印が示している方向である。 尚、 この例 においては、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な上側の縁 8 2の方向 8 6と伸縮パワーの変化する領域 8 3の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの 方向 8 5も非平行になっている。 Also in this case, the direction 85 of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region 83 where the expansion / contraction power changes and the substantially arc-shaped edge 81 that does not need to be trimmed are not substantially equal to the directions 8 4 a and 8 4 b. Parallel.塲 If the direction of the edge 8 1 is clearly unified in one direction as a whole as in 81, the direction of the substantially arc-shaped edge 81 that does not need to be trimmed is, for example, the direction as shown in this example. The boundary of the A-B-C line on the left side of point C in the figure, which can be considered to be almost circular, is the direction of the tangent to point B, which is almost the midpoint. In the direction of the arrow 84a, the direction of the edge of the C-D-E line on the right side of the point C in the figure, which can be regarded as an almost circular arc with a small curvature, is at the point D, which is almost the midpoint. It can be said to be the direction of the arrow 84b which is the direction of the tangent. In other words, the edges 8 1 a and 8 4 b of the edges 8 1 a and 8 4 b that are not trimmed as they are cut are the same as the direction 8 5 of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the region 8 3 where the expansion / contraction power changes. This is an example in which they are substantially non-parallel. Note that either one of them may be parallel. Also, knitting direction, sand The direction in which the yarn is supplied is the direction indicated by the arrow 85. In this example, the direction 86 of the upper edge 82 that does not need to be trimmed and the direction 85 of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power of the region 83 where the expansion / contraction power changes are also non-parallel in the cut state. Has become.
以上、 少数の例を挙げて、 本発明における伸縮パワーの変化する領域 の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向と、 縁始末不要な縁のラインとが、 実質上非平行な方向を向いている例を説明したが、 上下の縁 8 1と 8 2 の縁のライン方向のうち、 いずれか一方が、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域 の境界ラインの方向 8 5と非平行であれば、 他方は衣料デザイン設計上、 必要に応じて平行になっていてもよい。 また、 一続きの裾やウェストな どの縁部において、 縁ラインの方向が弾性糸による直線状の伸縮パワー 切替えラインと平行な部分が部分的に存在していてもよい。  As described above, taking a small number of examples, an example in which the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes and the line of the edge that does not need to be trimmed is oriented in a substantially non-parallel direction. As described above, if one of the line directions of the upper and lower edges 81 and 82 is not parallel to the direction 85 of the boundary line of the area where the expansion / contraction power changes, the other is clothing design design Above, they may be parallel if necessary. In addition, in a continuous hem or waist edge, there may be a portion where the direction of the edge line is parallel to a linear expansion / contraction power switching line made of elastic yarn.
次に図 1 6は、 前記図 1 2と同様に 1枚の編地中に、 伸縮パワーの変 化する領域を形成すると共に、 同時に 1枚の同じ編地中に裁断されたま まの状態で縁始末不要な縁を形成したものを、 適宜の形状に裁断した、 衣料の一部を構成する部片の別の模式的平面図を示したものである。 図 1 6に示した編地 8 0は、 8 1と 8 2の上下の縁が、 荦断により形成さ れた縁で、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁であり、 以下、 図 1 2〜図 1 4と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して重複説明は省略した。 特に図 1 6は裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁の部分に、 伸縮パ ヮ一の変化する領域の直線状の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインが到達して いて、 当該縁始末不要な縁が、 伸縮パワーが強い部分と弱い部分が混在 する縁となっている例を説明するための模式的平面図である。  Next, FIG. 16 shows a state in which a region where the expansion / contraction power changes is formed in one knitted fabric as in FIG. 12 described above, and is simultaneously cut into one same knitted fabric. FIG. 4 is another schematic plan view of a piece constituting a part of clothing, which is formed into an appropriate shape from an edge having an unnecessary edge. In the knitted fabric 80 shown in FIG. 16, the upper and lower edges of 81 and 82 are edges formed by cutting, and are edges that do not need to be trimmed as they are cut. The same parts as those in FIGS. 12 to 14 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and redundant description is omitted. In particular, Fig. 16 shows that the cutting line does not need to be trimmed, and a straight stretchable power switching line in the area where the expansion and contraction power changes reaches the edge that does not require trimming. However, it is a schematic plan view for explaining an example in which a portion having a strong portion and a portion having a weak expansion / contraction power are mixed.
図 1 6において、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域 8 3 ( 8 8が伸縮パワー の強い領域、 その両側の 8 7が伸縮パワーの弱い領域と仮定する) の直 線状の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインが裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不 要な上側の縁部分 8 2に到達していて、 当該縁始末不要な縁 8 2が、 伸 縮パワーが強い部分 8 8と弱い部分 8 7が混在する縁となっている例で ある。 In Fig. 16, in the area 8 3 where the expansion / contraction power changes (assuming 8 8 is the area where the expansion / contraction power is strong, and 87 on both sides are the areas where the expansion / contraction power is weak), the switching line for the expansion / contraction power is cut. It is not cleaned up as it is This is an example in which an important upper edge portion 82 has been reached, and the unnecessary edge 82 is an edge in which a portion 88 having a high expansion power and a portion 87 having a low expansion power coexist.
しかも、 当該縁始末不要な縁 8 2が、 当該編地の編み方向 (8 5の矢 印の指す方向) に対し、 aが 2 0〜 8 0度の角度 (この例では = 4 5 度) で裁断された縁の例である。 かかる本発明の好ましい態様とするこ とにより、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁 8 2の身体へのフィ ット性が向上し、 当該縁 8 2部分が、 着用者の身体外側にカールするこ とを防止できる。 また、 衣料設計の自由度が増す。  In addition, the edge 82 that does not need to be trimmed is at an angle of 20 to 80 degrees with respect to the knitting direction of the knitted fabric (the direction indicated by the arrow 85) (= 45 degrees in this example). It is an example of the edge cut by. By adopting such a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the fitting property of the edge 82 that does not need to be trimmed to the body while being cut is improved, and the edge 82 portion is located outside the body of the wearer. Curling can be prevented. In addition, the degree of freedom in designing clothing increases.
尚、 図示していないが、 伸縮パワーの強い部分と、 弱い部分が、 適宜 幅、 適宜間隔、 等間隔、 あるいは異間隔に、 交互にストライプ状に配置 されてもよい。 伸縮パワーの強い部分、 弱い部分、 中伸縮パワーの部分 など 3以上の伸縮パワーの異なる部位を、 適宜幅、 適宜間隔、 適宜順序 で、 等間隔あるいは異間隔に配置しても良い。  Although not shown, a portion having a high expansion / contraction power and a portion having a low expansion / contraction power may be alternately arranged in a stripe shape with an appropriate width, an appropriate interval, an equal interval, or a different interval. Three or more portions having different expansion and contraction powers, such as a portion having a high expansion and contraction power, a portion having a low expansion and contraction power, and a portion having a middle expansion and contraction power may be arranged at equal intervals or at different intervals in an appropriate width, an appropriate interval, and an appropriate order.
以上、 図 1 2〜図 1 6では、 説明を簡単にするために、 弾性糸の使い 分けによる、 伸縮パワーの切り替えの例を挙げて説明したが、 前述の如 く、 仮に、 編み込む非弾性糸の太さや、 編み込み本数 (2本以上同時に ひきそろえて糸を供給する) を切り替えて、 伸縮パワーの異なる複数の 領域を形成する場合の如く、 非弾性糸の使い分けにより伸縮パワーの変 化した領域を形成する場合も、 あるいは、 弹性糸と非弹性糸の両者を同 時に使い分けて伸縮パワーの変化した領域を形成する場合も、 同様であ る。  As described above, in FIGS. 12 to 16, for simplicity of explanation, an example of switching of expansion / contraction power by using elastic yarn properly has been described. The area where the expansion / contraction power is changed by using different inelastic yarns, such as when changing the thickness and the number of braids (two or more yarns are supplied at the same time to supply yarn) to form multiple areas with different expansion / contraction powers The same applies to the case of forming a region in which the elastic power is changed, or the case in which both the non-aqueous yarn and the non-abrasive yarn are used at the same time to form a region where the expansion / contraction power is changed.
尚、 本発明は 「体型補整機能を有する衣料」 であるが、 体型補整機能に は、 例えば、 ヒップアップや太腿を押えるといった、 プッシュ機能だけ ではなく、 ヒップの膨らみなどの身体の立体の出っ張った部分に当接す る箇所が、 身体の膨らみに応じて伸びて、 その膨らみに追随し、 必要な 膨らみを潰さない、 という機能も含む意味である。 押えることが必要な 箇所は押え、 膨らみが必要な箇所は膨らみをつぶさず追随し、 身体本来 の立体形状を活かしながら、 より綺麗に補整するということである。 例 えば、 衣料が、 ショーツ又はガードルであり、 伸縮性の経編地からなる 前記部片の伸縮パワーの弱い領域が、 ヒップの膨らみ部をカバーしてい る本発明の好ましい態様とすることにより、 ヒップの膨らみをつぶさず に、 美しいヒップの丸みを保持しながらヒップの立体形状にフィッ卜で き、 更に前述の効果が発揮される体形補整機能を有する衣料が提供でき 好ましい。 The present invention is “clothing having a body shape adjusting function”. The body shape adjusting function includes, for example, not only a push function such as hip-up or pressing a thigh, but also a three-dimensional projection of a body such as a bulging hip. The part that comes into contact with the bulge extends according to the bulge of the body, follows the bulge, and This means that it does not collapse the bulge. This means that the parts that need to be pressed down will be pressed down, and those that need bulging will follow the bulges without crushing them. For example, the clothing is a short or a girdle, and the stretchable warp knitted fabric according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention in which the region where the stretching power of the piece is weak covers the bulging portion of the hip. It is possible to provide a three-dimensional shape of the hip while maintaining the beautiful roundness of the hip without crushing the swelling of the hip, and it is possible to provide clothing having a body shape adjusting function in which the above-mentioned effects are exerted.
尚、 本発明の衣料においては、 衣料の縁部 (ボトム衣料の場合の裾あ るいはウェスト部、 ブラジャーのバック布の上緑あるいは下縁) の全長 が裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な'縁となっていることが好ましい が、 テンションのかかり易い箇所を、 各々の縁部全長の 1 0 %以下の長 さで部分的に、 縁部始末、 もしくは縫い目を入れることによって縁部の 強化を図ってもよい。 例えば、 ブラジャーのカップとバック布との縫合 箇所付近や、 左右のパック布の先端部に設けられたフックアンドアイな どを有する左右のバック布相互の開閉用連結部との縫合箇所付近、 ショ ーッゃショ一トガードルなどのショートポトム衣料のクロツチとの縫合 箇所付近などは、 着用時にテンションがかかりやすいため、 縁部を裁断 したままにないで、 長さ 5〜2 O mm程度は、 縫い目を入れて、 強化し ても差し支えない。  In the garment of the present invention, the edge of the garment (hem or waist in the case of bottom garment, upper green or lower edge of the back cloth of the brassiere) is not trimmed while the entire length remains cut. Although it is preferable that the edges have a good edge, the areas where tension is likely to be applied are partially cut with a length of 10% or less of the entire length of each edge. It may be strengthened. For example, near the sewn point between the bra cup and the back cloth, near the sewn point between the left and right back cloths having hooks and eyes, etc., provided at the tips of the left and right pack cloths, and near the seam. In the vicinity of the seam of the short potom, such as the garment girdle, where it is sewn to the crotch, the tension is likely to be applied when worn, so do not leave the edges cut off. It can be added and strengthened.
次に、 本発明の衣料の具体的実施の形態例について、 図面を引用しな がら説明するが、 本発明はこれら図示したもののみに限定されるもので はない。  Next, specific embodiments of the clothing of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings, but the present invention is not limited to only those illustrated.
尚、 以下の説明においては、 1枚の編地中に、 伸縮パワーの切り替え ラインが直線状である伸縮パワーの変化する領域を形成すると共に、 同 時に 1枚の同じ編地中に裁断されたままの状態で当該裁断された縁が縁 始末不要な縁を形成した部片を単に 「ヘミングレス部片」 と略称を用い て記述することがある。 また、 以下の実施の形態例で用いる、 前述の様 なヘミングレス部片は、 前述の図 3 1を引用して説明した経編地から作 られているので、 当該経編地の編み組織の説明は省略する。 但し、 前述 の図 3 2や図 3 3を引用して説明した経編地など、 本発明の目的を達成 しうる経編地であれば、 他の編み組織の経編地でも良いことは勿論であ る。 In the following description, a region where the expansion / contraction power changes, in which the line for switching the expansion / contraction power is linear, is formed in one knitted fabric. Sometimes a piece that has been cut into the same piece of knitted fabric and the cut edge forms an unnecessary edge is simply described as a `` hemming-less piece '' . Further, since the hemming-less piece as described above used in the following embodiment is made from the warp knitted fabric described with reference to FIG. 31 described above, the knitting structure of the warp knitted fabric is not used. Description is omitted. However, as long as the warp knitted fabric which can achieve the object of the present invention, such as the warp knitted fabric described with reference to FIG. 32 and FIG. It is.
実施の形態例 1  Embodiment 1
図 1は本発明の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を有し且つ体 形補整機能を有する衣料の一実施の形態例のショートタイプのガードル の背面図、 図 2は正面図である。 尚、 図 2においては、 図 1の背面側の 裾部分が実際には見えるはずであるが、 図示すると複雑になりかえって 理解しにくくなるので、 当該ガードルを、 脇ラインで正面側と背面側に 平坦になるように折り畳んで、 表側のみ図示している。  FIG. 1 is a rear view of a short type girdle according to an embodiment of the garment having an edge that does not need to be trimmed and has a body shape adjusting function in an as-cut state according to the present invention, and FIG. 2 is a front view. . In Fig. 2, the hem on the back side of Fig. 1 should actually be visible, but if it is shown, it becomes complicated and difficult to understand. Folded flat to show only the front side.
図 1、 図 2において、 1が前脇—脇一背面部をカバ一する前脇—脇一 ヒップ部充当部片、 6は腹部をカバ一する腹部充当部片である。 左右の 前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1は、 後中心の縫合ライン 4で相互に縫合 されており、 前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1の前側の側縁は、 腹部充当 部片 6の側縁と縫合ライン 5で互いに縫合されている。 8は前中心側裾 部片である。  In FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, 1 is a front side-side one hip covering portion covering the front side and one back side, and 6 is an abdominal portion covering piece covering the abdomen. The left and right front side, one side, and one hip portion allocation piece 1 are sewn to each other at the back center suturing line 4, and the front side edge of the front side, one side, one hip portion allocation portion piece 1 is an abdomen portion. The side edges of the piece 6 and the suture line 5 are sewn together. Reference numeral 8 denotes a front center side hem piece.
前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1にはヘミングレス部片を用い、 腹部充 当部片 6には、 ヘミングレス部片とほぼ同様のものであるが、 後述する ように、 腹部充当部片 6の上側の縁 7は、 裁断されたままの状態の縁で はなく、 生地を折り返して縁を形成している。 これらの部片において、 図において色の濃い暗い部分が、 色の濃い暗い直線状の部分も含めて、 伸縮パワーが強い領域であり、 無着色の白い部分が、 白の直線状の部分 も含めて伸縮パワーが弱い領域を示している。 A hemming-less piece is used for the front side, one side, and one hip portion, and the abdominal portion is almost the same as the hemming-less portion for the abdominal portion, but as will be described later, the abdominal portion is used. The upper edge 7 of the piece 6 is not a cut edge, but is formed by folding the fabric. In these parts, the dark and dark parts in the figure, including the dark and straight linear parts, This is the region where the expansion and contraction power is strong, and the uncolored white part indicates the region where the expansion and contraction power is weak, including the white linear part.
前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1を構成する経編地の編み方向は、 矢印 8 5 a, 85 bの矢印が示す方向である。 腹部充当部片 6も含めてこれ らの部片を構成する経編地の編み方向は、 伸縮パワーが強い領域のうち、 直線で描かれている伸縮パワーが強い領域の長さ方向と平行である。 言 い換えれば伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの 方向と平行である。  The knitting direction of the warp knitted fabric constituting the front side one side one hip portion application part 1 is the direction indicated by the arrows 85a and 85b. The knitting directions of the warp knitted fabrics constituting these pieces including the abdomen filling pieces 6 are parallel to the length direction of the region where the stretching power is strong, which is drawn in a straight line, in the region where the stretching power is strong. is there. In other words, it is parallel to the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes.
前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1については、 前記部片全体はナイロン 糸と 44 d t e Xのポリウレタン糸が、 図 3 1で説明したようなナイ口 ン糸とポリウレタン糸とを同行させた 1 X 1編み組織で、 弾性糸と非弹 性糸が共に閉じ目で編成されている。 ナイロン糸としては、 44 d t e Xのダル糸と 33 d t e xのブライト糸の 2種類を使用した。  For the front side one side one hip part, the entire part was made up of nylon yarn and 44 dte X polyurethane yarn, and the nylon yarn and polyurethane yarn as described in Fig. 31 were accompanied. In a 1 × 1 knitting structure, both the elastic yarn and the non-conductive yarn are knitted with a closed stitch. As the nylon yarn, two types of dull yarn of 44 dtex and bright yarn of 33 dtex were used.
そして図の 9の領域、 1 0の領域、 1 1の領域のうち図において色の 濃い暗い部分 (色の濃い暗い直線状部分も含む) には、 44 d t e xの ナイロンのダル糸が使われ 44 d t e xの前述したポリウレタン糸と 1 X 1編み組織となり、 色の白い部分は、 3 3 d t e xのナイロンのブラ ィト糸が使われ前述した 44 d t e xのポリウレタン糸と 1 X 1編み組 織となっている。  In the areas 9, 10, and 11 in the figure, 44 dtex nylon dull yarn is used for the dark and dark areas in the figure (including the dark linear sections). The dtex has a 1x1 knitting structure with the above-mentioned polyurethane yarn, and the white part is a 33 dtex nylon black yarn and the 44xtex polyurethane yarn and a 1x1 knitting structure described above. I have.
ウェストを含めた上部 ( 9の領域) の前述の 44 d t e xのダル糸使 用の箇所には、 44 d t e Xのポリウレタン糸に加え、 さらに 7 7 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が編み込まれている (当該部分のポリウレタン糸 の太さ合計 44+ 77 = 1 2 1 d t e x)。 前述の 33 d t e xのブライ ト糸使用の箇所には、 更に 44 d t e xのポリウレタン 1本が編み込ま れており、 合計 44 d t e xのポリウレタン 2本が編み込まれている。  In the upper part (area 9) including the waist, where the above-mentioned 44 dtex dull yarn is used, in addition to the 44 dte X polyurethane yarn, a 77 dtex polyurethane yarn is further woven (the relevant part) Total thickness of polyurethane thread 44 + 77 = 1 2 1 dtex). One piece of 44 dtex polyurethane is woven into the above-mentioned 33 dtex bright yarn, and two pieces of 44 dtex polyurethane are woven.
(当該部分のポリウレタン糸の太さ合計 44 + 44= 8 8 d t e )D 9 の領域は、 全体的には、 伸縮パワーの強い領域を形成している。 (Total thickness of polyurethane thread in the relevant part 44 + 44 = 8 8 dte) D 9 As a whole, the region forms a region where the expansion and contraction power is strong.
ヒップの膨らみに充当する部分 ( 1 0の領域) の 4 4 d t e xのナイ ロンのダル糸使いの箇所には、 4 4 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が合計 2 本編み込んまれており、 3 3 d t e Xのナイ口ンのブライト糸使いの箇 所には、 4 4 d t e Xのポリウレタン糸が合計 1本使用されている。 1 0の領域は、 全体的には、 伸縮パワーの弱い領域を形成している。  In the area (10 area) where the hip bulge is applied (the area of 10), a total of two 44 dtex polyurethane yarns are woven, and a total of 33 dte X nylon yarns are woven. A total of 44 dte X polyurethane thread is used in the area where the bright yarn is used in the mouth. The region of 10 as a whole forms a region where the expansion / contraction power is weak.
裾の部分 ( 1 1の領域) は、 ウェスト周辺の上部と同様、 4 4 d t e xのナイロンのダル糸使用の箇所には、 4 4 d t e xのポリウレタン糸 に加え、 さらに 7 7 d t e Xのポリウレタン糸が編み込まれており (ポ リウレタン糸の太さ合計 4 4 + 7 7 = 1 2 1 d t e x )、 3 3 d t e xの ナイロンのブライト糸使用の箇所には、 4 4 d t e xのポリウレタン糸 が合計 2本編み込まれている (ポリウレタン糸の太さ合計 4 4 + 4 4 = 8 8 d t e x ) o 1 1の領域は、 全体的には、 伸縮パワーの強い領域を形 成している。  As with the upper part around the waist, the hem portion (area 11) uses 44 dtex nylon dull yarn, and in addition to 44 dtex polyurethane yarn, a 77 dte X polyurethane yarn is used. It is woven (total thickness of polyurethane thread 4 4 + 7 7 = 1 2 1 dtex), and in the place where 33 dtex nylon bright thread is used, a total of 4 4 dtex polyurethane thread is woven. (Total thickness of polyurethane yarn 4 4 +4 4 = 88 dtex) o 11 region forms the region with strong elastic power as a whole.
尚、 これらのポリウレタン糸は、 全て (挿入ではなく) ルーピングさ れている (編み込まれている)。 合計 2本編み込まれている場合には、 重 ねて同じゥエールに編み込まれている。 以下の実施の形態例についても この点には、 同様である。  These polyurethane threads are all looped (not woven) (braided). If a total of two braids are knitted, they are knitted together in the same ale. The same applies to the following embodiments.
1 0の領域のうち色の暗い部分は、 色の白い部分に比べて面積が少な くなつているので、 この部分の伸縮パワーは全体としては伸縮パワーの 弱い領域となる。  Since the darker part of the 10 area has a smaller area than the white part, the expansion / contraction power of this part as a whole is an area where the expansion / contraction power is weak.
また、 前述したように図の色の濃い暗い部分には、 ダル糸であるつや 消しされた糸が用いられ、 色の白い部分にはブライト糸と呼ばれるより 光沢感のある糸が用いられていて、 図の色の暗い部分と色の白い部分と が目視可能な縞模様となって、 伸縮パワーの強弱の線状ないし帯状の目 視可能な模様が現れ、 デザイン上、 衣料の美感を向上させると同時に、 伸縮パワーの強弱の機能領域を視認することができ好ましい。 As described above, matted yarn, which is a dull yarn, is used for the dark and dark areas in the figure, and a brighter yarn called a bright yarn is used for the white color. The dark and white parts of the figure become visible stripes, and a visible linear or band-like pattern with high or low expansion / contraction power appears, improving the aesthetics of clothing in design. At the same time This is preferable because a functional region having a high or low expansion / contraction power can be visually recognized.
そして前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1における裁断されたままの状態 で縁始末不要な縁は、 2の裾ラインの縁と 3のウェストラインの縁の部 分である。 裾ライン 2は波形になっており、 裾ライン 2の方向は当該波 形の各頂点を結ぶ直線と同じ方向、 すなわち矢印 1 2で示された方向で あり、 伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向 とは 5度の角度がついており若干非平行となっている。 ウェストライン 3の方向も伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの 方向とは 3 0度の角度が付されており非平行となっている。  The edges that do not need to be trimmed in the front side, one side, one hip portion application piece 1 as they are cut are the edge of the hem line 2 and the edge of the waist line 3. The skirt line 2 has a waveform, and the direction of the skirt line 2 is the same direction as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the direction indicated by the arrow 12, and the stretching power of the region where the stretching power changes. The direction of the switch line is 5 degrees and slightly non-parallel. The direction of the waist line 3 is also non-parallel to the direction of the stretch power switching line in the region where the stretch power changes, at an angle of 30 degrees.
伸縮パワーが変化する領域の方向は、 この例ではヒップの膨らみ部分 は幅が約 1 4 c m (以下、 かかる領域の幅は、 6 4サイズ、 すなわち M サイズにおける数値を目安としたものである。) で伸縮パワーが弱く、 ヒ ップの膨らみの脇側から下方部分にほぼ沿うように伸縮パワーの強い領 域 1 1が脇側斜め上から後中心に向かって斜めに下がる方向に設けられ ていて、 ヒップアップ機能を発揮するに好適な角度で伸縮パワーが変化 する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向が決められている。 そし て、 裾ライン 2の方向とウェストライン 3の方向は、 伸縮パワーが変化 する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向に拘束されず、 本件ガー ドルに好適な方向で設計されている。 また、 上記部片のウェスト部も、 ゴムテープなどを用いずにゴムテープよりも広幅で伸縮パワーの強い領 域を設けているので、 ゴムテープの様に線状にウェストを強く締め付け ることがなく、 広幅の面で着用感を低下させずに、 ウェスト部の伸縮力 が強められている。 従ってウェスト上辺部が分厚くならず、 ウェストま わりをすつきりとした状態に保持でき、 更にウェストの伸縮力が強めら れていることにより、 ウェストまわりの体型にフィットする機能が付与 されると共に、 ウェストまわりにゴムテープを縫合していないので、 ゴ ムテープによる厚みの増大がなく、 着用時のウェストまわりのシルエツ トをすっきりとしたシルエツトにすることができると共に、 ゴムテープ の締め付け跡が肌に残ることがない。 また、 上記裾まわりにおいても同 様である。 The direction of the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is, in this example, the width of the bulging portion of the hip is about 14 cm (hereinafter, the width of such an area is based on the numerical value in the 64 size, that is, the M size). ), The elastic power is weak, and the area 11 with strong elastic power is provided along the lower part of the tip bulge almost diagonally from the side to the lower part. The direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line is determined in an area where the expansion / contraction power changes at an angle suitable for exerting the hip-up function. The direction of the hem line 2 and the direction of the waist line 3 are not restricted by the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes, and are designed in a direction suitable for the present girdle. In addition, the waist portion of the above-mentioned piece also has a wider and stronger elastic power area than rubber tape without using rubber tape or the like, so that the waist is not strongly tightened linearly like rubber tape, so that it is wide. The elasticity of the waist is increased without reducing the wearing feeling. Therefore, the upper part of the waist does not become thicker, the waist can be kept flat, and the elasticity of the waist is enhanced, so that the waist can be fitted to the body shape. The rubber tape is not sewn around the waist. There is no increase in thickness due to rubber tape, making it possible to create a clean silette around the waist when worn, and no tightening marks of the rubber tape remain on the skin. The same applies to the above skirts.
尚、 図 3に腹部充当部片 6の伸縮パワーの変化する領域について説明 するための、 腹部充当部片 6のみの部分の説明図を示した。 腹部充当部 片 6も同様の編み組織の布で作成されているが、 上側の縁 7は前述した ように、 この例では折り返されて緣 7が形成されている。 必要に応じ、 腹部充当部片 6の上側の縁 7を、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な 縁としても良い。 腹部充当部片 6全体は 4 4 d t e xのナイロン糸と 4 4 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が、 図 3 2で説明したようなナイロン糸と ポリウレタン糸とを同行させた 1 X 1編み組織で、 弾性糸が開き目、 非 弹性糸が閉じ目により編成されており、 1 3の領域と 1 5の領域のうち、 図において色の濃い暗い部分には、 1 2 1 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が 更に重ねて編み込まれて伸縮パワーの強い領域を形成し、 1 4の領域の うち図の色の濃い暗い部分には、 8 8 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が更に 重ねて編み込まれている。 1 4の領域のうち色の濃い暗い部分は、 色の 白い部分に比べて面積が少なくなつているので、 この部分の伸縮パワー は全体としては伸縮パワーの小さい領域となる。 この腹部充当部片 6も、 ウェスト部分の伸縮パワーが大きくなつており、 ゴムテープなどを用い ずにゴムテープよりも広幅で伸縮パワーの強い領域を設けているので、 ゴムテープの様に線状にウェストを強く締め付けることがなく、 広幅の 面で着用感を低下させずに、 ウェスト部の伸縮力が強められている。 従 つてウェスト上辺部が分厚くならず、 ウェストまわりをすつきりとした 状態に保持できると共に、 ウェストまわりにゴムテープを縫合していな いので、 ゴムテープの締め付け跡が肌に残ることがない。 また、 下腹部 は、 下方に行くに従って弹性糸が多く編み込まれて次第に伸縮パワーが 強くなるように設計されており、 着用感を低下させずにソフトな締め付 け感で下腹部の贅肉の膨出を押さえ、 腹部形状をすつきりとした形に整 える補整機能が発揮される。 また、 前中心側裾部片 8は、 この例では、 従来の伸縮性のメッシュ調パワーネットであって、 縁部が従来の糸抜き の方法で得られた縁始末不要な緣 1 6が形成されている編み物を用いた, 但し、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を有する部片を用いても よい。 また、 クロッチ部の図示は省略している。 クロッチ部の素材は、 従来よりショ一トガ一ドルのクロツチ部に用いられている各種のものが 使用できる。 FIG. 3 shows an explanatory view of only the abdominal portion 6 for explaining the region where the expansion / contraction power of the abdominal portion 6 changes. The abdominal filling piece 6 is also made of a cloth having a similar knitting structure, but the upper edge 7 is folded back to form 緣 7 in this example, as described above. If necessary, the upper edge 7 of the abdominal filling piece 6 may be an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut. The entire abdominal filling piece 6 has a 1 × 1 knitting structure in which a nylon thread of 44 dtex and a polyurethane thread of 44 dtex accompany the nylon thread and the polyurethane thread as described in FIG. The open and non-woven yarns are knitted by the closed stitches. Of the 13 and 15 areas, the dark and dark areas in the figure are further woven with 121 dtex polyurethane yarn. In this way, an area of high elasticity power is formed, and in the 14 areas, the dark and dark areas in the figure are further woven with 88 dtex polyurethane yarn. The darker and darker areas of the area 14 have a smaller area than the whiter areas, so that the expansion / contraction power of this area is an area where the expansion / contraction power is small as a whole. This abdomen applicator piece 6 also has a large elastic power at the waist, and has a wider and stronger elastic power area than rubber tape without using rubber tape, so the waist is linearly shaped like rubber tape. The elasticity of the waist is enhanced without tightening strongly and without reducing the feeling of wearing over a wide surface. Therefore, the upper part of the waist does not become thicker, the waist can be maintained in a smooth state, and the rubber tape is not sewn around the waist, so that no trace of the rubber tape is left on the skin. Also in the lower abdomen Is designed so that the more elastic yarn is knitted as it goes down, the more it expands and the more it expands, and the softness of the lower abdomen suppresses the bloat of the lower abdomen with a soft tightening feeling without reducing the wearing feeling, A correction function that adjusts the abdominal shape to a smooth shape is exhibited. Further, in this example, the front center side hem piece 8 is a conventional elastic mesh-like power net, and the edge portion is formed by a conventional thread removing method, and the 始 16 is unnecessary. A piece having an edge that does not require trimming may be used while being cut. The illustration of the crotch portion is omitted. As the material of the crotch portion, various materials conventionally used for a crotch portion of a short dollar can be used.
以上の如く、 前脇一脇ーヒップ部充当部片 1の裾ライン 2の方向とゥ エストライン 3の方向が、 伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切 り替えラインの方向と必然的に平行にせざるを得ないと言うことがなく. 伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向に拘束 されず必要な好適な方向に衣料を設計できる。 すなわち、 裾ライン 2の 方向とウェストライン 3の方向及び伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パ ヮ一の切り替えラインの方向は、 本件ガ一ドルに好適な方向で互いに拘 束なく設計でき、 着用性がより好適な衣料とすることができる。  As described above, the direction of the hem line 2 and the direction of the ス ト est line 3 of the front side one side-hip portion allocation part 1 are necessarily parallel to the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes. It can be said that the clothing can be designed in a necessary and suitable direction without being restricted by the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes. In other words, the direction of the hem line 2 and the direction of the waist line 3 and the direction of the switching line of the expansion and contraction in the area where the expansion and contraction power changes can be designed in a direction suitable for the present girdle without being bound to each other, and the wearability can be improved. Can be a more suitable clothing.
尚、 図 4に別の態様の腹部充当部片 6のみの部分の平面図を示したが、 図 4に示した腹部充当部片 6は、 左右の腹部充当小部片 6 a、 6 bを前 中心の縫合ライン 1 7で縫合したものである。 図 4の腹部充当部片 6も 図 3で説明した腹部充当部片 6と同様の編み組織の布で作成されている が、上側の縁 7を、裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁としている。 そして、 当該腹部充当部片の伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの 切り替えラインの方向と、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な上側の 縁 7のラインの方向とが非平行の部片である。上記、ガ一ドルにおいて、 図 3で説明した腹部充当部片に代えて、 上記図 4で説明した腹部充当部 片を用いてもよい。 In addition, FIG. 4 shows a plan view of only the abdominal portion 6 in another embodiment, but the abdominal portion 6 shown in FIG. 4 includes left and right abdominal portions 6a and 6b. Previous The suture was sewn on the central suture line 17. The abdominal filling piece 6 in FIG. 4 is also made of a cloth having a knitting structure similar to that of the abdominal filling piece 6 described in FIG. 3, but the upper edge 7 is not cut off while being cut. It has an edge. The direction in which the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power of the abdominal portion is changed and the direction of the line of the upper edge 7 which does not need to be trimmed as it is cut are non-parallel It is. In the above dollar, Instead of the abdominal portion as shown in FIG. 3, the abdominal portion as shown in FIG. 4 may be used.
実施の形態例 2  Embodiment 2
図 5は本発明の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を有し且つ体 形補整機能を有する衣料の一実施の形態例のロングタイプのガードルの 背面図、 図 6は正面図である。  FIG. 5 is a rear view of a long-type girdle according to an embodiment of the clothing having an edge that does not need to be trimmed and has a body shape correcting function in an as-cut state, and FIG. 6 is a front view. is there.
図 5、 図 6において、 3 1が前脇—脇一背面部一脚部をカバ一する前 脇—脇一ヒップ部一脚部充当部片、 3 6は腹部をカバ一する腹部充当部 片である。 左右の前脇—脇一ヒップ部—脚部充当部片 3 1は、 後中心の 鏠合ライン 3 4で相互に鏠合されており、 前脇—脇一ヒップ部一脚部充 当部片 3 1の前側の側縁は、 腹部充当部片 3 6の側縁と縫合ライン 3 5 で互いに縫合されている。 また、 脚部は筒状になるように、 内側の縁 3 8で縫合されている。  In FIGS. 5 and 6, 31 is a front side-side, one side, and a back part, and a monopod covering a side, a side, a side, a hip, a monopod, and 36 is an abdomen covering part, covering an abdomen. It is. The left and right front side-side side hip-leg portion fitting pieces 3 1 are joined to each other by a joint line 3 4 in the rear center, and the front side-side side hip portion monopod portion piece. The front side edge of 31 is sewn together with the side edge of the abdominal filling piece 36 at a suturing line 35. The legs are sewn at the inner edge 38 so as to be cylindrical.
前脇—脇一ヒップ部充当部片 3 1にはヘミングレス部片を用い、 腹部 充当部片 3 6にはヘミングレス部片とほぼ同様のものであるが、 後述す るように、 腹部充当部片 3 6の上側の縁 3 7は、 裁断されたままの状態 の縁ではなく、 生地を折り返して縁を形成している。 これらの部片にお いて、 図において色の濃い暗い部分が、 色の濃い暗い直線状の部分も含 めて、 伸縮パワーが強い領域であり、 無着色の白い部分が、 白の直線状 の部分も含めて伸縮パワーが弱い領域を示していることは、 図 1〜図 3 と同様である。  Hemming-less part piece is used for the front side-side-side hip part 31 and the abdominal part 36 is almost the same as the hemming-less part, but as will be described later, the abdominal part is used. The upper edge 37 of the piece 36 is not folded as it is, but is folded back to form an edge. In these pieces, the dark and dark areas in the figure are areas where the expansion and contraction power is strong, including the dark and dark linear sections, and the uncolored white areas are the white linear sections. Similar to Fig. 1 to Fig. 3, the area where the expansion / contraction power is weak including the part is shown.
前脇一脇一ヒップ部一脚部充当部片 3 1を構成する経編地の編み方向 は、 矢印 8 5 a、 8 5 bの矢印が示す方向である。 腹部充当部片 3 6も 含めてこれらの部片を構成する経編地の編み方向は、 伸縮パワーが強い 領域のうち、 直線で描かれている伸縮パワーが強い領域の長さ方向と平 行である。 言い換えれば伸縮パヮ一が変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り 替えラインの方向と平行である。 The knitting directions of the warp-knitted fabric constituting the front side one side one hip part one leg application part 31 are the directions indicated by arrows 85a and 85b. The knitting direction of the warp knitted fabric, which includes these pieces, including the abdomen-applied pieces 36, is parallel to the length direction of the stretchable power region, which is drawn as a straight line, in the stretchable power region. It is. In other words, the cutting of the stretching power in the area where the stretching power changes It is parallel to the direction of the replacement line.
前脇一脇一ヒップ部一脚部充当部片 3 1については、 前記部片全体は ナイロン糸と 44 d t e xのポリゥレ夕ン糸が、 図 3 1で説明したよう なナイロン糸とポリウレタン糸とを同行させた 1 X 1編み組織で弾性糸 と非弹性糸が共に閉じ目により編成されている。 ナイロン糸としては、 44 d t e xのダル糸と 3 3 d t e xのブライト糸の 2種類を使用した c そして図の 3 9の領域、 40の領域、 41の領域のうち図において色 の濃い暗い部分 (色の濃い暗い直線状部分も含む) には、 44 d t e x のナイロンのダル糸が使われ 44 d t e xの前述したポリウレタン糸と 1 X 1編み組織となり、 色の白い部分は、 33 d t e Xのナイロンのブ ライト糸が使われ前述した 44 d t e xのポリウレタン糸と 1 X 1編み 組織となっている。 For the front side, one side, one hip, one leg portion, the entire piece is made of nylon and 44 dtex polyester yarn, and nylon and polyurethane as described in Fig. 31. Both the elastic yarn and the non-woven yarn are knitted with closed stitches in the accompanying 1X1 knitting structure. As the nylon yarn, two types of dull yarn of 44 dtex and bright yarn of 33 dtex were used. C In the area of 39, 40, and 41 in the figure, the darker dark part (color (Including the dark, straight linear part) is made of 44 dtex nylon dull yarn, and has a 1 x 1 knitting structure with the 44 dtex polyurethane yarn described above, while the white part is a 33 dte X nylon braid. Light yarn is used, and the 44 dtex polyurethane yarn and 1X1 knitting structure described above are used.
ウェストを含めた上部 (3 9の領域) には前述の 44 d t e xのナイ ロンのダル糸使用の箇所には、 44 d t e xのポリウレタン糸に加え、 さらに 77 d t e Xのポリウレタン糸が編み込まれている (当該部分の ポリウレタン糸の太さ合計 44 + 7 7 = 1 2 1 d t e x)。 前述の 3 3 d t e xのナイロンのブライト糸使用の箇所には、 更に 44 d t e xのポ リウレタン 1本が編み込まれており、 合計 44 d t e xのポリウレタン 2本が編み込まれている。 (当該部分のポリゥレタン糸の太さ合計 44 +44 = 8 8 d t e x)o 3 9の領域は、 全体的には、 伸縮パワーの強い 領域を形成している。  In the upper part including the waist (area 39), where the above-mentioned 44 dtex nylon dull yarn is used, 77 dte X polyurethane yarn is woven in addition to 44 dtex polyurethane yarn ( The total thickness of the polyurethane thread in the relevant part is 44 + 7 7 = 1 2 1 dtex). One piece of 44 dtex polyurethane is woven into the above-mentioned 33 dtex nylon bright yarn, and two pieces of 44 dtex polyurethane are woven. The region of (the total thickness of the polyurethane yarn in the relevant portion 44 +44 = 88 dtex) o39 forms an overall region having a high expansion / contraction power.
ヒップの膨らみに充当する部分 (40の領域)、 44 d t e xのナイ口 ンダル糸使いの箇所には、 44 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が合計 2本編 み込んまれており、 33 d t e xのナイロンブライト糸使いの箇所には、 44 d t e Xのポリウレタン糸が合計 1本使用されている。 40の領域 は、 全体的には、 伸縮パワーの弱い領域を形成している。 太腿と裾の部分 (4 1の領域) は、 ウェスト周辺の上部と同様、 4 4 d t e xのナイロンダル糸使用の箇所には、 4 4 d t e xのポリウレタ ン糸に加え、 さらに 7 7 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が編み込まれており (ポリウレタン糸の太さ合計 4 4 + 7 7 = 1 2 1 d t e x ) , 3 3 d t e xのナイロンブライト糸使用の箇所には、 4 4 d t e Xのポリウレタン 糸が合計 2本編み込まれている (ポリウレタン糸の太さ合計 4 4 + 4 4 = 8 8 d t e x ) o 4 1の領域は、 全体的には、 伸縮パワーの強い領域を 形成している。 The area to be used for the bulge of the hips (area 40) and the use of 44 dtex nylon yarn are woven with a total of two 44 dtex polyurethane yarns, and the use of 33 dtex nylon bright yarn. Uses a total of 44 dte X polyurethane threads. The area of 40 as a whole forms an area where the stretching power is weak. The thigh and hem (area 41), as well as the upper part around the waist, use 44 dtex nylon dull yarn in addition to 44 dtex polyurethane yarn, plus 77 dtex polyurethane. Yarn is knitted (total thickness of polyurethane yarn 4 4 + 7 7 = 1 2 1 dtex), and where 4 3 dtex nylon bright yarn is used, 2 x 4 4 dte X polyurethane yarn is knitted in total (Total thickness of polyurethane yarn: 4 4 +4 4 = 88 dtex) The region of o 41 forms a region with strong elastic power as a whole.
4 0の領域のうち色の暗い部分は、 色の白い部分に比べて面積が少な くなつているので、 この部分の伸縮パワーは全体としては伸縮パワーの 弱い領域となる。 '  Since the darker part of the 40 area has a smaller area than the white part, the expansion / contraction power of this part as a whole is an area where the expansion / contraction power is weak. '
また、 前述したように図の色の濃い暗い部分には、 ダル糸であるつや 消しされた糸が用いられ、 色の白い部分にはブライト糸と呼ばれるより 光沢感のある糸が用いられていて、 図の色の暗い部分と色の白い部分と が目視可能な縞模様となって、 伸縮パワーの強弱の線状ないし帯状の目 視可能な模様が現れ、 デザイン上、 衣料の美感を向上させると同時に、 伸縮パワーの強弱の機能領域を視認することができ好ましい。  As described above, matted yarn, which is a dull yarn, is used for the dark and dark areas in the figure, and a brighter yarn called a bright yarn is used for the white color. The dark and white parts of the figure become visible stripes, and a visible linear or band-like pattern with high or low expansion / contraction power appears, improving the aesthetics of clothing in design. At the same time, it is preferable to be able to visually recognize the functional area of the expansion / contraction power.
そして前脇—脇一ヒップ部一脚部充当部片 3 1の裁断されたままの状 態で縁始末不要な縁は、 3 2の裾ラインの縁と 3 3のウェストラインの 縁の部分である。 裾ライン 3 2は波形になっており、 裾ライン 3 2の方 向は当該波形の各頂点を結ぶ直線と同じ方向、 すなわち矢印 4 2で示さ れた方向であり、 伸縮パワーが変化する領域の境界ラインの方向とは平 行であるが、 ウェストライン 3 3の方向は伸縮パワーが変化する領域の 伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向とは 2 5度の角度がついており非平 行である。  And the front side-the side, one hip, one leg part, and the edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut, are the edge of the hem line of 3 2 and the edge of the waist line of 3 3 is there. The bottom line 32 has a waveform, and the direction of the bottom line 32 is the same direction as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the direction indicated by the arrow 42. The direction of the boundary line is parallel, but the direction of the waist line 33 is at an angle of 25 degrees with the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes, and is non-parallel.
伸縮パワーが変化する領域の方向は、 この例ではヒップの膨らみ部分 は幅約 1 2 c mで伸縮パワーが弱く、 ヒップの膨らみの脇側から下方部 分にほぼ沿うように、 伸縮パワーの強い領域 4 1の境界が、 脇側斜め上 方から後中心方向に向かって斜めに下がる方向に走っており、 ヒップァ ップ機能を発揮するに好適な角度で伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パ ヮ一の切り替えラインの方向が決められている。 そして、 ウェストライ ン 3 3の方向は、 伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラ ィンの方向に拘束されず、 本件ガードルに好適な方向で設計されている。 尚、 脚部部分は、 伸縮パワーが強められており、 太腿の形を整え、 面全 体で太腿にフィッ卜するので、 皮膚にゴムテープが食い込んだ跡などが 付かず、裾部分にゴムテープなどが存在しないので、段差が生じないし、 そのラインが外衣に反映し外観を低下させることがなく、 裾部のずり上 がりなどを防止する機能も発揮される。また、部片 3 1のウェスト部も、 ゴムテープなどを用いずにゴムテープよりも広幅で伸縮パワーの強い領 域を設けているので、 ゴムテープの様に線状にウェストを強く締め付け ることがなく、 広幅の面で着用感を低下させずに、 ウェスト部の伸縮力 が強められている。 従ってウェスト上辺部が分厚くならず、 ウェストま わりをすつきりとした状態に保持できると共に、 ゴムテープの締め付け 跡が肌に残ることがない。 The direction of the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is, in this example, the bulge of the hip Is about 12 cm wide and has low elastic power.The boundary of the strong elastic power area 41 extends almost diagonally from the side to the lower part of the bulge of the hip from the upper side to the rear center. The direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction line in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes at an angle suitable for exerting the hip-up function is determined. The direction of the waistline 33 is not restricted by the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes, and is designed in a direction suitable for the present girdle. In addition, the leg part has enhanced telescopic power, the shape of the thigh is adjusted, and the entire surface is fitted to the thigh.Therefore, there is no trace of rubber tape biting into the skin, and the rubber tape is applied to the hem. There is no step, so there is no step, the lines are reflected in the outer garment, and the appearance is not deteriorated, and the function of preventing the hem from slipping up is also exhibited. Also, since the waist portion of the piece 31 is provided with an area wider and stronger in expansion and contraction power than rubber tape without using rubber tape, the waist is not strongly tightened linearly like rubber tape. The elasticity of the waist is increased without reducing the feeling of wearing in a wide area. Therefore, the upper part of the waist is not thickened, the waist can be maintained in a smooth state, and no trace of tightening of the rubber tape remains on the skin.
尚、 図 7に腹部充当部片 3 6の伸縮パワーの変化する領域について説 明するための、 腹部充当部片 3 6のみの部分の説明図を示した。 腹部充 当部片 3 6も前述したように同様の編み組織の布で作成されており、 図 3で説明した腹部充当部片 6と形状や伸縮パワーの強弱の領域は若干異 なるが、 図 3で説明した腹部充当部片とほぼ同様であり、 上側の緣 3 7 は、 図 3の縁 7に対応し、 各領域 4 3〜4 5は、 それぞれ図 3で示した 領域 1 3〜 1 5に対応している。 よって、 図 3で説明した腹部充当部片 6とほぼ同等の機能、 効果を発揮するので重複説明は省略する。 また、 クロッチ部の図示は省略している。 クロッチ部の素材は、 従来よりロン グガ一ドルのクロツチ部に用いられている各種のものが使用できる。 尚、 腹部充当部片 3 6の代わりに、 例えば、 図 4で説明したような態様の腹 部充当部片を適用してもよい。 FIG. 7 is an explanatory view of only the abdominal portion 36 for explaining the region where the expansion / contraction power of the abdominal portion 36 changes. The abdominal filling piece 36 is also made of a cloth with the same knitting structure as described above, and the shape and the area of the expansion / contraction power are slightly different from those of the abdominal filling piece 6 described in FIG. It is almost the same as the abdominal filling piece described in FIG. 3, and the upper 緣 37 corresponds to the rim 7 in FIG. 3, and the areas 43 to 45 correspond to the areas 13 to 1 shown in FIG. 3, respectively. 5 is supported. Therefore, since the functions and effects are substantially the same as those of the abdominal part 6 described in FIG. Also, Illustration of the crotch portion is omitted. As the material of the crotch portion, various materials which have been used for the crotch portion of a long dollar can be used. Note that, instead of the abdomen filling piece 36, for example, an abdominal filling piece as shown in FIG. 4 may be applied.
以上の如く、 ウェストライン 3 3の方向が、 伸縮パワーが変化する領 域の伸縮パヮ一の切り替えラインの方向と必然的に平行にせざるを得な いと言うことがなく、 ウェストラインは、 伸縮パワーが変化する領域の 伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向に拘束されず必要な好適な方向に設 計できる。 すなわちウェストライン 3 3の方向及び伸縮パワーが変化す る領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向は、 本件ガードルに好適な 方向で互いに拘束なく設計でき、 着用性がより好適な衣料とすることが できる。  As described above, the direction of the waistline 33 must be inevitably parallel to the direction of the switching line of the telescopic part in the area where the telescopic power changes. It can be designed in a necessary and suitable direction without being constrained by the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the power changes. That is, the direction of the waist line 33 and the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes can be designed in a direction suitable for the present girdle without any restriction, and the clothing can be more wearable. .
尚、 左右の前脇一脇一ヒップ部一脚部充当部片 3 1は、 後中心の縫合 ライン 3 4で相互に鏠合されているが、 部片 3 1はいわゆる立体裁断さ れている部片を後中心の縫合ライン 3 4で相互に縫合したものである。 この立体裁断は、 図示していないが、 後中心側の部片の裁断ラインが、 例えば図 1 2〜図 1 5の如く、 後中心に向かってそれぞれ凸状の曲線ラ ィンになっている左お対称の左右の部片を、 相互に縫合して後中心の鏠 合ライン 3 4とする。 そのため、 左右の部片の後中心側の裁断ラインが それぞれ直線状の部片を相互に縫合した場合と異なり、 立体裁断部分の 縫合部分では、 伸縮パワーが変化する領域の方向、 言い換えれば伸縮パ ヮ一の切り替えラインの方向が、 裾部近傍の立体裁断がなされていない 部分の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向と、 縫合前の部片を広げた状 態では同じであるが、 縫合後は異なってくる。 通常、 立体裁断部分の縫 合部分では、 伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向である脇側から後中心 に向かって下がる角度がより大きくなる。 図 5では、 これを図示すると 複雑になるので、 図示していない。 尚、 本発明において、 裁断されたま まの状態で縁始末不要な縁のラインの方向と、 伸縮パワーが変化する領 域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向とが、 平行か非平行かは、 当該 部片の縫合前の展開状態において判別する。 The left and right front sides, sides, hips, and legs are fixed to each other by a suture line 34 at the rear center, but the pieces 31 are so-called three-dimensionally cut. The pieces are stitched together at the back center suture line 34. This draping is not shown, but the cutting line of the piece on the rear center side has a curved line protruding toward the rear center as shown in, for example, FIGS. 12 to 15. The left and right symmetrical left and right pieces are sewn to each other to form a back center joining line 34. Therefore, unlike the case in which the cutting lines on the rear center side of the left and right pieces are sewn to straight pieces, the sewn part of the draped section has the direction of the area where the expansion / contraction power changes, in other words,方向 The direction of one switching line is the same as the direction of the switching line for the expansion / contraction power in the part where draping is not performed near the hem when the piece before sewing is expanded, but is different after sewing. Come. Normally, in the stitching part of the draping part, the angle from the side, which is the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power, toward the rear center becomes larger. Figure 5 illustrates this. Not shown because of complexity. In the present invention, whether the direction of the edge line that does not need to be trimmed and the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is parallel or non-parallel in the present invention. It is determined in the deployed state before the pieces are sewn.
以上、 実施の形態例 1や 2では、 伸縮パワーの強い、 図において色の 暗い箇所と、パワーの弱い白い箇所を、細かく切り替えた例を示したが、 伸縮パワーの異なる領域をこれほどまで細かく切り替えずに、 ヒップの 下部は伸縮パワーの強い領域部分のみ (図で言えば黒い領域のみ)、 ヒッ プの膨らみ部分は伸縮パワーの弱い領域部分のみ (図で言えば白い領域 のみ)、 ウェスト部分は、 伸縮パワーの強い領域部分のみ (図で言えば黒 い領域のみ)、 とすることも可能である。  As described above, Embodiments 1 and 2 show an example in which a dark portion and a weak white portion in the figure are switched finely in the figure with a strong expansion / contraction power. Without switching, the lower part of the hip is only the area with strong elastic power (only the black area in the figure), the bulge of the hip is only the area with weak elastic power (only the white area in the figure), the waist It is also possible to set only to the region where the expansion / contraction power is strong (only the black region in the figure).
実施の形態例 3  Embodiment 3
図 8は本発明の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を有し且つ体 形補整機能を有する衣料の一実施の形態例のブラジャーの主要部分の斜 視図である。  FIG. 8 is a perspective view of a main part of a brassiere according to an embodiment of the garment according to the embodiment of the present invention, which has an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut and has a body shape correcting function.
図 8において、 5 1が伸縮性のバック布、 5 6が着用時に左右のバッ ク布を連結するための連結部、 5 4が乳房カップ、 5 5がストラップで ある。  In FIG. 8, 51 is an elastic back cloth, 56 is a connecting portion for connecting the left and right back cloths when worn, 54 is a breast cup, and 55 is a strap.
伸縮性のバック布 5 1にヘミングレス部片を用いている。 この部片に おいて、 図において色の濃い暗い部分が、 色の濃い暗い直線状の部分も 含めて、 伸縮パワーが強い領域であり、 無着色の白い部分が、 白の直線 状の部分も含めて伸縮パワーが弱い領域を示していることは、 図 1〜図 3の場合と同様である。  A hemming-less piece is used for the elastic back cloth 51. In this part, the dark and dark parts in the figure are areas where the expansion and contraction power is strong, including the dark and dark linear parts, and the uncolored white parts and the white linear parts Including the region where the expansion / contraction power is weak is the same as in the case of Figs.
この部片を構成する経編地の編み方向は矢印 8 5 aの示す方向であり. 伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向と平行 である。 言い換えれば領域 6 0のうち色の濃い暗い直線の方向と平行で ある。 尚、 図示していないが着用者の右側にあてがわれるバック布の編 み方向は 8 5 aの矢印とは反対向きの方向になる。 The knitting direction of the warp knitted fabric constituting this piece is the direction indicated by the arrow 85a. It is parallel to the direction of the stretch power switching line in the region where the stretch power changes. In other words, the region 60 is parallel to the direction of the dark straight line is there. Although not shown, the knitting direction of the back cloth applied to the right side of the wearer is opposite to the direction of the arrow 85a.
バック布 5 1部片については、 前記部片全体は 3 3 d t e xのナイ口 ン糸と 4 4 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が、 図 3 2で説明したようなナイ ロン糸とポリウレタン糸とを同行させた 1 X 1編み組織で、 弾性糸が開 き目、 非弾性糸が閉じ目により編成されており、 5 9の領域と 6 1の領 域部分には、 1 2 1 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が更に重ねて編み込まれ て伸縮パワーの強い領域を形成し、 6 0の領域のうち図の色の濃い暗い 部分には、 8 8 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が更に重ねて編み込まれてい る。 6 0の領域のうち色の濃い暗い部分は、 色の白い部分に比べて面積 が少なくなっているので、 この部分の伸縮パヮ一は全体としては伸縮パ ヮ一の小さい領域となる。 そして図の色の濃い暗い部分には、 ナイロン ダル糸であるつや消しされた糸が用いられ、 色の白い部分にはナイロン ブライト糸と呼ばれるより光沢感のある糸が用いられていて、 図の色の 濃い暗い部分と色の白い部分とが目視可能な縞模様となって、 伸縮パヮ —の強弱の線状ないし帯状の目視可能な模様が現れ、 デザイン上、 衣料 の美感を向上させると同時に、 その伸縮パワーの強弱の機能領域を視認 できるようになつている。  As for the back cloth 51 piece, the entire piece was made of 33 dtex nylon yarn and 44 dtex polyurethane yarn, and the nylon yarn and polyurethane yarn as described in FIG. 32 were accompanied. 1 x 1 knitting structure, elastic yarns are knitted with open stitches and inelastic yarns are knitted with closed stitches.The area of 59 and 61 is further overlapped with 121 dtex polyurethane yarn The region with strong elasticity is formed by knitting, and in the 60 dark region, the dark and dark portion of the figure is further woven with 88 dtex polyurethane yarn. Since the darker and darker areas of the 60 area have a smaller area than the whiter areas, the expansion and contraction area of this area is a small expansion and expansion area as a whole. Matted yarn, a nylon dull yarn, is used for the dark and dark areas in the figure, and a glossier yarn called nylon bright yarn is used for the white areas. The dark and dark areas and the white parts of the color become visible stripes, and the visible and visible linear or band-like patterns of the stretchable pawl appear, and at the same time improve the aesthetics of the clothing in design, The function area of the expansion / contraction power is visible.
そして前記バック布 5 1の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な緣は, バック布の下側の縁 5 2と上側の緣 5 3の部分である。 下側の縁 5 2と 上側の縁 5 3はいずれも波形になっている。 バック布の上下の縁始末不 要な縁は、 波形に限られず、 直線状でも、 波形以外の曲線状でもかまわ ない。 また波形は、 均等な波形でも、 不均等な波形でもよい。 この点は 以下の実施の形態例についても同様である。 パック布 5 1の下側の縁 5 2の縁ラインの方向は当該波形の各頂点を結ぶ直線と同じ方向、 すなわ ち矢印 6 2で示された方向であり、 伸縮パヮ一が変化する領域の伸縮パ ヮ一の切り替えラインの方向 (例えば領域 6 0中に示された色の濃い暗 い直線の方向) とは 8度の角度がつけられており、 非平行である。 上側 の緣 5 3の縁ラインの方向は、 当該波形の各頂点を結ぶ直線と同じ方向、 すなわち矢印 6 3で示された方向であり、 伸縮パワーが変化する領域 6 0の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向とは 8度の角度がつけられてお り、 非平行となっている。 すなわち、 バック布の上下の裁断されたまま の状態で縁始末不要な縁を構成するラインの方向と伸縮パワーの弱い領 域の境界ラインとが後中心に向かって次第に両者間の距離が近づく様に 相互に非平行とされている。 The edges of the back cloth 51 that do not need to be trimmed while being cut are the lower edge 52 and the upper edge 53 of the back cloth. The lower edge 52 and the upper edge 53 are both corrugated. The upper and lower edges of the back cloth that do not need to be trimmed are not limited to waveforms, and may be straight or curved other than waveforms. Also, the waveform may be a uniform waveform or a non-uniform waveform. This is the same for the following embodiments. The direction of the edge line of the lower edge 5 2 of the pack cloth 5 1 is the same direction as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the direction indicated by the arrow 62, and the area where the expansion and contraction power changes Telescopic pa 切 り 替 え The direction of one switching line (for example, the direction of a dark dark line shown in area 60) is at an angle of 8 degrees and non-parallel. The direction of the upper 緣 53 edge line is the same direction as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the direction indicated by the arrow 63, and the stretch power switching line in the area 60 where the stretch power changes. It is at an angle of 8 degrees with the direction, and is not parallel. In other words, the distance between the direction of the line forming the unnecessary edge and the boundary line of the area where the expansion / contraction power is weak gradually decreases toward the rear center while the upper and lower back cloths are still cut. Are mutually non-parallel.
尚、 バック布は一番広い箇所で幅 9 c m、 細い箇所で幅 4 c m、 パヮ 一の弱い部分の幅は 3 c mとした。  The width of the back cloth was 9 cm at the widest point, 4 cm at the narrow point, and 3 cm at the weakest part.
伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向は、 この例ではバック布 5 1のほぼ横方向を向いている。 ノ ック布 5 1は、 上下部分すなわち 5 9の領域と 6 1の領域部分の伸縮パワーが強められ ている。 そして 5 9の領域と 6 1の領域部分において、 脇に近い部分の 幅が大きく設計されており、 脇部分の贅肉を押さえ、 すっきりした脇部 形状補整機能が発揮される。 従来のブラジャーのバック布においては、 バック布 5 1の上下の縁に沿ってゴムテープが設けられていたが、 本実 施の形態例のブラジャーのパック布 5 1の上下の縁にはゴムテ一プを鏠 合していないので、 ゴムテープによる厚みの増大がなく、 着用時の胸囲 まわりのシルエツトをすっきりとしたシルエツトにすることができると 共に、 ゴムテープの締め付け跡が肌に残ることがない。 すなわち伸縮パ ヮ一の強い領域部分が、 ゴムテープの様に線状でなくゴムテープよりも 広幅で伸縮パワーの強い領域を設けているので、 ゴムテープの様に線状 に強く締め付けることがなく、 広幅の面で着用感を低下させずに、 バッ ク布の上下部分の伸縮力が強められている。 従って、 バック布が身体に フィットして、 運動時に生じるずれも最小限に防止し、 着崩れも防止さ れる。 The direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is substantially in the horizontal direction of the back cloth 51 in this example. In the knock cloth 51, the expansion and contraction power of the upper and lower portions, that is, the region of 59 and the region of 61 is enhanced. In the areas 59 and 61, the width near the sides is designed to be large, suppressing the extravagance of the sides and providing a clean side shape correction function. In the conventional bra back cloth, rubber tapes are provided along the upper and lower edges of the back cloth 51, but rubber tape is provided on the upper and lower edges of the pack cloth 51 of the present embodiment. Since the rubber tape does not increase the thickness, the thickness of the rubber tape does not increase, the silette around the chest when worn can be made a neat silette, and the tightening mark of the rubber tape does not remain on the skin. In other words, since the strongest part of the expansion and contraction area is not linear like a rubber tape, but is wider than rubber tape and has a stronger expansion and contraction power, it is not strongly tightened linearly like a rubber tape. The elasticity of the upper and lower parts of the backing cloth is enhanced without reducing the feeling of wearing on the surface. Therefore, the back cloth is The fit minimizes slippage that occurs during exercise and prevents slippage.
以上の如く、 バック布の下側の縁 5 2のラインの方向と上側の縁 5 3 のラインの方向を、 伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替え ラインの方向と必然的に平行にせざるを得ないと言うことがなく、 伸縮 パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向に拘束され ずに、 バック布の下側の緣 5 2のラインの方向と上側の縁 5 3のライン の方向を必要な好適な方向に設計できる。 すなわち、 バック布の下側の 縁 5 2のラインの方向と上側の縁 5 3のラインの方向及び伸縮パワーが 変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向は、 本件ブラジャー に好適な方向で互いに拘束なく設計でき、 着用性がより好適な衣料とす ることができる。  As described above, the direction of the line of the lower edge 52 of the back cloth and the direction of the line of the upper edge 53 must necessarily be parallel to the direction of the line for switching the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes. Without being constrained by the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes, the direction of the 緣 52 line on the lower side of the back cloth and the line of the upper edge 5 3 Can be designed in a desired suitable direction. That is, the direction of the line of the lower edge 52 of the back cloth, the direction of the line of the upper edge 53, and the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes are mutually suitable directions for the brassiere. Clothing can be designed without restraint and wearability is more suitable.
尚、 バック布に強度を持たせるため、 2枚の前記部片を樹脂などで接 着して用いてもよい。 前記部片の素材 1枚でも、 バック布を形成するこ とは可能であるが、 本実施の形態例では、 2枚の部片を樹脂接着して使 用した。 2枚の部片を樹脂接着する際は、 2枚の部片の編み方向が同じ となる様に重ねて接着すると、 接着し易い。  Incidentally, in order to impart strength to the back cloth, the two pieces may be used by bonding them with a resin or the like. Although it is possible to form a backing cloth with only one piece of the material, in the present embodiment, two pieces were used with resin bonding. When two pieces are resin-bonded, they are easily adhered by overlapping and bonding so that the knitting directions of the two pieces are the same.
実施の形態例 4  Embodiment 4
図 9は本発明の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を有し且つ体 形補整機能を有する衣料の別の一実施の形態例のブラジャーの主要部分 の斜視図である。  FIG. 9 is a perspective view of a main part of a brassiere of another embodiment of a garment according to the present invention, which has an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut and has a body shape adjusting function.
図 9において、 5 1が伸縮性のバック布、 5 6が着用時に左右のバッ ク布を連結するための連結部、 5 4が乳房カップ、 5 5がストラップで ある。  In FIG. 9, 51 is an elastic back cloth, 56 is a connecting portion for connecting the left and right back cloths when worn, 54 is a breast cup, and 55 is a strap.
伸縮性のバック布 5 1にヘミングレス部片を用いている。 この部片に おいて、 図において色の濃い暗い部分が、 色の濃い暗い直線状の部分も 含めて、 伸縮パワーが強い領域であり、 無着色の白い部分が、 白の直線 状の部分も含めて伸縮パワーが弱い領域を示していることは、 図 1〜図 3の場合と同様である。 ナイロン糸として 4 4 d t e xのナイロン糸を 使用しているが、 そのほか実施の形態例 3と同じ部分には同じ符号を付 して重複説明を省略した。 A hemming-less piece is used for the elastic back cloth 51. In this part, the dark and dark parts in the figure and the dark and dark linear parts are also shown. As shown in Figs. 1 to 3, it is the region where the expansion and contraction power is strong, and the uncolored white part indicates the region where the expansion and contraction power is weak including the white linear part. . Although a 44 dtex nylon thread is used as the nylon thread, the same parts as those in the third embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will not be repeated.
前記バック布 5 1の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁は、 パッ ク布の下側の縁 5 2と上側の縁 5 3の部分である。 下側の緣 5 2と上側 の縁 5 3はいずれも波形になっており、 下側の縁 5 2の緣ラインの方向 は当該波形の各頂点を結ぶ直線と同じ方向、 すなわち矢印 6 2で示され た方向であり、 伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えライ ンの方向 (例えば領域 6 0中に示された色の濃い暗い直線の方向) とは 平行になっている。 上側の縁 5 3の縁ラインの方向は当該波形の各頂点 を結ぶ直線と同じ方向、 すなわち、 矢印 6 3で示された方向であり、 伸 縮パワーが変化する領域 6 0の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向とは 1 5度の角度がつけられており非平行となっている。 すなわち、 バック 布の上側の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁 5 3のラインの方向 と伸縮パワーの弱い領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向とが後中 心に向かって次第に両者間の距離が近づく様に相互に非平行とされてい る。  The edges of the back cloth 51 that do not need to be trimmed while being cut are the lower edge 52 and the upper edge 53 of the packing cloth. Both the lower 緣 52 and the upper edge 53 have a waveform, and the direction of the 緣 line of the lower edge 52 is the same direction as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the arrow 62 The direction is the indicated direction, and is parallel to the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes (eg, the direction of the dark dark straight line shown in the area 60). The direction of the edge line of the upper edge 53 is the same direction as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the direction indicated by the arrow 63, and the switching of the stretching power in the region 60 where the stretching power changes is switched. The direction of the line is at an angle of 15 degrees and is not parallel. In other words, the direction of the line of the edge 53 that does not need to be trimmed and the direction of the line for switching the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power is weak gradually become closer to the back center while the upper side of the back cloth remains cut. Are made non-parallel to each other so that the distance between them becomes closer.
尚、 バック布は一番広い箇所で幅 8 c m、 細い箇所で幅 3 c m、 パヮ 一の弱い部分の幅は 2 . 5 c mとした。  The width of the back cloth was 8 cm at the widest point, 3 cm at the narrow point, and 2.5 cm at the weakest part.
このブラジャーも、 実施の形態例 3で示したブラジャーとほぼ同様の 機能並びに効果が発揮されるが、 実施の形態例 3で示したブラジャーと 若干異なるのは、 領域 6 0をバック布のカップ側から後中心側に向かつ て全体的に斜め上方向に向った帯状の態様とすることにより、 バック布 の上縁側の伸縮パワーが強い領域 5 9の面積が、 パック布の下縁側の伸 縮パワーが強い領域 6 1の面積よりも大きくなり、 乳房カップの略円弧 状の縁のバック布との連結部のうち上方部分を安定させ、 乳房カップの 上方部分の身体への密着性が良くなる点である。 This bra also exhibits substantially the same functions and effects as the brassiere according to the third embodiment, but is slightly different from the brassiere according to the third embodiment. In this case, the area of the area 59 where the expansion and contraction power is strong at the upper edge of the backing cloth is reduced by extending the area at the lower edge of the packing cloth. The area where the contraction power is strong 61 is larger than the area of 1, stabilizing the upper part of the connection between the substantially circular edge of the breast cup and the back cloth, and improving the adhesion of the upper part of the breast cup to the body It is a point.
実施の形態例 5  Embodiment 5
図 1 0は本発明の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を有し且つ 体形補整機能を有する衣料の更に別の一実施の形態例のブラジャーの主 要部分の斜視図である。  FIG. 10 is a perspective view of a main part of a bra according to yet another embodiment of a garment having an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut and has a body shape correcting function.
図 1 0において、 5 1が伸縮性のバック布、 5 6が着用時に左右のバ ック布を連結するための連結部、 5 4が乳房カップ、 5 5がストラップ である。  In FIG. 10, reference numeral 51 denotes an elastic back cloth, reference numeral 56 denotes a connecting portion for connecting the left and right back cloths when worn, reference numeral 54 denotes a breast cup, and reference numeral 55 denotes a strap.
伸縮性のバック布 5 1にヘミングレス部片を用いている。 この部片に おいて、 図において色の濃い暗い部分が、 色の濃い暗い直線状の部分も 含めて、 伸縮パヮ一が強い領域であり、 無着色の白い部分が、 白の直線 状の部分も含めて伸縮パワーが弱い領域を示していることは、 図 1〜図 3の場合と同様である。 そのほか実施の形態例 3と同じ部分には同じ符 号を付して重複説明を省略した。  A hemming-less piece is used for the elastic back cloth 51. In this part, the dark and dark areas in the figure are areas where the stretchable particles are strong, including the dark and dark linear parts, and the uncolored white parts are the white linear parts. The region where the expansion / contraction power is weak, including that of Fig. 1, is the same as in Figs. In addition, the same portions as those in Embodiment 3 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and redundant description is omitted.
前記バック布 5 1の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁は、 バッ ク布の下側の緣 5 2と上側の緣 5 3の部分である。 下側の縁 5 2と上側 の縁 5 3はいずれも波形になっており、 下側の縁 5 2の縁ラインの方向 は当該波形の各頂点を結ぶ直線と同じ方向、 すなわち矢印 6 2で示され た方向であり、 伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えライ ンの方向 (例えば領域 6 0中に示された色の濃い暗い直線の方向) とは 2 0度の角度がつけられており、 非平行になっている。 上側の縁 5 3の 縁ラインの方向は当該波形の各頂点を結ぶ直線と同じ方向、 すなわち、 矢印 6 3で示された方向であり、 伸縮パワーが変化する領域 6 0の伸縮 パワーの切り替えラインの方向とは平行となっている。 すなわち、 バッ ク布の下側の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁 5 2のラインの方 向と伸縮パワーの弱い領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向とが後 中心に向かって次第に両者間の距離が近づく様に相互に非平行とされて いる。 The edges of the back cloth 51 that do not need to be trimmed in the cut state are the lower part 52 and the upper part 53 of the back cloth. Both the lower edge 52 and the upper edge 53 are corrugated, and the direction of the edge line of the lower edge 52 is the same as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the arrow 62. The direction indicated is the direction of the switching line for the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes (for example, the direction of the dark dark straight line shown in the area 60) is at an angle of 20 degrees. And are non-parallel. The direction of the edge line of the upper edge 53 is the same direction as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the direction indicated by the arrow 63, and the stretch power switching line in the area 60 where the stretch power changes. Is parallel to the direction. That is, The direction of the line 52 and the line of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power is weaker in the state where the edge of the edge is not required to be trimmed in the cut state under the cloth They are non-parallel to each other so that the distances approach.
尚、 パック布は一番広い箇所で幅 7 c m、 細い箇所で幅 2 . 5 c m、 パワーの弱い部分の幅は 2 c mとした。  The width of the pack cloth was 7 cm at the widest point, 2.5 cm at the narrow point, and 2 cm at the weak part.
このブラジャーも、 実施の形態例 3で示したブラジャーとほぼ同様の 機能並びに効果が発揮されるが、 実施の形態例 3で示したブラジャーと 若干異なるのは、 領域 6 0をバック布のカップ側から後中心側に向かつ て全体的に斜め下方向に向いた様な帯状の態様とすることにより、 バッ ク布の下縁側の伸縮パワーが強い領域 6 1の面積が、 バック布の上縁側 の伸縮パワーが強い領域 5 9の面積よりも大きくなり、 乳房カップの略 円弧状の縁のバック布との連結部のうち下方部分を安定させ、 乳房カツ プの下方部分の身体への密着性が良くなるという点である。  This bra also exhibits substantially the same functions and effects as the brassiere according to the third embodiment, but is slightly different from the brassiere according to the third embodiment. From the rear to the center of the back of the back cloth, the area of the lower edge of the back cloth with strong expansion and contraction power 61 The area with the strong expansion and contraction power is larger than the area of 59, which stabilizes the lower part of the connection between the substantially circular edge of the breast cup and the back cloth, and the tightness of the lower part of the breast cup to the body Is that it is better.
実施の形態例 6  Embodiment 6
図 1 1は本発明の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を有し且つ 体形補整機能を有する衣料の更に別の一実施の形態例のブラジャーの主 要部分の斜視図である。  FIG. 11 is a perspective view of a main part of a bra according to yet another embodiment of a garment according to the present invention, which has an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut and has a body shape adjusting function.
図 1 1において、 5 1が伸縮性のバック布、 5 6が着用時に左右のバ ック布を連結するための連結部、 5 4が乳房カップである。 図 8〜図 1 0のブラジャーと異なり、 ストラップレスブラジャーとし、 バック布の 幅が力ップ脇側から後中心側までほぼ同一の幅を有している。  In FIG. 11, 51 is an elastic back cloth, 56 is a connecting portion for connecting the left and right back cloths when worn, and 54 is a breast cup. Unlike the brassiere of FIGS. 8 to 10, it is a strapless bra, and the width of the back cloth is almost the same from the side of the wrap to the center of the back.
伸縮性のバック布 5 1にヘミングレス部片を用いている。 この部片に おいて、 図において色の濃い喑ぃ部分が、 色の濃い暗い直線状の部分も 含めて、 伸縮パワーが強い領域であり、 無着色の白い部分が、 白の直線 状の部分も含めて伸縮パワーが弱い領域を示していることは、 図 1〜図 3の場合と同様である。 ナイロン糸として 4 4 d t e xのナイロン糸を 使用しているが、 そのほか実施の形態例 3と同じ部分には同じ符号を付 して重複説明を省略した。 A hemming-less piece is used for the elastic back cloth 51. In this part, the dark colored part in the figure is the area where the expansion and contraction power is strong, including the dark colored linear part, and the uncolored white part is the white linear part. Fig. 1 to Fig. Same as 3 Although a 44 dtex nylon thread is used as the nylon thread, the same parts as those in the third embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will not be repeated.
前記バック布 5 1の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁は、 バッ ク布の下側の緣 5 2と上側の緣 5 3の部分である。 下側の緣 5 2と上側 の縁 5 3はいずれも波形になっており、 下側の縁 5 2の縁ラインの方向 は当該波形の各頂点を結ぶ直線と同じ方向、 すなわち矢印 6 2で示され た方向であり、 伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えライ ンの方向 (例えば領域 6 6中に示された色の濃い暗い直線の方向) とは 1 3度の角度がつけられており、 非平行になっている。 また、 上側の縁 5 3の緣ラインの方向は当該波形の各頂点を結ぶ直線と同じ方向、 すな わち、 矢印 6 3で示された方向であり、 伸縮パワーが変化する領域 6 6 の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向とも 1 3度の角度がつけられてお り、 非平行となっている。  The edges of the back cloth 51 that do not need to be trimmed in the cut state are the lower part 52 and the upper part 53 of the back cloth. Both the lower 緣 52 and the upper edge 53 are corrugated, and the direction of the edge line of the lower edge 52 is the same direction as the straight line connecting each vertex of the waveform, that is, the arrow 62 The direction indicated is the direction of the stretch power switching line in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes (for example, the direction of the dark dark straight line shown in the area 66), which is at an angle of 13 degrees. And are non-parallel. The direction of the 緣 line of the upper edge 53 is the same direction as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the direction indicated by the arrow 63, and the direction of the region 66 where the expansion / contraction power changes is shown. The direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line is also at an angle of 13 degrees and is not parallel.
尚、バック布幅は 6 c m、パワーの強められている領域 6 6の幅は 2 . 5 c mとした。  The width of the back cloth was 6 cm, and the width of the region 66 where the power was increased was 2.5 cm.
パック布 5 1は、 伸縮パワーが強められている領域 6 6が、 その上下 の伸縮パワーの弱い領域 6 5の領域と 6 7の領域で挟まれており、 バッ ク布 5 1の上下側は、 伸縮パワーの弱い領域からなるので、 上下の伸縮 パワーの弱い領域 6 5と 6 7が、 ソフトに肌に接触し、 肌を強く押圧し ないので、 この部分で段差が発生しないと言う利点がある。 その他の点 は、 実施の形態例 3で示したブラジャーとほぼ同様の機能並びに効果が 発揮される。  In the pack cloth 51, an area 66 where the expansion / contraction power is strengthened is sandwiched between areas above and below the area 65/67 where the expansion / contraction power is weak, and the upper and lower sides of the back cloth 51 are Since it consists of an area with weak expansion and contraction power, the areas 6 5 and 6 7 with weak expansion and contraction power contact the skin softly and do not strongly press the skin, so there is the advantage that there is no step at this part. is there. In other respects, substantially the same functions and effects as those of the brassiere shown in Embodiment 3 are exhibited.
尚、 以上の実施の形態例 3〜 5で示したブラジャーは、 ストラップを 有するブラジヤーの例を示したが、 ストラップレスブラジャーとしても よい。 また、 領域 5 9と領域 6 1の部分を伸縮パワーの強い領域、 領域 6 0の部分を伸縮パワーの弱い領域としたが、 目的に応じて、 領域 5 9 と領域 6 1の部分を伸縮パワーの弱い領域、 領域 6 0の部分を伸縮パヮ —の強い領域とすることもできる。 Although the brassiers shown in the above-described third to fifth embodiments are examples of brassieres having straps, they may be strapless brassieres. In addition, the region 59 and the region 61 are divided into regions with strong expansion and contraction power. The portion 60 is defined as a region having a low expansion / contraction power. However, the region 59 and the region 61 are defined as a region having a low expansion / contraction power, and the region 60 is defined as a region having a high expansion / contraction power. Can also.
また、 実施の形態例 6で示したブラジャーは、 ストラップレスブラジ ヤーの例を示したが、 ストラップを有するブラジャーとしてもよい。 ま た、 領域 6 5と領域 6 7の部分を伸縮パワーの弱い領域、 領域 6 6の部 分を伸縮パワーの強い領域としたが、 目的に応じて、 領域 6 5と領域 6 7の部分を伸縮パワーの強い領域、 領域 6 6の部分を伸縮パワーの弱い 領域とすることもできる。  Although the brassiere shown in the sixth embodiment is an example of a strapless brassiere, it may be a brassiere having a strap. Also, the region 65 and the region 67 are defined as the region with low expansion and contraction power, and the region 66 is defined as the region with high expansion and contraction power. The region with a high expansion / contraction power, the region 66 The portion of 6 can also be a region with a low expansion / contraction power.
また、 以上の実施の形態例 3〜 6で示したブラジャーは、 いずれもバ ック布 5 1の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な下側の緣 5 2と上側 の縁 5 3の少なくとも一方の縁部分に、 前記直線状の伸縮パワーの切り 替えラインが到達していて、 当該縁始末不要な縁が、 伸縮パワーが強い 部分と弱い部分が混在する縁としてもよいし、 しかもその際、 上端又は 下端の縁の少なくとも一方の縁が、 当該編地の編み方向に対し、 2 0〜 8 0度、 より好ましくは 3 0〜6 0度、 より一層好ましくは 4 0〜 5 0 度、 最も好ましくは 4 5度前後 (具体的には 4 3〜4 7度) の角度で裁 断された縁である本発明の好ましい態様とすることにより、 裁断された ままの状態で縁始末不要な縁の身体へのフィット性が向上し、 当該縁部 分が、 着用者の身体外側にカールすることを防止できるブラジャーとす ることもできる。  In addition, the brassiere shown in the above-described Embodiments 3 to 6 has the lower 緣 52 and the upper rim 53 that do not need to be trimmed while the back cloth 51 is still cut. At least one of the edge portions is reached by the line for switching the linear expansion / contraction power, and the unnecessary edge of the edge may be an edge in which a portion with a high expansion / contraction power is mixed with a portion with a low expansion / contraction power. In this case, at least one edge of the upper edge or the lower edge is 20 to 80 degrees, more preferably 30 to 60 degrees, and still more preferably 40 to 50 degrees with respect to the knitting direction of the knitted fabric. Most preferably, the edge is cut at an angle of about 45 degrees (specifically, 43 to 47 degrees), so that the edge is not required to be cut as it is. Fit to the body with a sharp edge, and the edge is curled to the outside of the wearer's body It can also bras and be Rukoto that can prevent Rukoto.
尚、 一般的に、 本発明において、 ブラジャーなどのバック布は、 1枚 でもバック布を形成することは可能であるが、 バック布に強度を持たせ るため、 2枚の前記パック布に用いる部片を榭脂などで接着して用いて もよいことは、 前述と同様である。  In general, in the present invention, it is possible to form one back cloth such as a brassiere, but it is used for the two pack cloths in order to impart strength to the back cloth. It is the same as described above that the pieces may be used by bonding with resin or the like.
実施の形態例 7 図 1· 7は本発明の裁断されたままの状態で緣始末不要な縁を有し且つ 体形補整機能を有する衣料の別の一実施の形態例のショートタイプのガ 一ドルの背面側から見た斜視図、 図 1 8は図 1 7に示したショートタイ プのガードルの正面側から見た斜視図、 図 1 9は図 1 7、 図 1 8に示し たショートタイプのガ一ドルの着用者の左側に相当する前脇—脇ーヒッ プ部充当部片 1の裁断ラインを編地上に示した平面図である。 Embodiment 7 FIGS. 1 and 7 show the short cut type girdle of another embodiment of the garment having an unnecessary edge and having a body shape correcting function in an as-cut state according to the present invention. A perspective view, Fig. 18 is a front perspective view of the short type girdle shown in Fig. 17, and Fig. 19 is a view of the short type girdle wearer shown in Fig. 17 and Fig. 18. FIG. 3 is a plan view showing a cutting line of a front side-side-hip portion application portion 1 corresponding to the left side on a knitted fabric.
図 1 7〜図 1 9において、 1が前脇一脇一背面部をカバ一する前脇— 脇一ヒップ部充当部片、 6は腹部をカバ一する腹部充当部片である。 左 右の前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1は、 後中心の縫合ライン 4で相互に 縫合されており、 前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1の前側の側縁は、 腹部 充当部片 6の側縁と縫合ライン 5で互いに鏠合されている。 8は前中心 側裾部片である。  In FIG. 17 to FIG. 19, reference numeral 1 denotes a front side-side and one back side covering portion covering the front side, one side and one back portion, and 6 denotes an abdominal portion covering portion covering the abdomen. The left and right front side, one side and one hip portion, 1 are sewn together at the back center suture line 4, and the front side edge of the front side, one side, one hip portion, 1 The side edge of the piece 6 and the suture line 5 are joined to each other. Numeral 8 is the front center hem piece.
前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1にはヘミングレス部片を用い、 腹部充 当部片 6には、 ヘミングレス部片とほぼ同様のものであるが、 伸縮パヮ 一の切り替えがない編地を用い、 腹部充当部片 6の上側の緣 7は、 裁断 されたままの状態の縁としている。 この前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1 において、 9及び 1 1で示される領域が伸縮パワーが強い領域であり、 1 0で示される領域が伸縮パワーが弱い領域を示している。尚、 2 0 a、 2 O bは、 伸縮パワーが異なる領域の境界を示す伸縮パワーの切り替え ラインである。  A hemming-less piece is used for the front side, one side, and one hip section, and the abdomen section 6 is almost the same as the hemming-less section, except that there is no switching of the stretchable section. The ground is used, and 緣 7 on the upper side of the abdominal filling piece 6 is an edge as it is cut. In the front side, one side and one hip portion allocation piece 1, the areas indicated by 9 and 11 are areas where the expansion and contraction power is strong, and the area indicated by 10 is an area where the expansion and contraction power is weak. Here, 20a and 2Ob are expansion / contraction power switching lines indicating boundaries of regions having different expansion / contraction powers.
前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1を構成する経編地の編み方向は、 矢印 8 5 a、 8 5 bの矢印が示す方向である。 この部片 1を構成する経編地 の編み方向は、 伸縮パワーが弱い領域 1 0の長さ方向と平行であり、 言 い換えれば伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えライン 2 0 a、 2 0 bの方向と平行である。  The knitting direction of the warp knitted fabric constituting the front side one side one hip portion application part 1 is a direction indicated by arrows 85a and 85b. The knitting direction of the warp knitted fabric constituting this piece 1 is parallel to the length direction of the region 10 where the expansion / contraction power is weak, in other words, the switching line 20 a for the region where the expansion / contraction power changes. , 20b parallel to the direction.
前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1は、 図 3 1で説明したようなナイロン 糸とポリウレタン糸とを同行させた 1 X 1編み組織で、 弾性糸、 非弹性 糸共に閉じ目で、 1インチ (2 . 5 4 c m) 当たり 7 0ゥエールの編み 密度で編成されている。 ' The front side, one side, one hip section, the piece 1 is made of nylon as described in Figure 31. It has a 1X1 knitting structure in which yarn and polyurethane yarn accompany each other. Both elastic yarn and non-woven yarn are knitted with a closed stitch and a knitting density of 70 7 ale per inch (2.54 cm). '
そして伸縮パワーが強い領域 9及び 1 1には、 3 3 d t e xのナイ口 ンダル糸のナイロン糸と 1 2 1 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が用いられ、 伸縮パワーが弱い領域 1 0には、 3 3 d t e xのナイロンブライト糸と 7 7 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が用いられている。  In regions 9 and 11 where the elastic power is strong, 33 dtex nylon nylon yarn and 121 dtex polyurethane yarn are used, and in the region 10 where the elastic power is weak, 33 dtex Nylon bright yarn and 77 dtex polyurethane yarn are used.
前述したようにダル糸であるつや消しされた糸が用いられている部分 と、 ブライト糸と呼ばれるより光沢感のある糸が用いられていることに より、 領域 9、 1 0、 1 1の部分が目視可能な縞模様となって現れ、 デ ザイン上、 衣料の美感を向上させると同時に、 伸縮パワーの強弱の機能 領域を視認することができ好ましい。  As described above, the dull yarn matted yarn is used, and the brighter yarn called bright yarn is used. Appears as a visible striped pattern, which is preferable because it enhances the aesthetics of the garment on the design and allows the user to visually recognize the functional area of the expansion / contraction power.
そして前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1の裁断されたままの状態で緣始 末不要な縁は、 2の裾ラインの縁と 3のウェストラインの縁の部分であ る。 裾ライン 2は波形になっており、 裾ライン 2の方向は当該波形の各 頂点を結ぶ直線と同じ方向、 すなわち矢印 1 2 (図 1 9参照) で示され た方向であり、 伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えライ ン 2 0 aや 2 O bの方向 (編み方向 8 5 a、 8 5 b ) とは 5度の角度が ついており若干非平行となっている。 ウェストライン 3の方向も編み方 向 8 5 a、 8 5 bの方向に対し角 が約 4 0度の角度で裁断されている。 前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な 縁であるウェストライン 3には、 前記直線状の伸縮パワーの切り替えラ イン 2 0、aが到達していて、 当該縁始末不要な縁が、 伸縮パワーが強い 部分 9と弱い部分 1 0が混在する縁となっている。  The edges of the front side, one side and one hip portion application piece 1 which are not required to be cleaned in the cut state are the edge of the hem line 2 and the edge of the waist line 3. The bottom line 2 has a waveform, and the direction of the bottom line 2 is the same direction as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the direction indicated by the arrow 12 (see FIG. 19), and the expansion / contraction power changes. The direction of the switching lines 20a and 2Ob (knitting directions 85a and 85b) of the expansion / contraction power in the region to be formed has an angle of 5 degrees and is slightly non-parallel. The waistline 3 is also cut at an angle of about 40 degrees with respect to the knitting directions 85a and 85b. In the state where the front side one side one hip part applicator 1 has been cut, the edge of the waistline 3 which is unnecessary to be trimmed is the straight line stretchable power switching line 20a. Thus, the unnecessary edge is an edge in which a portion 9 having a high expansion / contraction power and a portion 10 having a low expansion / contraction power are mixed.
伸縮パワーが変化する領域は、 この例では伸縮パワーが弱い領域 1 0 がヒップの膨らみ部分を通り、 その幅が約 7 c mでヒップの丸い膨らみ をつぶさずに美しく保ち、 ヒップの膨らみの脇側から下方部分にほぼ沿 うように伸縮パワーの強い領域 1 1が脇側斜め上から後中心に向かって 斜めに下がる方向に設けられていて、 ヒップアップ機能を発揮するに好 適な角度 (この場合には上述したウェストライン 3の方向に対し約 4 0 度) で伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向 が決められている。 即ち、 伸縮パワーの強い領域 1 1の伸縮パワーの切 り替えライン 2 0 bの方向が、 先の実施の形態例 1や 2で示したガード ルに比べて、 後中心から " V " 字状に、 より一層 " V " 字の角度が急に なっており、 身体後中心側にヒップの形状を寄せて上方に持ち上げる機 能がより強く発揮される。 しかもウェストライン 3は、 当該編地の編み 方向 8 5 a , 8 5 bに対し、 約 4 0度の角度で裁断された縁 (図 1 9、 図 1 7の角ひが約 4 0度) であるので、 ウェストライン 3の縁が着用者 の身体外側にカールすることがなく、 フイツト性が良好になる。 The area where the expansion / contraction power changes is, in this example, the area 10 where the expansion / contraction power is weak passes through the bulge of the hip, the width of which is about 7 cm and the bulge of the hip The area with strong expansion and contraction power 1 1 is provided along the lower part of the hip bulge from diagonally above to the rear center. The direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes at an angle suitable for exerting the hip-up function (in this case, about 40 degrees with respect to the direction of the waistline 3 described above) is determined. . That is, the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line 20 b in the region 11 where the expansion / contraction power is strong is “V” -shaped from the back center compared to the gardle shown in the first and second embodiments. In addition, the angle of the "V" is steeper, and the function of lifting the hips toward the center of the rear of the body and lifting it upwards is more powerful. In addition, the waistline 3 is an edge cut at an angle of about 40 degrees with respect to the knitting directions 85a and 85b of the knitted fabric (the angle of the corners in FIGS. 19 and 17 is about 40 degrees). Therefore, the edge of the waistline 3 does not curl to the outside of the wearer's body, and the fit is improved.
上述の様に、 裾ライン 2の方向とウェストライン 3の方向は、 伸縮パ ヮ一が変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向に拘束されず, 本件ガードルに好適な方向で設計されている。 また、 上記部片のウェス ト部も、 ゴムテープなどを用いずにゴムテープよりも広幅で伸縮パワー の強い領域 9を設けているので、 ゴムテープの様に線状にウェストを強 く締め付けることがなく、 厚みが増大しないので着用時のウェストまわ りのシルエツトをすっきりとしたシルエツトにすることができると共に- ゴムテープの締め付け跡が肌に残ることがない。 また、 上記裾まわりも 同様である。  As described above, the direction of the hem line 2 and the direction of the waist line 3 are not restricted by the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes, and are designed in a direction suitable for the present girdle. . Also, since the waist portion of the above-mentioned piece is provided with a region 9 which is wider and has a higher expansion / contraction power than the rubber tape without using a rubber tape or the like, the waist is not strongly tightened linearly like a rubber tape. Since the thickness does not increase, the silette around the waist when worn can be made into a neat silette, and the tightening mark of the rubber tape does not remain on the skin. The same applies to the above skirt circumference.
尚、 腹部充当部片 6は、 この例では特に伸縮パワーの異なる領域は設 けずに、 伸縮パワー変化のない均質な伸縮性経編地を用いた。 腹部充当 部片 6も 1 X 1のトリコットである前述した編み組織の布で作成されて おり、 上側の縁 7は前述したように、 裁断されたままの状態で緣始末不 要な縁としている。 腹部充当部片 6は 4 4 d t e xのナイロン糸と 1 5 4 d t e Xのポリウレタン糸を用い、 図 3 2で説明したようなナイロン 糸とポリウレタン糸とを同行させた 1 X 1編み組織で、 弾性糸が開き目、 非弹性糸が閉じ目で編まれた編地を用いている。 この編地の編み方向は、 そのウェストラインの方向に平行な方向である。 尚、 腹部充当部片 6と しては、 必要に応じて、 図 3や図 4で説明したような、 伸縮パワーの変 化のある編地を用いてもよいし、 非弾性糸としてブライト糸とダル糸を 用いて、 目視可能な縞模様を形成してもよい。 In this example, a uniform stretchable warp knitted fabric having no change in stretchable power was used for the abdomen applicator piece 6 in this example, without providing a region having a different stretchable power. The abdominal filling piece 6 is also made of the above-mentioned knitted structure cloth, which is a 1 × 1 tricot, and the upper edge 7 is cut as it is, as described above. It is an important edge. The abdomen filling piece 6 has a 1 × 1 knitting structure in which a nylon thread and a polyurethane thread as shown in Fig. 32 are used, using a nylon thread of 44 dtex and a polyurethane thread of 154 dte X, and having elasticity. A knitted fabric is used in which the yarn is knitted with open stitches and the non-woven yarn with closed stitches. The knitting direction of this knitted fabric is a direction parallel to the direction of the waist line. The abdomen filling piece 6 may be a knitted fabric having a change in expansion / contraction power as described with reference to FIGS. 3 and 4, if necessary, or a bright yarn as an inelastic yarn. A visible striped pattern may be formed by using the and the dull yarn.
また、 前中心側裾部片 8は、 この例では、 特に伸縮パワーの異なる領 域は設けずに、 4 4 d t e Xのナイロン糸と 1 5 4 d t e Xのポリウレ タン糸を用い、 図 3 1で説明したようなナイロン糸とポリウレタン糸と を同行させた伸縮パワー変化のない均質な 1 X 1のトリコットで作成さ れており、 縁部が裁断されたままの状態で緣始末不要な縁 1 6としてい る。 しかし、 縁部が従来の糸抜きの方法で得られた縁始末不要な縁 1 6 が形成されている編み物を用いてもよい。  In addition, in this example, the front center side skirt piece 8 uses 44 dte X nylon yarn and 154 dte X polyurethane yarn without providing a region having particularly different expansion / contraction power. It is made of a uniform 1 × 1 tricot with no change in expansion and contraction power, in which a nylon thread and a polyurethane thread accompany as described in Section 1. Six. However, a knitted fabric having an unnecessary edge 16 formed by a conventional thread removal method may be used.
以上の如く、 前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1の裾ライン 2の方向とゥェ ストライン 3の方向が、 伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り 替えラインの方向と必然的に平行にせざるを得ないと言うことがなく、 伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向に拘束 されず必要な好適な方向に設計できる。 すなわち、 裾ライン 2の方向と ウェストライン 3の方向及び伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの 切り替えラインの方向は、 本件ガードルに好適な方向で互いに拘束なく 設計でき、 着用性がより好適な衣料とすることができる。 しかもこのガ 一ドルは、 上述したようによりヒップアップ機能が強化され、 ウェスト ライン 3の縁が着用者の身体外側にカールすることがない、 フィット性 が良好なガ一ドルを提供できる。 尚、 本ガードルにおいて、 クロッチの左右両側部以外の縁を、 全て端 部始末不要な縁とすることができ、 身体の立体形状に添いながら、 段差 がなく、 かつ端部のフィット性も良いガードルが形成できる。 クロッチ の左右両側部も、 裁断したままの端部始末不要としても良い。 一方、 ク ロッチの内側には、 弾性糸を含まない綿などの素材とした方が着用感が 良いため、 通常は、 弾性糸を含んだクロッチ本体布と、 綿布等を縫合し て用いている。 実施の形態例 8 As described above, the direction of the hem line 2 and the direction of the west line 3 of the front side one side one side hip fitting part 1 are inevitably the direction of the stretch power switching line in the area where the stretch power changes. Needless to say, it must be parallel, and it can be designed in a necessary and suitable direction without being restricted by the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes. That is, the direction of the hem line 2 and the direction of the waist line 3 and the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes can be designed in a direction suitable for the present girdle without any restriction, and the clothes more wearable. It can be. In addition, this girdle can provide a girdle with a good fit, in which the hip-up function is enhanced as described above and the edge of the waist line 3 does not curl to the outside of the wearer's body. In addition, in this girdle, the edges other than the left and right sides of the crotch can be all edges that do not need to be trimmed, and the girdle has no steps and good fit at the edges while conforming to the three-dimensional shape of the body Can be formed. The left and right sides of the crotch may also be trimmed without having to trim the ends. On the other hand, the inside of the crotch is made of a material such as cotton that does not contain elastic yarn, so that it is more comfortable to wear.Therefore, usually, a crotch body cloth containing elastic yarn and a cotton cloth are sewn together. . Embodiment 8
図 2 0は本発明の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を有し且つ 体形補整機能を有する衣料の更に別の一実施の形態例のショートタイプ のガードルの背面側から見た斜視図、 図 2 1は図 2 0に示したショート タイプのガードルの正面側から見た斜視図、 図 2 2は図 2 0、 図 2 1に 示したショートタイプのガ一ドルの着用者の左側に相当する前脇一脇一 ヒップ部充当部片 1の裁断ラインを編地上に示した平面図である。  FIG. 20 is a perspective view of the short type girdle of yet another embodiment of the clothing having a body shape adjusting function according to the present invention which has an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut, as viewed from the back side. , Fig. 21 is a front perspective view of the short type girdle shown in Fig. 20 and Fig. 22 is equivalent to the left side of the wearer of the short type girdle shown in Figs. 20 and 21. FIG. 3 is a plan view showing a cutting line of a front side, one side and one side of a hip portion applying portion piece 1 on a knitted fabric.
図 2 0〜図 2 2において、 1が前脇一脇一背面部をカバ一する前脇一 脇一ヒップ部充当部片、 6は腹部をカバ一する腹部充当部片である。 左 右の前脇—脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1は、 後中心の縫合ライン 4で相互に 縫合されており、 前脇—脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1の前側の側縁は、 腹部 充当部片 6の側縁と縫合ライン 5で互いに鏠合されている。 8は前中心 側裾部片である。  In FIG. 20 to FIG. 22, reference numeral 1 denotes a front side, one side and one hip portion, which covers the front side, one side, and the back portion, and 6 denotes an abdomen portion, which covers the abdomen. The left and right front side-side one hip portion 1 is sewn together at the back center suture line 4, and the front side edge of the front side-side one hip portion 1 is abdominal portion The side edge of the piece 6 and the suture line 5 are joined to each other. Numeral 8 is the front center hem piece.
図 2 0〜図 2 2に示したガ一ドルは、 前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1 において、 伸縮パワーが変化する領域が、 伸縮パワーが強い領域 9、 1 1、 伸縮パワーが中程度の領域 2 1 、 2 2、 伸縮パワーが弱い領域 1 0 の 3つのグレードになっている点を除いて、 図 1 7〜図 1 9に示したガ 一ドル (実施の形態例 7 ) と同様である。 従って実施の形態例 7と同じ 部分には同じ符号を付して重複説明を省略した。 特に断らない限り、 上 記の点を除いて、 編み組織や使用した繊維なども同様であると言う事を 意味する。 In the girdle shown in Fig. 20 to Fig. 22, the area where the expansion / contraction power changes in the front side one side / one side / hip portion 1 is the area where the expansion / contraction power is strong 9, 11 and the expansion / contraction power is medium. Except that there are three grades of areas 21 and 22 of degree, and area 10 where the expansion / contraction power is weak, the girdle shown in FIGS. 17 to 19 (Embodiment 7) and The same is true. Therefore, it is the same as Embodiment 7 Portions are denoted by the same reference numerals, and redundant description is omitted. Unless stated otherwise, it means that the same applies to the knitting structure and the fibers used, except for the above points.
前脇—脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1にはヘミングレス部片を用い、 この前 脇—脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1において、 9及び 1 1で示される領域が伸 縮パワーが強い領域であり、 1 0で示される領域が伸縮パワーが弱い領 域であり、 2 1、 22で示される領域が伸縮パワーが中程度の領域であ る。 尚、 20 a、 20 b、 20 c、 2 0 dは、 伸縮パワーが異なる領域 の境界を示す伸縮パワーの切り替えラインである。  A hemming-less piece is used for the front side-side one hip portion 1 and the region indicated by 9 and 11 in the front side-side one hip portion 1 is a region where the stretching power is strong. The area indicated by 10 is an area where the expansion / contraction power is weak, and the area indicated by 21 and 22 is an area where the expansion / contraction power is medium. 20 a, 20 b, 20 c, and 20 d are expansion / contraction power switching lines that indicate boundaries between regions having different expansion / contraction powers.
前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1を構成する経編地の編み方向は、 矢印 85 a, 8 5 bの矢印が示す方向である。 この部片 1を構成する経編地 の編み方向は、 伸縮パワーが弱い領域 1 0の長さ方向と平行であり、 言 い換えれば伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えライン 2 0 a、 20 b、 20 c、 2 0 dの方向と平行である。  The knitting direction of the warp knitted fabric constituting the front side one side one hip portion application part 1 is the direction indicated by the arrows 85a and 85b. The knitting direction of the warp knitted fabric constituting this piece 1 is parallel to the length direction of the region 10 where the expansion / contraction power is weak, in other words, the switching line 20 a for the region where the expansion / contraction power changes. , 20b, 20c, 20d are parallel to the direction.
前脇—脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1は、 図 3 1で説明したようなナイロン 糸とポリウレタン糸とを同行させた 1 X I編み組織で、 弾性糸および非 弾性糸共に閉じ目で編まれている。  The front side-side side hip-fitting piece 1 has a 1 XI knitting structure in which a nylon yarn and a polyurethane yarn accompany as described in Fig. 31. Both the elastic yarn and the non-elastic yarn are knitted with a closed stitch. I have.
そして伸縮パワーが強い領域 9及び 1 1には、 44 d t e xのナイ口 ンダル糸と 1 2 1 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が用いられ、 伸縮パワーが 弱い領域 1 0には、 44 d t e Xのナイロンダル糸と 7 7 d t e Xのポ リウレタン糸が用いられ、 また伸縮パワーが中程度の領域 2 1と 2 2に は 44 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が 2本 (ポリウレタン糸の太さ合計 8 8 d t e x) と 44 d t e xのナイロンブライト糸が編み込まれている。 前述したようにダル糸であるつや消しされた糸が用いられている部分 と、 ブライト糸と呼ばれるより光沢感のある糸が用いられていることに より、 領域 9、 1 0、 1 1、 2 1、 22の部分が目視可能な縞模様とな つて現れ、 デザイン上、 衣料の美感を向上させると同時に、 伸縮パワー の強弱の機能領域を視認することができ好ましい。 In areas 9 and 11 where the expansion / contraction power is strong, 44 dtex nylon yarn and 121 dtex polyurethane yarn are used, and in the area 10 where the expansion / contraction power is weak, a nylon dul yarn of 44 dte X is used. Polyurethane yarn of 7 7 dte X is used, and two polyurethane yarns of 44 dtex (total thickness of polyurethane yarn 88 dtex) and 44 dtex Nylon bright yarn is woven. As described above, the area where the matted yarn, which is a dull yarn, is used, and the more shiny yarn called bright yarn is used, the areas 9, 10, 0, 11, 2, 1 , 22 parts are visible stripes This is preferable because it enhances the aesthetics of the garment in design, and at the same time allows the user to visually recognize the functional area of the expansion / contraction power.
前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要 な縁であるウェストライン 3には、 前記直線状の伸縮パワーの切り替え ライン 2 0 a、 2 0 cが到達していて、 当該緣始末不要な縁が、 伸縮パ ヮ一が強い部分 9と中程度の部分 2 1と弱い部分 1 0が混在する縁とな つている。  Front straight side power switching line 20a, 20c arrives at the waistline 3, which is the edge that does not need to be trimmed with the front side, one side, one hip part 1 as cut In addition, the unnecessary edge is an edge in which a portion 9 where the expansion and contraction is strong, a portion 21 where it is medium and a portion 10 where it is weak are mixed.
弾性糸による伸縮パワーの強弱差のある領域を 3段階以上設ける場合 は、 弱い領域と強い領域の間に、 中の領域を設けると、 中の領域が、 強 弱領域間の緩衝となる。 特に、 強弱領域の、 伸縮パワー差の大きい場合 に好ましい。  If there are three or more areas with different strengths of expansion and contraction power due to the elastic yarn, a middle area between the weak and strong areas will provide a buffer between the strong and weak areas. In particular, this is preferable when the difference between the expansion and contraction power in the strong and weak areas is large.
伸縮パワーが変化する領域は、 この例では伸縮パワーが弱い領域 1 0 がヒップの膨らみ部分を通り、 その幅が約 8 c mで、 その両側に伸縮パ ヮ一が中程度の領域 2 1、 2 2 (この例では、 その幅合計 1 0 c mとし た。 尚、 伸縮パワーが中程度の領域の幅は、 求める体型補整機能により 定めるが、 強弱領域の緩衝としては、 1 c m〜 3 c m程度の細幅でも十 分である。) が設けられていて、 ヒップの丸い膨らみをより美しく整え、 ヒップの膨らみの脇側から下方部分にほぼ沿うように伸縮パワーの強い 領域 1 1が脇側斜め上から後中心に向かって斜めに下がる方向に設けら れていて、 ヒップアップ機能を発揮するに好適な角度 (この場合には上 述したウェストライン 3の方向に対し約 4 0度) で伸縮パワーが変化す る領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向が決められている。 即ち、 伸縮パワーの強い領域 1 1の伸縮パワーの切り替えライン 2 0 dの方向 が、先の実施の形態例 1や 2で示したガードルに比べて、後中心から " V " 字状に、 より一層 " V " 字の角度が急になっており、 身体後中心側にヒ ップの形状を寄せて上方に持ち上げる機能がより強く発揮される。 しか もウェストライン 3は、 当該編地の編み方向 8 5 a、 8 5 bに対し、 約 4 0度の角度で裁断された縁 (図 2 0、 図 2 2の角 αが約 4 0度) であ るので、 ウェストライン 3の縁が着用者の身体外側にカールすることが なく、 フィット性が良好になる。 その他の点は、 実施の形態例 7で示し たガードルとほぼ同様の機能並びに効果が発揮される。 In this example, the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is such that the area 10 where the expansion / contraction power is weak passes through the bulge of the hip, is about 8 cm in width, and the area where the expansion / contraction power is medium on both sides 21 1 and 2 2 (In this example, the total width was set to 10 cm. The width of the region where the expansion / contraction power is medium is determined by the desired body shape correction function. However, the buffer for the strong and weak regions is about 1 cm to 3 cm. The width of the hips is sufficient, so that the round bulge of the hip is more beautifully arranged, and the area 11 with strong elasticity extends almost along the lower part from the side of the hip bulge. It is provided in a direction that diagonally descends from the back to the center, and expands and contracts at an angle suitable for exerting the hip-up function (in this case, about 40 degrees with respect to the direction of the waistline 3 described above). Switching power of expansion / contraction power in the area where Direction of emissions are determined. That is, the direction of the switching line 20 d of the expansion / contraction power in the region 11 where the expansion / contraction power is strong is more “V” shaped from the rear center than the girdle shown in the first and second embodiments. The angle of the "V" shape is even steeper, and the function of lifting the tip upward with the shape of the hip toward the center of the back of the body is exerted more strongly. Only The waistline 3 is an edge cut at an angle of about 40 degrees with respect to the knitting directions 85 a and 85 b of the knitted fabric (the angle α in FIGS. 20 and 22 is about 40 degrees). Therefore, the edge of the waist line 3 does not curl to the outside of the wearer's body, and the fit is improved. In other respects, substantially the same functions and effects as those of the girdle described in the seventh embodiment are exhibited.
実施の形態例 9  Embodiment 9
図 2 3は本発明の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を有し且つ 体形補整機能を有する衣料の更に別の一実施の形態例のショートタイプ のガードルの背面側から見た斜視図、 図 2 4は図 2 3に示したショ一ト タイプのガ一ドルの正面側から見た斜視図である。 このショートタイプ のガードルは、 非弾性糸におけるダル糸とブライト糸の使い分けが異な り、 従って、 ダル糸とブライト糸によって形成される縞模様が異なって くる点を除いては、 実質的に図 1 7〜図 1 9を用いて説明した実施の形 態例 7のショートタイプのガ一ドルとほぼ同様のガ一ドルである。 図 2 3〜図 2 4において、 1が前脇—脇一背面部をカバ一する前脇一 脇一ヒップ部充当部片、 6は腹部をカバーする腹部充当部片である。 左 右の前脇—脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1は、 後中心の縫合ライン 4で相互に 縫合されており、 前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1の前側の側縁は、 腹部 充当部片 6の側縁と縫合ライン 5で互いに鏠合されている。 8は前中心 側裾部片である。  FIG. 23 is a rear perspective view of a short type girdle according to yet another embodiment of a garment having an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut and has a body shape adjusting function according to the present invention. FIG. 24 is a perspective view of the short type girdle shown in FIG. 23 as viewed from the front side. This short type girdle is substantially the same as that of FIG. 17 except that the inelastic yarn differs in the use of dull yarn and bright yarn, and thus the stripe pattern formed by dull yarn and bright yarn is different. This embodiment is almost the same as the short-type girdle of the seventh embodiment described with reference to FIGS. In FIG. 23 to FIG. 24, reference numeral 1 denotes a front side-side-side-hip-side portion for covering the front side-side-side-back portion, and reference numeral 6 denotes an abdomen-side portion for covering the abdomen. The left and right front side-side one hip-fitting pieces 1 are sewn to each other at the back center suture line 4, and the front side edge of the front side one side-one hip-fitting piece 1 is abdominal filling. The side edge of the piece 6 and the suture line 5 are joined to each other. Numeral 8 is the front center hem piece.
前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1にはヘミングレス部片を用い、 腹部充 当部片 6には、 ヘミングレス部片とほぼ同様のものであるが、 弾性糸に よる伸縮パヮ一の切り替えはなく、 用いる非弹性糸としてダル糸とブラ イト糸を用いて縞模様が形成されている編地を用いた。 また、 腹部充当 部片 6の上側の縁 7も、 裁断されたままの状態の縁である。 この前脇一 脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1において、 9及び 1 1で示される領域が伸縮パ ヮ一が強い領域であり、 1 0で示される領域が伸縮パワーが弱い領域を 示している。 尚、 2 0 a、 2 0 bは、 伸縮パワーが異なる領域の境界を 示す伸縮パヮ一の切り替えラインである。 A hemming-less piece is used for the front side, one side, and one hip section, and the abdomen section 6 is almost the same as the hemming-less section. There was no switching, and a knitted fabric in which a stripe pattern was formed using dull yarn and bright yarn as the non-conductive yarn to be used was used. The upper edge 7 of the abdomen filling piece 6 is also the edge as it is cut. In the front side-side-side-side hip-fitting piece 1, the areas indicated by 9 and 11 A region is a strong region, and a region indicated by 10 is a region having a low expansion / contraction power. 20 a and 20 b are expansion / contraction power switching lines indicating boundaries of regions having different expansion / contraction powers.
前脇—脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1は、 図 3 1で説明したようなナイロン 糸とポリウレタン糸とを同行させた 1 X 1編み組織で編まれている。 そして伸縮パワーが強い領域 9及び 1 1には、 4 4 d t e Xのナイ口 ンのダル糸と 3 3 d t e xのナイロンのブライト糸と 1 4 3 d t e xの ポリウレタン糸が用いられ、 伸縮パワーが弱い領域 1 0には、 3 3 d t e xのナイロンのブライト糸と 7 7 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が用いら れている。 尚、 図において色の濃い暗い部分がナイロンのダル糸が用い られている部分であり、 無着色の白い部分がナイロンのブライト糸が使 用されている部分である。  The front side-side side hip portion 1 is knitted in a 1 × 1 knitting structure in which a nylon yarn and a polyurethane yarn accompany as described in FIG. In areas 9 and 11 where the elastic power is strong, a dull yarn of 44 dte X, a bright yarn of 33 dtex nylon and a polyurethane yarn of 144 dtex are used, and the area where the elastic power is weak. The 10 uses 33 dtex nylon bright yarn and 77 dtex polyurethane yarn. In the figure, the dark and dark portions are portions where nylon dull yarn is used, and the uncolored white portions are portions where nylon bright yarn is used.
伸縮パワーが変化する領域は、 この例では伸縮パワーが弱い領域 1 0 がヒップの膨らみ部分を通り、 その幅が約 9 c mである。  In this example, the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is such that the area 10 where the expansion / contraction power is weak passes through the bulge of the hip and has a width of about 9 cm.
尚、 腹部充当部片 6は、 この例では特に弾性糸に基づく伸縮パワーの 異なる領域は設けずに、 非弹性糸であるナイロンのブライト糸とダル糸 を用いて目視可能な縞模様が形成された伸縮性経編地を用いた。 腹部充 当部片 6も 1 X 1のトリコットである前述した編み組織の布で作成され ていて、 上側の縁 7は裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁とした。 腹部充当部片 6は 4 4 d t e xのナイロンのダル糸と 3 3 d t e xのナ ィロンのブライト糸と 1 5 4 d t e xのポリウレタン糸を用い、 図 3 1 で説明したようなナイロン糸とポリウレタン糸とを同行させた 1 X 1編 み組織で編まれた編地を用いている。 尚、 図において色の濃い暗い部分 がナイロンのダル糸が用いられている部分であり、 無着色の白い部分が ナイロンのブライ ト糸が使用されている部分である。 この編地の編み方 向は、 そのウェストラインの方向に平行な方向である。 その他の点は、 実施の形態例 7で示したガードルとほぼ同様であり、 同様の機能並びに効果が発揮されるので、 重複説明を省略した。 In this example, the abdomen applicator piece 6 has a striped pattern that can be visually observed using a non-aqueous nylon bright yarn and a dull yarn without providing a region having different elasticity power based on the elastic yarn. A stretchable warp knitted fabric was used. The abdominal filling piece 6 was also made of a cloth of the above-mentioned knitting structure, which was a 1 × 1 tricot, and the upper rim 7 was left as it was in the cut state and did not need to be trimmed. The abdomen apposition piece 6 is made of a nylon dull yarn of 44 dtex, a bright yarn of nylon of 33 dtex and a polyurethane yarn of 15 dtex, and the nylon yarn and the polyurethane yarn described in Fig. 31 are used. A knitted fabric with the accompanying 1X1 knitting structure is used. In the figure, the dark and dark portions are portions where nylon dull yarn is used, and the uncolored white portions are portions where nylon bright yarn is used. The knitting direction of the knitted fabric is parallel to the direction of the waistline. The other points are almost the same as those of the girdle shown in the seventh embodiment, and the same functions and effects are exerted.
実施の形態例 1 0  Embodiment 10
図 2 5は本発明の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を有し且つ 体形補整機能を有する衣料の更に別の一実施の形態例のショートタイプ のガ一ドルの背面側から見た斜視図、 図 2 6は図 2 5に示したショート タイプのガードルの正面側から見た斜視図である。  FIG. 25 is a view of the back side of a short type girdle of yet another embodiment of a garment having an edge that does not need to be trimmed and having a body shape correction function as it is cut according to the present invention. FIG. 26 is a perspective view of the short type girdle shown in FIG. 25 as viewed from the front side.
図 2 5〜図 2 6に示したガ一ドルは、 前脇—脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1 において、 伸縮パワーが変化する領域が、 伸縮パワーが強い領域 9、 1 1、 伸縮パワーが中程度の領域 2 1、 2 2、 伸縮パワーが弱い領域 1 0 の 3つのグレードになっている点を除いて、 図 2 3〜図 2 4に示したガ 一ドル (実施の形態例 9 ) と同様である。  In the girdle shown in Fig. 25 to Fig. 26, the area where the expansion / contraction power changes in the front side-side / hip / hip portion 1 is the area where the expansion / contraction power is strong 9, 11 and the expansion / contraction power is medium. Except that there are three grades, ie, the area of degree 21 and 22 and the area of weak expansion and contraction 10, the girdle shown in FIGS. 23 to 24 (Embodiment 9) and The same is true.
図 2 5〜図 2 6において、 1が前脇一脇一背面部をカバ一する前脇— 脇一ヒップ部充当部片、 6は腹部をカバーする腹部充当部片である。 左 右の前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1は、 後中心の縫合ライン 4で相互に 縫合されており、 前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1の前側の側縁は、 腹部 充当部片 6の側縁と縫合ライン 5で互いに縫合されている。 8は前中心 側裾部片である。  In FIGS. 25 to 26, reference numeral 1 denotes a front side-side-side-side and hip-side portion for covering the front side, one side and the back portion, and 6 denotes an abdomen-side portion for covering the abdomen. The left and right front side, one side and one hip portion, 1 are sewn together at the back center suture line 4, and the front side edge of the front side, one side, one hip portion, 1 The side edges of the piece 6 and the suture line 5 are sewn together. Numeral 8 is the front center hem piece.
前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1にはへミングレス部片を用い、 この前 脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1において、 9及び 1 1で示される領域が伸 縮パワーが強い領域であり、 1 0で示される領域が伸縮パワーが弱い領 域であり、 2 1、 2 2で示される領域が伸縮パワーが中程度の領域であ る。 尚、 2 0 a、 2 0 b、 2 0 c、 2 0 dは、 伸縮パワーが異なる領域 の境界を示す伸縮パワーの切り替えラインである。  A hemming-less piece was used for the front side, one side, one hip section, and the area indicated by 9 and 11 in this front side, one side, one hip section, was a region where the stretching power was strong. The area indicated by 10 is an area where the expansion / contraction power is weak, and the area indicated by 21 and 22 is an area where the expansion / contraction power is medium. 20 a, 20 b, 20 c, and 20 d are expansion / contraction power switching lines that indicate boundaries between regions having different expansion / contraction powers.
前脇—脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1は、 図 3 1で説明したようなナイロン 糸とポリウレタン糸とを同行させた 1 X 1編み組織で、 弹性糸、 非弹性 糸共に閉じ目で編まれている。 ナイロン糸には 3 3 d t e xのブライト 糸と 4 4 d t e xのダル糸とを用いた。 図において色の濃い暗い部分が ナイロンのダル糸が用いられている部分であり、 無着色の白い部分がナ ィロンのブライト糸が使用されている部分である。 The front side-side side hip-fitting piece 1 has a 1X1 knitting structure in which a nylon thread and a polyurethane thread accompany as described in Fig. 31. Both yarns are woven with closed eyes. A 33 dtex bright yarn and a 44 dtex dull yarn were used for the nylon yarn. In the figure, the dark and dark areas are areas where nylon dull yarn is used, and the uncolored white areas are areas where nylon nylon yarn is used.
そして伸縮パワーが強い領域 9及び 1 1には、 前述したナイロン糸と 1 2 1 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が用いられ、 伸縮パワーが弱い領域 1 0には、 3 3 d t e xのナイロンのブライト糸と 7 7 d t e xのポリウ レ夕ン糸が用いられ、 また伸縮パワーが中程度の領域 2 1と 2 2には 4 4 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が 2本 (ポリウレタン糸の太さ合計 8 8 d t e x ) と前述したナイロン糸が編み込まれている。  In the regions 9 and 11 where the expansion and contraction power is strong, the above-described nylon yarn and 121 dtex polyurethane yarn are used. In the region 10 where the expansion and contraction power is weak, a 33 dtex nylon bright yarn and 7 7 Polyurethane yarn of dtex is used, and in the areas 21 and 22 where the expansion / contraction power is medium, two polyurethane yarns of 44 dtex (total thickness of polyurethane yarn: 88 dtex) are used as nylon. The yarn is braided.
伸縮パワーが変化する領域は、 この例では伸縮パワーが弱い領域 1 0 がヒップの膨らみ部分を通り、 その幅が約 7 c mで、 その両側に伸縮パ ヮ一が中程度の領域 2 1、 2 2 (その幅合計 1 2 c m) が設けられてい る。  In this example, the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is such that the area 10 where the expansion / contraction power is weak passes through the bulge of the hip, has a width of about 7 cm, and the area where the expansion / contraction power is medium on both sides 21 1 and 2 2 (total width of 12 cm) is provided.
更に、 図 2 5からも理解されるように、 ウェストラインの一部を底辺 とし、 後中心線 4の下方に頂点 2 4を有していて後中心線 4で左右ほぼ 線対称の逆三角形状の領域が伸縮パワーの強い領域 9からなり、 前記逆 三角形状の領域の底辺の長さが、 後側のウェストライン 3の長さの約 2 Z 3の長さであり、 前記逆三角形状の領域のウェストライン 3から前記 逆三角形の頂点 2 4までの後中心線 4上における長さが、 このガードル のウェストラインからクロツチ部までの後中心線 4の長さの約 1 / 2の 長さである逆三角形状の伸縮パワーの強い領域を有しているので、 この 逆三角形状の伸縮パワーの強い領域 9が当接される部分は、 身体後側で 身体が窪んでいる領域であり、 より具体的には身体の仙骨部位近傍は、 身体が窪んでいるが、 これら身体後側の窪んでいる部位へのフィット性 を向上できる。 その他の点については、 実施の形態例 7や 9における説 明とほぼ同様であり、 ほぼ同様の機能や効果も達成し得るので、 同様の 点については、 重複説明を省略した。 Furthermore, as can be understood from Fig. 25, an inverted triangle shape having a part of the waist line as a base, having a vertex 24 below the back center line 4, and being substantially symmetrical with the back center line 4 on the left and right. Is formed of a region 9 having a high expansion / contraction power, and the length of the base of the inverted triangular region is approximately 2 Z 3 of the length of the rear waistline 3. The length of the girdle on the back center line 4 from the waist line 3 to the vertex 24 of the inverted triangle is about 1/2 of the length of the back center line 4 from the waist line to the crotch portion of the girdle. The area where the inverted triangular area with strong telescopic power 9 is abutted is the area where the body is depressed on the rear side of the body, More specifically, the body is hollow near the sacral region of the body. It can improve the fit to the site that are recessed the rear side. For other points, the explanations in Embodiments 7 and 9 It is almost the same as the above, and can achieve almost the same functions and effects. Therefore, the same points are not described repeatedly.
尚、 腹部充当部片 6については、 実施の形態例 9と同様の素材を用い た。  The same material as in the ninth embodiment was used for the abdominal part 6.
このガードルは、 身体の仙骨部位近傍などの身体後側の窪んでいる部 位へのフィット性を向上させる機能を発揮すると共に、 その他の点は、 実施の形態例 7や 9で説明したと同様であり、 ほぼ同様の機能並びに効 果も達成される。  This girdle exhibits the function of improving the fit to the recessed portion on the back side of the body, such as the vicinity of the sacral region of the body, and the other points are the same as those described in Embodiments 7 and 9. Approximately the same functions and effects are achieved.
実施の形態例 1 1  Embodiment 1 1
図 2 7は本発明の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を有し且つ 体形補整機能を有する衣料の更に別の一実施の形態例のショートタイプ のガ一ドルの背面側から見た斜視図である。  FIG. 27 is a view of the back side of a short type girdle of yet another embodiment of the clothing having an edge that does not need to be trimmed and having a body shape correction function as it is cut according to the present invention. It is a perspective view.
図 2 7〜図 2 8において、 1が前脇一脇一背面部を力パーする前脇— 脇一ヒップ部充当部片、 6は腹部をカバーする腹部充当部片である。 左 右の前脇—脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1は、 後中心の縫合ライン 4で相互に 縫合されており、 前脇—脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1の前側の側縁は、 腹部 充当部片 6の側縁と鏠合ライン 5で互いに縫合されている。 8は前中心 側裾部片である。  In FIGS. 27 to 28, reference numeral 1 denotes a front side-side and one side-side portion that covers the front side and one side and a back portion that applies force to the back portion, and 6 denotes an abdomen portion that covers the abdomen. The left and right front side-side one hip portion 1 is sewn together at the back center suture line 4, and the front side edge of the front side-side one hip portion 1 is abdominal portion The side edges of the piece 6 and the joining line 5 are sewn together. Numeral 8 is the front center hem piece.
前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1にはヘミングレス部片を用い、 腹部充 当部片 6には、 ヘミングレス部片とほぼ同様のものであるが、 伸縮パヮ —の切り替えがない編地を用い、 腹部充当部片 6の上側の縁 7は、 裁断 されたままの状態の縁とした。 この前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1にお いて、 9及び 1 1で示される領域が伸縮パワーが強い領域であり、 2 1 で示される領域が伸縮パワーが中程度の領域、 1 0で示される領域が伸 縮パワーが弱い領域を示している。 尚、 2 0 a、 2 0 b、 2 0 cは、 伸 縮パワーが異なる領域の境界を示す伸縮パワーの切り替えラインである 前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1は、 図 3 1で説明したようなナイロン 糸とポリウレタン糸とを同行させた 1 X 1編み組織で編まれている。 そして伸縮パワーが強い領域 9及び 1 1には、 4 4 d t e xのナイ口 ンのブライト糸と 1 2 1 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が用いられ、 伸縮パ ヮ一が中程度の領域 2 1には、 4 4 d t e Xのナイロンのブライト糸と 7 7 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が用いられ、 伸縮パワーが弱い領域 1 0 には、 4 4 d t e xのナイロンのダル糸と 3 3 d t e Xのポリウレタン 糸が用いられている。 A hemming-less piece is used for the front side, one side, and one hip section, and the abdomen section is almost the same as the hemming-less section for the abdomen section, but there is no switching of the elastic part. Using the ground, the upper edge 7 of the abdominal filling piece 6 was the edge as it was cut. In this front side, one side, one hip portion allocation section 1, the areas indicated by 9 and 11 are areas where the expansion / contraction power is strong, the area indicated by 2 1 is the area where the expansion / contraction power is medium, and 10 The region indicated by is the region where the stretching power is weak. 20 a, 20 b, and 20 c are switching lines of expansion / contraction power indicating boundaries between regions having different expansion / contraction powers. The front side, one side and one hip portion application piece 1 is knitted in a 1 × 1 knitting structure in which a nylon yarn and a polyurethane yarn accompany as described in FIG. In regions 9 and 11 where the expansion and contraction power is strong, 44 dtex bright yarn and 121 dtex polyurethane yarn are used, and in region 21 where the expansion and contraction is medium, 4 4 dte X nylon bright yarn and 77 dtex polyurethane yarn are used, and in the area 10 where stretching power is weak, 44 dtex nylon dull yarn and 33 dte X polyurethane yarn are used. .
その他の点については、 特に断らない限り、 実施の形態例 7や 9と同 様の点については、 同一の符号を付して、 重複説明を省略した。  Unless otherwise noted, the same points as those in Embodiments 7 and 9 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and redundant description is omitted.
伸縮パワーが変化する領域は、 この例では伸縮パワーが弱い領域 1 0 がヒップの膨らみ部分を通り、 その幅が約 6 c mである。  In this example, the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is such that the area 10 where the expansion / contraction power is weak passes through the bulge portion of the hip and has a width of about 6 cm.
更に、 図 2 7からも理解されるように、 ウェストラインの一部を底辺 とし、 後中心線 4の下方に頂点 2 4を有していて後中心線 4で左右ほぼ 線対称の逆三角形状の領域が伸縮パワーの強い領域 9からなり、 前記逆 三角形状の領域の底辺の長さが、 後側のウェストライン 3の長さの約 1 2の長さであり、 前記逆三角形状の領域のウェストライン 3から前記 逆三角形の頂点 2 4までの後中心線 4上における長さが、 このガ一ドル のウェストラインからクロツチ部までの後中心線 4の長さの約 1 3の 長さである逆三角形状の伸縮パワーの強い領域を有しているので、 この 逆三角形状の伸縮パワーの強い領域 9が当接される部分は、 身体後側で 身体が窪んでいる領域であり、 より具体的には身体の仙骨部位近傍は、 身体が窪んでいるが、 これら身体後側の窪んでいる部位へのフィット性 を向上できる。  Further, as can be understood from FIG. 27, an inverted triangular shape having a part of the waist line as a base, having a vertex 24 below the rear center line 4, and being substantially line-symmetrical with the rear center line 4 on the left and right. Is a region 9 having a high expansion / contraction power, and the length of the base of the inverted triangular region is about 12 times the length of the waistline 3 on the rear side, and the inverted triangular region is The length on the back center line 4 from the waist line 3 to the vertex 24 of the inverted triangle is about 13 of the length of the back center line 4 from the waist line to the crotch portion of the girdle. The area where the inverted triangular area with strong telescopic power 9 is abutted is the area where the body is depressed on the rear side of the body, More specifically, the body is depressed near the sacral region of the body. It can improve the fit to the site, which is recessed the side.
このガードルは、 身体の仙骨部位近傍などの身体後側の窪んでいる部 位へのフィット性を向上させる機能を発揮すると共に、 その他の点は、 実施の形態例 7や 9で説明したと同様であり、 ほぼ同様の機能並びに効 果も達成される。 This girdle has the function of improving the fit to concave parts on the back side of the body, such as the vicinity of the sacral region of the body. This is the same as described in Embodiments 7 and 9, and almost the same functions and effects are achieved.
実施の形態例 1 2  Embodiment 1 2
図 2 9は本発明の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を有し且つ 体形補整機能を有する衣料の更に別の一実施の形態例のショートタイプ でローウェストタイプのガ一ドルの背面側から見た斜視図、 図 3 0は図 2 9に示したショートタイプのガードルの正面側から見た斜視図である, 図 2 9〜図 3 0において、 1が前脇一脇一背面部を力パーする前脇— 脇一ヒップ部充当部片、 6は腹部を力パーする腹部充当部片である。 左 右の前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1は、 後中心の縫合ライン 4で相互に 縫合されており、 前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1の前側の側縁は、 腹部 充当部片 6の側縁と縫合ライン 5で互いに縫合されている。 8は前中心 側裾部片である。  FIG. 29 shows the back of a short-type, low-waisted girdle of yet another embodiment of the garment according to the present invention, which has an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut and has a body shape correcting function. FIG. 30 is a perspective view from the front side of the short type girdle shown in FIG. 29. In FIGS. 29 to 30, 1 is a front side, one side and one back side. The front side to be squeezed—the axle-side hip-fitting piece; The left and right front side, one side and one hip portion, 1 are sewn together at the back center suture line 4, and the front side edge of the front side, one side, one hip portion, 1 The side edges of the piece 6 and the suture line 5 are sewn together. Numeral 8 is the front center hem piece.
前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1にはヘミングレス部片を用い、 9及び 1 1で示される領域が伸縮パワーが強い領域であり、 1 0で示される領 域が伸縮パワーが弱い領域であり、 2 1、 2 2で示される領域が伸縮パ ヮ一が中程度の領域である。 尚、 2 0 a、 2 0 b、 2 0 c、 2 0 dは、 伸縮パワーが異なる領域の境界を示す伸縮パワーの切り替えラインであ る。  Hemming-less pieces are used for the front side, one side and one hip area, and the areas indicated by 9 and 11 are areas where the elastic power is strong, and the areas indicated by 10 are the areas where the elastic power is weak. The regions indicated by 21 and 22 are regions where the expansion / contraction is medium. 20 a, 20 b, 20 c, and 20 d are expansion / contraction power switching lines that indicate the boundaries of regions having different expansion / contraction powers.
尚、 特に断らない限り、 実施の形態例 7や 9と同様の点については、 同一の符号を付して、 重複説明を省略した。  Unless otherwise specified, the same points as those in Embodiments 7 and 9 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and redundant description is omitted.
前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1は、 図 3 1で説明したようなナイロン 糸とポリウレタン糸とを同行させた 1 X 1編み組織で編まれている。 ナ イロン糸としては 3 3 d t e xのブライト糸と 3 3 d t e xのダル糸と を用いた。  The front side, one side and one hip portion application piece 1 is knitted in a 1 × 1 knitting structure in which a nylon yarn and a polyurethane yarn accompany as described in FIG. As the nylon yarn, a 33 dtex bright yarn and a 33 dtex dull yarn were used.
そして伸縮パワーが強い領域 9及び 1 1には、 前述したナイロン糸と 1 3 2 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が用いられ、 伸縮パワーが弱い領域 1 0には、 前述したナイロン糸と 4 4 d t e xのポリウレタン糸が用いら れ、 また伸縮パワーが中程度の領域 2 1と 2 2には前述したナイロン糸 と 7 7 d t e xのポリウレタン糸がが編み込まれている。 In the areas 9 and 11 where the stretching power is strong, The nylon yarn and the 44 dtex polyurethane yarn described above are used in the area 10 where the 13 2 dtex polyurethane yarn is used and the stretch power is weak, and the areas 21 and 2 2 where the stretch power is medium are used. The nylon yarn and 77 dtex polyurethane yarn described above are woven.
そして前脇一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1の裁断されたままの状態で縁始 末不要な縁は、 2の裾ラインの緣と 3のウェストラインの縁の部分であ る。 裾ライン 2は波形になっており、 裾ライン 2の方向は当該波形の各 頂点を結ぶ直線と同じ方向、 すなわち矢印 1 2で示された方向であり、 伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えライン 2 0 a、 や 2 0 b、 2 0 c、 2 0 dの方向 (編み方向 8 5 a、 8 5 b ) とは 5度の角 度がついており非平行となっている。 ウェストライン 3の方向も編み方 向 8 5 a、 8 5 bの方向に対し約 3 5度の角度で裁断されている。 前脇 一脇一ヒップ部充当部片 1の裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁で あるウェストライン 3には、 前記直線状の伸縮パワーの切り替えライン 2 0 a , 2 0 cが到達していて、 当該縁始末不要な縁が、 伸縮パワーが 強い部分 9と中程度の部分 2 1と弱い部分 1 0が混在する縁となってい る。  The edges of the front side, one side and one hip portion application piece 1 that do not need to be trimmed as they are cut are the portions of the hem line 2 and the edge of the waist line 3. The bottom line 2 has a waveform, and the direction of the bottom line 2 is the same direction as the straight line connecting the vertices of the waveform, that is, the direction indicated by the arrow 12, and the direction of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes is shown. The directions of the switching lines 20a, 20b, 20c, and 20d (knitting directions 85a, 85b) have an angle of 5 degrees and are not parallel. The waistline 3 is also cut at an angle of about 35 degrees with respect to the knitting directions 85a and 85b. Front side One side, one side One hip part 1 The cut-off edge of waistline 3, which does not need to be trimmed as it is cut off, is reached by the straight stretchable power switching lines 20a and 20c. In addition, the unnecessary edge of the edge is an edge in which a portion 9 having a high expansion / contraction power, a medium portion 21 and a weak portion 10 are mixed.
伸縮パワーが変化する領域は、 この例では伸縮パワーが弱い領域 1 0 がヒップの膨らみ部分を通り、 その幅が約 6 c mで、 その両側に伸縮パ ヮ一が中程度の領域 2 1、 2 2 (その幅合計 1 0 c m) が設けられてい ている。  In this example, the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is such that the area 10 where the expansion / contraction power is weak passes through the bulge of the hip, the width is about 6 cm, and the area where the expansion / contraction power is medium on both sides 21 1 and 2 2 (the total width is 10 cm) is provided.
また、 前中心側裾部片 8は、 この例では、 従来の伸縮性のメッシュ調 パワーネットであって、 縁部が従来の糸抜きの方法で得られた縁始末不 要な縁 1 6が形成されている編み物を用いた。 但し、 裁断されたままの 状態で縁始末不要な縁を有する部片を用いてもよい。  In addition, the front center side hem piece 8 is, in this example, a conventional elastic mesh-like power net, in which the edge 16 obtained by the conventional thread removing method does not need to be trimmed. The formed knitting was used. However, a piece having an edge that does not need to be trimmed may be used while being cut.
このガードルも、 実施の形態例 7などで説明したとほぼ同様の機能や 効果が発揮される。 以上、 いくつかの実施の形態例について説明したが、 これらの具体的 な実施の形態例に記載の態様に限らず、 衣料縁部を裁断したままの縁部 始末を行わない (不要な) 縁部とする場合の、 素材の編み組織は、 下記 いずれかが好ましい。 This girdle also has substantially the same functions and functions as described in Embodiment 7 and the like. The effect is exhibited. Although several embodiments have been described above, the present invention is not limited to the embodiments described in these specific embodiments, and the edge of the clothing is not cut off (unnecessary). In the case of a part, the knitting structure of the material is preferably one of the following.
①弾性糸と非弾性糸を同行させた 1 X 1編み組織で、 弾性糸が開き目、 非弹性糸が閉じ目。  (1) In a 1X1 knitting structure in which an elastic yarn and an inelastic yarn are accompanied, elastic yarn has an open eye and non-elastic yarn has a closed eye.
②弹性糸と非弾性糸を同行させた 1 X 1編み組織で、 弾性糸、 非弾性 糸共に閉じ目。  (2) A 1X1 knitting structure in which the elastic yarn and the inelastic yarn are accompanied, and both the elastic and inelastic yarns are closed.
また、 比較的伸縮パワーの強い部分と比較的伸縮パワーの弱い部分な どの伸縮パワーは、 衣料の種類、 衣料の部位、 着用者の好みによって、 適宜設定すればよいので、 特に制限はない。 近年は、 比較的女性の体型 もスリムになってきているので、 平均的にやや伸縮パワーの弱めのもの が好まれる傾向にある。  There is no particular limitation on the expansion / contraction power, such as the portion with relatively high expansion / contraction power and the portion with relatively low expansion / contraction power, which can be set as appropriate according to the type of clothing, the location of clothing, and the preference of the wearer. In recent years, women's body shape has become relatively slim, so those with slightly lower elastic power tend to be preferred on average.
従って、 伸縮パワーの具体的値は特に限定するものではないが、 比較 的伸縮パワーの強い部分の伸縮パワーとしては、 素材縦方向 (ゥエール 方向) で 7 8 5〜 1 47 1 mN (8 0〜 1 5 0 g f ) の伸縮パワーの範 囲から適宜選定することが好ましい。 また、 比較的伸縮パワーの弱い部 分の伸縮パワーとしては素材縦経方向 (ゥエール方向) で 5 8 8〜 1 1 7 7mN (60〜1 20 g f )の範囲から適宜選定することが好ましい。 尚、 伸縮パワーの弱い部分と伸縮パワーの強い部分の伸縮パワーの比率 は、 伸縮パワーの弱い部分を 1とすると、 伸縮パワーの強い部分は 1. 丄〜 1. 5が好ましく、 より好ましくは 1. 2〜 1. 5、 更に一層好ま しくは 1. 3〜 1. 5の範囲である。  Therefore, the specific value of the expansion / contraction power is not particularly limited, but the expansion / contraction power of the part having relatively high expansion / contraction power is 785 to 147 mN (80 to 147 mN) in the material longitudinal direction (ゥ ale direction). It is preferable to appropriately select from the range of the stretching power of 150 gf). It is preferable to appropriately select the expansion / contraction power of the portion having relatively low expansion / contraction power from the range of 588 to 1177 mN (60 to 120 gf) in the material longitudinal direction (経 ale direction). In addition, the ratio of the expansion / contraction power between the portion having a weak expansion / contraction power and the portion having a high expansion / contraction power is 1. Assuming that the portion having a low expansion / contraction power is 1, the portion having a high expansion / contraction power is preferably from 1 丄 to 1.5, more preferably 1 The range is from 2 to 1.5, and even more preferably from 1.3 to 1.5.
部片 (P) の伸縮パワーを測定する必要がある場合には、 次の引張り 試験を行って測定することができる。 If you need to measure the stretching power of the piece (P), It can be measured by performing tests.
素材経方向 (ゥエール方向) が試験片の長さ方向になるように幅 2. 5 cmX長さ 16. 0 cmの試験片を作成し、 その長さ方向を上下方向 に向けてその両端をクリップでっかむ。 上部つかみ長さを 2. 5 cm、 下部つかみ長さを 3. 5 c mとし、 従ってつかみ間隔は 1 0. 0 cmと して定速伸長形引張試験機 (島津製作所製 "オートグラフ" AG— 5 0 0 D) に取り付け、 3 0 ± 2 c mZ分の速度で試験片を伸度 8 0 %まで 伸ばす。 この際、 伸度 3 0 %時点で試験片に掛かっている応力を記録し これを伸長パワー (単位 mN) とし、 次に伸度 8 0 %まで伸ばした試験 片に掛かる応力を取り去ると、 試験片が元の長さに戻ろうとして収縮す るが、伸度 3 0 %まで回復した時の試験片に掛かる応力を伸縮パワー(単 位 mN) とする。 これらの値は、 上記引張試験機により自動的に記録さ れる様に設定しておく。 尚、 伸長パワー、 伸縮パワ^ "とも、 これらのデ 一夕は試験片 2つの平均値を求めてそれぞれ伸長パワー、 伸縮パワーと した。  Prepare a test piece 2.5 cm wide x 16.0 cm long so that the material longitudinal direction (ゥ ale direction) is the length direction of the test piece, and clip its ends with its length direction up and down. It's huge. The upper grip length is 2.5 cm and the lower grip length is 3.5 cm. Therefore, the grip distance is 10.0 cm, and the constant-speed extension type tensile tester (“Autograph” AG—made by Shimadzu Corporation) Attach it to 500 D) and stretch the specimen to 80% elongation at a speed of 30 ± 2 cmZ. At this time, the stress applied to the test piece at the elongation of 30% was recorded and this was taken as the elongation power (unit: mN). Then, the stress applied to the test piece elongated to the elongation of 80% was removed. The specimen shrinks to return to its original length, but the stress applied to the specimen when the elongation recovers to 30% is defined as the stretching power (unit: mN). Set these values so that they are automatically recorded by the tensile tester. For these data, the average power of two test specimens was calculated for the stretch power and the stretch power, and the stretch power and the stretch power were used.
ここで、 伸度 (%) とは、 伸ばした状態で伸び方向の試験片の長さを d、伸ばす前の試験片の元の長さ (すなわちつかみ間隔) を eとすると、 [(d - e) Ze] X I 0 0の値である。  Here, the elongation (%) is defined as follows: When the length of the specimen in the elongation direction in the stretched state is d, and the original length of the specimen before stretching (ie, the grip distance) is e, [(d- e) Ze] This is the value of XI 00.
尚、 伸長パワーや伸縮パワーの測定の際に試験片の大きさとしては、 前述のような大きさのものを用いることが好ましいが、 かかる大きさの 試料が測定対象の衣料から切り出せない場合にはそれより小さくして測 定しても差し支えない (ただし換算必要)。 しかし、 試験片の大きさが小 さくなるほど、 測定誤差が大きくなるので、 切り出せる範囲でできるだ け大きな試験片を採取して測定することが好ましい。  It is preferable to use the size of the test piece as described above when measuring the extension power and the expansion / contraction power, but when a sample of such a size cannot be cut out from the clothing to be measured. Can be measured smaller than that (however, conversion is required). However, the smaller the size of the test piece, the larger the measurement error. Therefore, it is preferable to measure the test piece as large as possible within the range that can be cut out.
尚、 各実施の形態例で用いた裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁 を有する伸縮性の経編地からなる部片用の経編地は、 ヒートセット処理 を 7チャンバ一構成 (チャンバ一の合計長さが約 2 l m) の装置を用い て、 1 8 mZ分で行った。 また、 各実施の形態例で用いた前記伸縮性の 経編地からなる部片用の経編地の編み密度 (ゥエール)、 非弹性糸のラン ナ一と弾性糸のランナーは、 次の表 1の通りである。 In addition, the warp knitted fabric for the piece composed of the stretchable warp knitted fabric having an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut used in each embodiment is subjected to a heat setting process. The test was performed for 18 mZ using a device with 7 chambers and 1 chamber (total length of about 2 lm). Further, the knitting density (ゥ ale) of the warp knitted fabric for the piece comprising the stretchable warp knitted fabric used in each embodiment, the runner of the non- 弹 yarn and the runner of the elastic yarn are shown in the following table. 1
表 1  table 1
Figure imgf000072_0001
産業上の利用可能性
Figure imgf000072_0001
Industrial applicability
本発明の体形補整機能を有する衣料は、 以下に記載されるような効果 を奏する。  The clothing having a body shape correcting function of the present invention has the following effects.
( 1 ) すなわち本発明の体形補整機能を有する衣料は、 裁断されたま まの状態で縁始末不要な縁を有し、 且つ編み方向に対しほぼ直角の方向 に伸縮パワーが変化する領域とを同時に 1枚の編地中に有し、 当該伸縮 パワーの切り替えラインが直線状である伸縮性の経編地からなる部片を 衣料を構成する生地の少なくとも一部に用いた衣料上端又は下端の縁の 少なくとも一方の縁が当該裁断されたままの状態で緣始末不要な縁から なる体形補整機能を有する衣料であって、 当該部片の前記伸縮パワーが 変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向と、 当該衣料の縁始 末不要な裁断されたままの状態の縁のラインのうち少なくとも一つの縁 のラインの方向とが、 相互に非平行である部片を用いている。 従って、 本発明は、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの 方向と、 縁始末不要な縁のラインの方向とが、 必然的に平行になってし まうと言う拘束がなく、 それぞれのラインを必要に応じた好適な方向に 設計でき、 衣料として最適の着用性、 デザイン性を有する体形補整機能 を有する衣料とすることが可能になる。 縁始末不要な縁となっている部 分は、 折り返して縫合するなどの.縁始末がされていないので、 その部分 の厚みがフラットになり、 分厚くならず、 従って、 着用感に優れ、 当該 部分の段差がないので、 アウターウェアーに段差が反映することもない。 また、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域も弾性糸の編み込みによって形成され ているので、 当て布により伸縮パワーの変化を持たせた場合に比べて、 段差が生じないので、 アウターウェアーに段差が反映することもない。 尚、 縁始末不要な縁は、 縁始末をする必要がないので、 コスト的にも有 利になる。 従って、 機能性、 ファッション性、 経済性に優れた衣料とす ることができる。 (1) That is, the garment having the body shape correcting function of the present invention has an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut, and simultaneously has a region where the stretching power changes in a direction substantially perpendicular to the knitting direction. An edge of the upper or lower edge of a garment in which a piece of an elastic warp knitted fabric, which is included in one knitted fabric and has a straight line for switching the expansion / contraction power, is used as at least a part of the fabric constituting the garment A garment having a body shape correction function comprising at least one edge of the piece as it is, which is not trimmed, and a direction of a switching line of an expansion / contraction power in a region where the expansion / contraction power of the piece changes. And the beginning of the clothing At least one of the unnecessary edge lines in the as-cut state is not parallel to the direction of the edge line. Therefore, according to the present invention, there is no constraint that the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction of the line of the edge that does not need to be trimmed necessarily become parallel. The line can be designed in a suitable direction as required, and it is possible to provide clothing having a body shape adjustment function with optimal wearability and design as clothing. Edges that do not require trimming are folded back and sewn, etc. Because trimming is not performed, the thickness of that portion is flat and does not become thicker, so it has excellent wearing feeling, and Because there is no step, the step does not reflect on the outerwear. In addition, since the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is also formed by weaving the elastic yarn, there is no step difference compared to the case where the expansion / contraction power is changed by the backing cloth, so the step is reflected in the outerwear. Nor. Edges that do not require trimming do not need to be trimmed, which is advantageous in terms of cost. Therefore, it is possible to make the clothing excellent in functionality, fashion and economy.
( 2 ) 前記 ( 1 ) 項記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料において、 伸縮 パワーが変化する領域が、 (a )編み込む弹性糸の太さが異なる複数の領 域を形成する方式、 (b )編み込む弾性糸の本数が異なる複数の領域を形 成する方式、 (c )前記(a )又は(b ) の各領域の幅を変化させる方式、 ( d ) 前記 (a )、 (b )、 ( c ) の方式の少なくとも 2つ以上を組み合わ せた方式のいずれかの方式により形成されている本発明の好ましい態様 とすることにより、 目的とする伸縮パワーを、 細かくコントロールして 設定でき、 容易に伸縮パワーが変化する領域を形成でき好ましい。  (2) In the garment having the body shape adjusting function according to the above (1), the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is formed by: (a) a method of forming a plurality of areas having different thicknesses of the woven yarns to be woven; A method of forming a plurality of regions having different numbers of elastic yarns, (c) a method of changing the width of each region of (a) or (b), (d) a method of (a), (b), (c) ), The desired expansion and contraction power can be finely controlled and set, and the expansion and contraction can be easily performed by adopting the preferred embodiment of the present invention formed by any one of the methods combining at least two of the above methods. This is preferable because a region where the power changes can be formed.
( 3 ) また、 前記 ( 1 ) 項または (2 ) 項に記載の体形補整機能を有 する衣料において、 衣料上端又は下端の縁の少なくとも一方の裁断され たままの状態で縁始末不要な縁に、 前記直線状の伸縮パワーの切り替え ラインが到達していて、 当該縁始末不要な縁が、 伸縮パワーが強い部分 と弱い部分が混在する縁となっている本発明の好ましい態様とすること により、 従来の縁始末不要な縁を有する衣料では、 一枚の編地において 達成できない伸縮パワーが強い部分と弱い部分が混在する縁始末不要な 縁を有する衣料を提供できる。 従って、 従来の緣始末不要な縁を有する 衣料では実現できない、 伸縮パワーの切り替えラインが縁始末不要な縁 のラインの方向にあまり拘束されることなく、 より自由に設計でき、 よ つて、 部位に応じたフィット性の要求に、 より適合し易い設計の自由度 の増大した衣料を提供することができ好ましい。 (3) Further, in the clothing having the body shape adjusting function according to the above (1) or (2), at least one of the upper edge and the lower edge of the clothing is cut. The straight-line expansion / contraction power switching line has reached the edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is, and the edge that does not need to be trimmed is the edge where the part with the strong expansion / contraction power is mixed with the weak part. According to a preferred aspect of the present invention, in a conventional garment having an edge that does not require trimming, a garment having an edge that does not require edge trimming in which a portion having strong and weak elastic power that cannot be achieved in one knitted fabric is mixed. Can be provided. Therefore, the switching line of the expansion / contraction power, which cannot be realized with the conventional clothing having the unnecessary edge, can be designed more freely without being restrained so much in the direction of the edge line that does not require the edge. It is preferable to be able to provide clothing with an increased degree of freedom in design that is more easily adapted to the requirements of the fit.
( 4 ) また、 前記 (1 ) 〜 (3 ) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補整機能 を有する衣料において、 衣料上端又は下端の縁の少なくとも一方の裁断 されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁が、 当該編地の編み方向に対し、 2 0〜 8 0度の角度で裁断された緣である本発明の好ましい態様とするこ とにより、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁の身体へのフィット 性が向上し、 当該縁部分が、 着用者の身体外側にカールすることを防止 でき好ましい。  (4) Further, in the garment having the body shape adjusting function according to any one of the above (1) to (3), at least one of the upper edge and the lower edge of the garment does not need to be trimmed while being cut. Is cut at an angle of 20 to 80 degrees with respect to the knitting direction of the knitted fabric, so that the edge which does not need to be trimmed as it is cut is kept. It is preferable because the fit to the body is improved and the edge portion can be prevented from curling to the outside of the wearer's body.
( 5 ) また、 前記 (1 ) 〜 (3 ) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補整機能 を有する衣料において、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁からな る衣料上端又は下端の縁の少なくとも一方の縁が、 当該編地の編み方向 に対し、 4 0〜 5 0度の角度で裁断された縁である本発明の好ましい態 様とすることにより、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁の身体へ のフィット性がより一層向上し、 当該縁部分が、 着用者に身体外側に力 ールすることをより一層防止し易くなり好ましい。  (5) Further, in the garment having the body shape adjusting function according to any one of the above (1) to (3), the edge of the upper edge or the lower edge of the garment, which is composed of an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut. At least one edge is a preferable edge of the present invention in which the edge is cut at an angle of 40 to 50 degrees with respect to the knitting direction of the knitted fabric. It is preferable that the unnecessary edge can be further fitted to the body, and the edge can more easily prevent the wearer from rolling outside the body.
( 6 ) また、 前記 (1 ) 項または (2 ) 項に記載の体形補整機能を有 する衣料において、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁が、 衣料の 裾であり、 且つ当該裾の縁ラインの方向と、 当該部片の伸縮パワーが変 化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向とが相互に非平行であ る本発明の好ましい態様とすることにより、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域 の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向と、 緣始末不要な裾ラインの方向 とが、 必然的に平行になってしまうと言う拘束がなく、 それぞれのライ ンを必要に応じた好適な方向に設計でき、 衣料として最適の着用性、 デ ザィン性を有する体形補整機能を有する衣料とすることが可能になり好 ましい。 (6) In addition, in the clothing having the body shape correcting function according to the above (1) or (2), the edge that does not need to be trimmed in the cut as it is does not A preferred embodiment of the present invention in which the direction of the edge line of the skirt and the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power of the part changes is mutually non-parallel. As a result, there is no constraint that the direction of the switching line for the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction of the skirt line that is not required to be cleaned inevitably become parallel. It is preferable because it can be designed in a suitable direction corresponding to the clothing, and can be made into a clothing having a body shape adjusting function having optimal wearability and design as clothing.
( 7 ) また、 前記 (1 ) 項〜 (6 ) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補整機 能を有する衣料において、 衣料全体が身体に密着するヒップ部を有する 衣料である本発明の好ましい態様とすることにより、 体形補整機能と共 に、 着用感もよく、 また段差が極力少なくされ、 フラットに近い衣料と なり、 本発明の前記機能が効果的に発揮され好ましい。  (7) Further, in a garment having a body shape correcting function according to any one of the above items (1) to (6), a preferred embodiment of the present invention is a garment having a hip portion in which the entire garment is in close contact with a body. By doing so, the wearability is good together with the body shape correction function, the steps are reduced as much as possible, and the garment is almost flat, and the function of the present invention is effectively exhibited, which is preferable.
( 8 ) また、 前記 (1 ) 項〜 (7 ) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補整機 能を有する衣料において、 衣料が、 ショーツ、 ガードル、 ボディスーツ、 レオタード、 水着から選ばれたヒップ部を有する衣料である本発明の好 ましい態様とすることにより、 これらの衣料は身体に密着して着用され るタイプの衣料であり、 体形補整機能を有しながらも、 段差が少なく肌 当たりが良好で、 本発明の機能が効果的に発揮される衣料であり好まし い。  (8) Further, in the garment having a body shape correcting function according to any one of the above (1) to (7), the garment may include a hip portion selected from shorts, a girdle, a body suit, a leotard, and a swimsuit. The preferred embodiment of the present invention, which is a garment having these features, is a garment of a type that can be worn in close contact with the body, and has a small body height difference and good skin contact while having a body shape adjusting function. It is a garment in which the function of the present invention is effectively exerted, and is preferred.
( 9 ) また、 前記 ( 1 ) 項〜 (7 ) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補整機 能を有する衣料においては、 伸縮性の経編地からなる前記部片が、 ヒッ プ部もしくはヒップ部と脇部を充当するヒップ部充当部片、 前脇部とヒ ップ部ならびにその両者間の脇部を充当する前脇一脇一後充当部片から 選ばれた部片であることが好ましい。 ヒップ部は丸みを帯びた立体形状 であるが、 伸縮パヮ一の変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの 方向を、 ヒップ部の立体形状にフィットできるよう衣料を設計する場合 においても、 縁始末不要な縁のラインの方向が、 伸縮パワーの変化する 領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向に拘束されることなく、 必要 に応じた好ましい方向に設計できる。従って、衣料として最適の着用性、 デザィン性を有する体形補整機能を有する衣料とすることが可能になり 好ましい。 (9) In the garment having a body shape correcting function according to any one of the above items (1) to (7), the piece made of a stretchable warp knitted fabric may have a hip portion or a hip portion. It is preferably a piece selected from a hip-appropriating piece that covers the front and side, a front-side and a side-applying section that covers the front side and the hip, and the side between the two. . The hip part has a rounded three-dimensional shape, but the expansion / contraction power switching line Even when designing clothing so that the direction can fit the three-dimensional shape of the hip, the direction of the edge line that does not need to be trimmed must be constrained by the direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes. And can be designed in a preferred direction as needed. Therefore, it is possible to provide a garment having a body shape adjusting function having optimal wearability and design property as the garment, which is preferable.
( 1 0 ) また、 前記 (9 ) 項に記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料にお いて、 衣料が、 ショーツ又はガードルであり、 当該ショーツ又はガード ルの裾部及びウェストライン部が裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な 縁からなり、 当該裾部、 ウェストライン部から選ばれたいずれか一方の 縁のラインの方向が、 当該部片の当該伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮 パワーの切り替えラインの方向と相互に非平行である本発明の好ましい 態様とすることにより、 特に、 ショーツ又はガ一ドルは、 ヒップ部の体 形補整機能や腹部の形状補整機能が必要とされる衣料であり、 伸縮パヮ —の変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向を、 かかる部分 の体形補整に好都合な方向に設定して衣料を設計する場合においても、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を有する当該裾部またはウェス トライン部のいずれか一方の縁のラインの方向を、 伸縮パワーの変化す る領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向に拘束されることなく、 必 要に応じた好ましい方向に設計できる。 従って、 衣料として最適の着用 性、 デザィン性を有する体形補整機能を有する衣料とすることが可能に なり好ましい。  (10) Further, in the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to the above (9), the clothing is shorts or a girdle, and the skirt portion and the waistline portion of the shorts or the gardle are cut. In this state, the edge is not required to be trimmed, and the direction of the line of one of the edges selected from the hem and the waistline is the line for switching the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power of the part changes. In particular, the shorts or the girdle are clothes that require a hip body shape correcting function and abdominal shape correcting function, which are non-parallel to each other. Even when the clothing is designed by setting the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes to a direction that is convenient for body shape correction of such a portion, the clothing remains cut. The direction of the line of either the hem portion or the waste line portion having the edge that does not need to be trimmed in the state is not restricted by the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes. It can be designed in the preferred direction as needed. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a garment having a body shape adjusting function having optimal wearability and design property as the garment.
( 1 1 ) また、 前記 (9 ) 項に記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料にお いて、 衣料が、 ショーツ又はガードルであり、 当該ショーツ又はガード ルの裾部及びウェストライン部が裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な 縁からなり、 当該裾部、 ウェストライン部の縁のラインの方向のいずれ もが、 当該部片の当該伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替 えラインの方向と相互に非平行である本発明の好ましい態様とすること により、 特に、 ショーツ又はガードルは、 ヒップ部の体形補整機能や腹 部の形状補整機能が必要とされる衣料であり、 伸縮パワーの変化する領 域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向を、 かかる部分の体形補整に好 都合な方向に設定して衣料を設計する場合においても、 裁断されたまま の状態で縁始末不要な縁を有する当該裾部及びゥヱストライン部のいず れの縁のラインの方向も、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切 り替えラインの方向に拘束されることなく、 必要に応じた好ましい方向 に設計できる。 従って、 衣料として最適の着用性、 デザイン性を有する 体形補整機能を有する衣料とすることが可能になり極めて好ましい。 (11) Also, in the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to the above (9), the clothing is shorts or a girdle, and the skirt and waistline of the shorts or the gardle are cut. The edge is not required to be trimmed, and the hem and the waistline edge line direction In the preferred embodiment of the present invention, in which the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power of the piece changes is not parallel to each other, the shorts or the girdle particularly have Clothing that requires a body shape correction function and an abdomen shape correction function.The direction of the expansion / contraction power switching line in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes is set to a direction that is convenient for the body shape correction of such parts. Even when designing clothing, the direction of the line of the edge of the hem portion and the edge line of the west line portion, which has an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut, also depends on the expansion / contraction power of the area where the expansion / contraction power changes. It can be designed in a preferred direction as required without being restricted by the direction of the switching line. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a garment having a body shape adjusting function having optimal wearability and design properties as garment, which is extremely preferable.
( 1 2 ) また、 前記 ( 1 ) 項〜 ( 1 1 ) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補 整機能を有する衣料において、 衣料が、 ショーツ又はガードルであり、 当該ショーツ又はガードルの少なくとも後側のウェストライン部が裁断 されたままの状態で緣始末不要な縁からなり、 前記後側のウェストライ ンの一部を底辺とし、 後中心線の下方に頂点を有していて後中心線で左 右ほぼ線対称の逆三角形状の領域が伸縮パワーの強い領域からなり、 前 記逆三角形状の領域の底辺の長さが、 前記後側のウェストラインの長さ の 1 Z 4〜2 3の長さであり、 前記逆三角形状の領域のウェストライ ンから前記逆三角形の頂点までの後中心線上における長さが、 当該ショ ーッ又はガ一ドルのウェストラインからクロッチ部までの後中心線の長 さの 1 / 4〜 2 Z 3の長さである本発明の好ましい態様とすることによ り、 この逆三角形状の伸縮パワーの強い領域が当接される部分は、 身体 後側で身体が窪んでいる領域であり、 より具体的には身体の仙骨部位近 傍は、 身体が窪んでいるが、 これら身体後側の窪んでいる部位へのフィ ット性を向上でき好ましい。 ( 1 3 ) また、 前記 (9 ) 項〜 ( 1 2 ) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補 整機能を有する衣料において、 衣料が、 ショーツ又はガ一ドルであり、 伸縮性の経編地からなる前記部片の伸縮パワーの弱い領域が、 ヒップの 膨らみ部をカバーし、 当該部片の伸縮パワーの強い領域がヒップの膨ら みの脇側から下方を充当するように、 伸縮パワーの切り替えラインがヒ ップの脇側から後中心側に向かって斜めに下がる向きのラインとなって いる本発明の好ましい態様とすることにより、 ヒップの膨らみをつぶさ ずに、 美しいヒップの丸みを保持しながらヒップの立体形状にフィット でき、 且つヒップアップ機能が発揮され、 更に前述の効果を有する体形 補整機能を有する衣料が提供でき好ましい。 (12) Further, in the garment having a body shape correcting function according to any one of the above (1) to (11), the garment is shorts or a girdle, and at least a rear side of the shorts or the girdle. With the waistline part cut off, it is composed of an edge that is not required to be cleaned. A part of the rear waistline is used as the base, and it has a vertex below the rear centerline. The inverted triangular area, which is almost line-symmetrical to the right, is composed of an area having a high expansion / contraction power, and the length of the base of the inverted triangular area is 1 Z 4 to 23 of the length of the rear waistline. The length on the back center line from the waistline of the inverted triangular area to the vertex of the inverted triangle is the length of the back center line from the waistline to the crotch portion of the shop or girdle. 1/4 to 2 Z3 of length According to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the area where the inverted triangular area having a strong expansion / contraction power comes into contact is an area where the body is depressed on the rear side of the body, more specifically, Although the body is depressed near the sacral region, it is preferable because it can improve the fit to these depressed portions on the rear side of the body. (13) Further, in the garment having a body shape correcting function according to any one of the above (9) to (12), the garment is shorts or a dollar, and Switching of the expansion / contraction power so that the region of the part having low elastic power covers the bulge portion of the hip, and the region of the part having high elastic power covers the side from below the bulge of the hip. The preferred aspect of the present invention, in which the line is a line that diagonally descends from the side of the hip toward the rear center, maintains a beautiful hip roundness without crushing the bulge of the hip. However, it is possible to provide a garment that can fit the three-dimensional shape of the hip, exhibits a hip-up function, and has a body shape correcting function having the above-mentioned effects, and is preferable.
( 1 4 ) また、 前記 (1 ) 項〜 (6 ) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補整 機能を有する衣料において、 衣料が、 ブラジャーである本発明の好まし い態様とすることにより、 ブラジャーにおいても、 伸縮パワーの変化す る領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向と、 縁始末不要な縁のライ ンの方向とが、 必然的に平行になってしまうと言う拘束がなく、 それぞ れ必要に応じた方向に設計し、 ブラジャーとして最適の着用性、 デザィ ン性を有するブラジャーとすることが可能になる。 縁始末不要な縁とな つている部分は、 折り返して縫合するなどの縁始末がされていないので、 その部分の厚みがフラットになり、 分厚くならず、 従って、 着用感に優 れ、 当該部分の段差がないので、 ァウタ一ウェアーに段差が反映するこ ともない。 また、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域も弾性糸の編み込みによつ て形成されているので、 段差が生じることがなく、 アウターウェアーに 段差が反映することもないし、 すっきりした胸部シルエツトを実現でき る。 また、 縁始末不要な縁は、 縁始末をする必要がないので、 コスト的 にも有利になる。 従って、 機能性、 ファッション性、 経済性に優れた衣 料とすることができ好ましい。 ( 1 5 ) また、 前記 ( 1 ) 項〜 (5 ) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補整 機能を有する衣料において、 衣料が、 ブラジャーであって、 ブラジャー のバック布が、 伸縮性の経編地からなる前記部片からなり、 当該バック 布の上下の縁が、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁からなってお り、 前記バック布の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向が前記バック布 の上または下のいずれか一方の縁のラインの方向と相互に非平行となつ ている本発明の好ましい態様とすることにより、 伸縮パワーの変化する 領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向と、 縁始末不要な縁のライン の方向とを、 それぞれ必要に応じた好適な方向に比較的自由に設計でき、 ブラジャーとして好適な着用性、 デザイン性を有するブラジャーとする ことが可能になり好ましい。 (14) Further, in the garment having a body shape adjusting function according to any one of the above (1) to (6), the garment is a preferred embodiment of the present invention in which the garment is a bra. However, there is no constraint that the direction of the line for switching the expansion / contraction power in the area where the expansion / contraction power changes and the direction of the line of the edge that does not need to be trimmed are necessarily parallel, so each is necessary. It is possible to design the brassiere in the direction according to the wearability and the brassiere with the optimal wearability and design as the brassiere. Edges that do not need to be trimmed are not folded or sewn or otherwise trimmed, so the thickness of that portion is flat and does not increase in thickness, and therefore, it is excellent in wearing feeling, Since there are no steps, the steps are not reflected in the software. Also, since the region where the expansion / contraction power changes is formed by weaving the elastic yarn, no step is generated, the step is not reflected on the outerwear, and a neat chest silette can be realized. Edges that do not require trimming do not need to be trimmed, which is advantageous in terms of cost. Therefore, it is possible to make the clothing excellent in functionality, fashionability, and economy, which is preferable. (15) Further, in the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to any one of the above (1) to (5), the clothing is a bra, and the back cloth of the bra is an elastic warp knitted fabric. The upper and lower edges of the back cloth are edges that do not need to be trimmed as they are cut, and the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power of the back cloth is the direction of the back cloth. According to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, which is non-parallel to the direction of the line of one of the upper and lower edges, the direction of the switching line of the expansion / contraction power in the region where the expansion / contraction power changes, The direction of the edge line that does not need to be cleaned can be relatively freely designed in a suitable direction as required, and a bra with suitable wearability and design as a bra can be obtained. Preferred.
( 1 6 ) また、 前記 ( 1 ) 項〜 (5 ) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補整 機能を有する衣料において、 衣料が、 ブラジャーであって、 ブラジャー のパック布が、 伸縮性の経編地からなる前記部片からなり、 当該バック 布の上下の縁が、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁からなってお り、 前記パック布の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向が、 前記バック 布の上下両方の縁のラインの方向と相互に非平行となっている本発明の 好ましい態様とすることにより、 伸縮パワーの変化する領域の伸縮パヮ 一の切り替えラインの方向と、 縁始末不要な緣のラインの方向とを、 そ れぞれ必要に応じた方向に極めて自由に設計でき、 ブラジャーとして好 適な着用性、 デザイン性を有するブラジャーとすることが可能になり好 ましい。  (16) Further, in the clothing having a body shape adjusting function according to any one of the above (1) to (5), the clothing is a bra, and the pack cloth of the bra is an elastic warp knitted fabric. The upper and lower edges of the back cloth are edges that do not need to be trimmed while being cut, and the direction of the line for switching the expansion and contraction power of the pack cloth is According to the preferred embodiment of the present invention, which is non-parallel to the directions of the lines of the upper and lower edges of the cloth, the direction of the switching line of the expansion and contraction power in the area where the expansion and contraction power changes, The direction of the line 緣 can be designed extremely freely in the respective directions as required, and it is possible to make a bra having good wearability and design characteristics as a bra.
( 1 7 ) また、 前記 (4 ) 項〜 (5 ) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補整 機能を有する衣料において、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁か らなる衣料上端の縁が、 ショーツ又はガードルのウェストライン部の少 なくとも一部又はブラジャーのバック布の上側の縁であり、 また、 裁断 されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁からなる衣料下端の縁が、 ショーツ 又はガードルの裾部又はブラジャーのバック布の下側の縁である本発明 の好ましい態様とすることにより、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要 な上記それぞれの縁の身体へのフィット性が向上し、 当該縁部分が、 着 用者に身体外側に力一ルすることを防止でき好ましい。 (17) Further, in the garment having a body shape adjusting function according to any of the above (4) to (5), the edge of the upper edge of the garment, which is composed of an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut, At least a portion of the waistline of the shorts or girdle or the upper edge of the back cloth of the bra, and the cut In the preferred embodiment of the present invention, the edge of the lower end of the clothing, which is composed of an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is, is a hem of shorts or a girdle, or a lower edge of a back cloth of a bra, is cut. It is preferable that the above-mentioned respective edges, which do not need to be trimmed as they are, can be fitted to the body, and that the edge portions can be prevented from being forced to the wearer outside the body.
( 1 8 ) また、 前記 (1 ) 項〜 ( 1 7 ) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補 整機能を有する衣料において、 非弾性糸として、 ブライト糸とダル糸を 使用し、 ブライト糸を編み込んだ部分とダル糸を編み込んだ部分を編み 分けにより形成し、 所望箇所にブライト糸とダル糸の光沢の差異による、 線状ないし帯状の目視可能な模様が形成されている本発明の好ましい態 様とすることにより、 染色の有無にかかわらず縞模様が形成でき、 衣料 の美感を一層向上させることができ好ましい。  (18) Further, in the garment having a body shape correcting function according to any one of the above items (1) to (17), a bright yarn and a dull yarn are used as the inelastic yarn, and the bright yarn is woven. A preferred embodiment of the present invention in which a wavy portion and a portion where a dull yarn is knitted are formed by knitting, and a linear or belt-like visible pattern is formed at a desired position due to a difference in gloss between the bright yarn and the dull yarn. By doing so, a striped pattern can be formed irrespective of the presence or absence of dyeing, and the aesthetics of clothing can be further improved, which is preferable.
( 1 9 ) また、 前記 (1 8 ) 項に記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料に おいて、 弾性糸の太さ、 編み込み本数の少なくともいずれかを変えた伸 縮パワーの異なる複数の領域の各領域に同時に編み込まれている非弾性 糸を、 それぞれブライト糸とダル糸を使い分けて使用することにより、 伸縮パワーの相違部分を目視可能な模様部分にしてなる本発明の好まし い態様とすることにより、 伸縮パワーの強弱の線状ないし帯状の目視可 能な模様が現れ、 デザイン上、 衣料の美感を向上させると同時に、 その 伸縮パワーの強弱の機能領域を視認できるようになり好ましい。  (19) Further, in the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to the above (18), each of a plurality of regions having different stretching powers in which at least one of the thickness and the number of braids of the elastic yarn is changed. By using inelastic yarns that are simultaneously woven in the region, using bright yarns and dull yarns, respectively, it is a preferred embodiment of the present invention that the portions having different expansion / contraction powers become visible pattern portions. Thus, a visible linear or band-like pattern with a high or low expansion / contraction power appears, and it is possible to improve the beauty of the garment in design, and at the same time, it is possible to visually recognize the functional area with a high or low expansion / contraction power.
( 2 0 ) また、 前記 (1 ) 項〜 ( 1 9 ) 項のいずれかに記載の体形補 整機能を有する衣料において、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁 を有し、 且つ編み方向に対しほぼ直角の方向に伸縮パワーが変化する領 域とを同時に 1枚の編地中に有する伸縮性の経編地からなる部片を構成 する生地が、 非弾性糸と弾性糸とを同行させた 1 X 1編み組織であって、 かつ各編針において非弾性糸と弹性糸のうちの少なくとも 1方が閉じ目 により編成された伸縮性経編地からなる本発明の好ましい態様とするこ とにより、 かかる伸縮性経編地は、 裁断されたままの状態でもほつれが 生じない縁始末不要な縁とすることが容易に実現でき好ましい。 (20) Further, in the garment having a body shape correcting function according to any one of the above items (1) to (19), the garment has an edge that does not require trimming while being cut, and is knitted. The fabric constituting a piece of stretchable warp knitted fabric having a region where the stretching power changes in a direction substantially perpendicular to the direction at the same time in one knitted fabric is composed of an inelastic yarn and an elastic yarn. A 1 × 1 knitted structure accompanied by at least one of the inelastic yarn and the non-elastic yarn in each knitting needle. The stretchable warp knitted fabric according to the preferred aspect of the present invention comprising the stretchable warp knitted fabric knitted according to the method described above, may have an edge that does not fray even in a cut state and does not need to be trimmed. It is preferable because it can be easily realized.
( 2 1 ) また、 前記 (2 0 ) 項に記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料に おいて、前記伸縮性経編地が、 1 8 0 °C以上の温度においてプレセット、 ヒートセットから選ばれた少なくとも 1種のセットが施されている伸縮 性経編地である本発明の好ましい態様とすることにより、 裁断されたま まの状態でもほつれが更に生じにくい縁始末不要な緣とすることができ 好ましい。  (21) Further, in the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to the item (20), the stretchable warp knitted fabric is selected from a preset and a heat set at a temperature of 180 ° C or more. In addition, the preferred aspect of the present invention, which is a stretchable warp knitted fabric on which at least one type of set is applied, makes it possible to provide an edge-free に く い which is less likely to be frayed even in a cut state. preferable.
( 2 2 ) また、 前記 (2 0 ) 項〜 (2 1 ) 項のいずれかに記載の体形 補整機能を有する衣料において、 前記伸縮性経編地が、 2 . 5 4 c m ( 1 インチ) 当たり 6 5ゥエールを超える密度に編成されている伸縮性経編 地である本発明の好ましい態様とすることにより、 裁断されたままの状 態でもほつれが更に生じにくい縁始末不要な緣とすることができ好まし い。  (22) Further, in the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to any one of the above (20) to (21), the stretchable warp knitted fabric may have a thickness of 2.54 cm (1 inch). 65 The stretchable warp knitted fabric knitted to a density exceeding 5 ゥ ale is a preferred embodiment of the present invention, so that it is not necessary to trim the edges more easily even in the cut state. It is preferable.
( 2 3 ) また、 前記 (2 0 ) 項〜 (2 1 ) 項のいずれかに記載の体形 補整機能を有する衣料において、 裁断されたままの状態で緣始末不要な 縁が、 前記の伸縮性経編地の編み方向に対し 4 5度を超えない範囲の角 度で裁断されている縁である本発明の好ましい態様とすることにより、 裁断されたままの状態でもほつれが更に生じにくい縁始末不要な縁とす ることができ好ましい。  (23) Further, in the clothing having a body shape correcting function according to any one of the above (20) to (21), the edge that does not need to be trimmed in the cut state is the elasticity. By adopting a preferred embodiment of the present invention in which the edge is cut at an angle not exceeding 45 degrees with respect to the knitting direction of the warp knitted fabric, the edge is less likely to fray even in the cut state. Unnecessary edges can be used, which is preferable.
以上、 本発明の衣料は、 縁始末不要な縁を有する衣料であって、 伸縮 パワーの変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向と、 緣始末 不要な縁の方向とを、 平行にせずに、 それぞれの必要に応じた方向に設 計し得る衣料を提供でき、 各種の体型補整機能を有する衣料に適用でき る。  As described above, the garment of the present invention is a garment having an edge that does not need to be trimmed, and the direction of the switching line of the expansion and contraction power in the region where the expansion and contraction power changes and the direction of the edge that does not need to be trimmed are not made parallel to each other. However, it is possible to provide clothing that can be designed in each direction as required, and can be applied to clothing having various body shape adjustment functions.

Claims

請 求 の 範 囲 The scope of the claims
1 . 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を有し、 且つ編み方向 に対しほぼ直角の方向に伸縮パワーが変化する領域とを同時に 1枚の編 地中に有し、 当該伸縮パワーの切り替えラインが直線状である伸縮性の 経編地からなる部片を、 衣料を構成する生地の少なくとも一部に用いた 衣料上端又は下端の縁の少なくとも一方の縁が当該裁断されたままの状 態で縁始末不要な縁からなる体形補整機能を有する衣料であって、 当該 部片の前記伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの 方向と、 当該衣料の縁始末不要な裁断されたままの状態の縁のラインの うち少なくとも一つの縁のラインの方向とが、 相互に非平行である部片 を用いてなる体形補整機能を有する衣料。 1. In a single knitted fabric, there is a region having an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut, and a region where the expansion / contraction power changes in a direction substantially perpendicular to the knitting direction. A piece made of stretchable warp knitted fabric whose switching line is straight is used for at least a part of the fabric constituting the garment. At least one edge of the upper or lower edge of the garment remains cut. A garment having a body shape adjusting function comprising an edge that does not require trimming in the state, wherein the direction of a switching line of the expansion / contraction power in a region where the expansion / contraction power of the piece changes and a trimming that does not require trimming of the garment. Clothing having a body shape correction function using a piece in which the direction of at least one of the edge lines in an as-held state is non-parallel to each other.
2 . 伸縮パワーが変化する領域が、 (a ) 編み込む弾性糸の太さが異 なる複数の領域を形成する方式、 (b ) 編み込む弾性糸の本数が異なる複 数の領域を形成する方式、 (c ) 前記 (a ) 又は (b ) の各領域の幅を変 化させる方式、 (d ) 前記 (a )、 (b )、 ( c ) の方式の少なくとも 2っ以 上を組み合わせた方式のいずれかの方式により形成された請求項 1に記 載の体形補整機能を有する衣料。  2. The areas where the expansion / contraction power changes are: (a) a method of forming a plurality of areas with different thicknesses of elastic yarns to be woven; (b) a method of forming a plurality of areas with different numbers of elastic yarns to be woven; c) any one of the above methods (a) or (b) in which the width of each area is changed; (d) any one of the above-mentioned methods (a), (b), and (c) that combines at least two of them. A garment having a body shape correcting function according to claim 1, formed by any one of the above methods.
3 . 衣料上端又は下端の縁の少なくとも一方の裁断されたままの状 態で縁始末不要な縁の部分に、 前記直線状の伸縮パワーの切り替えライ ンが到達していて、 当該縁始末不要な縁が、 伸縮パワーが強い部分と弱 い部分が混在する縁である請求項 1又は 2のいずれかに記載の体形補整 機能を有する衣料。  3. At least one of the upper and lower edges of the garment is cut off, and the straight stretchable power switching line reaches the edge of the edge that does not need to be trimmed. 3. The garment having a body shape adjusting function according to claim 1, wherein the rim is a rim in which a portion having a high stretching power and a portion having a low stretching power are mixed.
4 . 衣料上端又は下端の縁の少なくとも一方の裁断されたままの状 態で縁始末不要な縁が、 当該編地の編み方向に対し、 2 0〜 8 0度の角 度で裁断された縁である請求項 3に記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料。 4. At least one edge of the upper or lower edge of the garment, and the edge that does not need to be trimmed is cut at an angle of 20 to 80 degrees with respect to the knitting direction of the knitted fabric. 4. The garment having a body shape correcting function according to claim 3, wherein the garment has a body shape adjusting function.
5 . 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁からなる衣料上端又は 下端の縁の少なくとも一方の縁が、 当該編地の編み方向に対し、 4 0〜 5 0度の角度で裁断された縁である請求項 3に記載の体形補整機能を有 する衣料。 5. At least one edge of the upper edge or lower edge of the garment, which is an edge that does not need to be trimmed while being cut, is cut at an angle of 40 to 50 degrees with respect to the knitting direction of the knitted fabric. 4. The garment having a body shape correcting function according to claim 3, which is a rim.
6 . 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な緣が、 衣料の裾であり、 且つ当該裾の縁ラインの方向と、 当該部片の伸縮パワーが変化する領域 の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向とが相互に非平行である請求項 1 または 2のいずれかに記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料。  6. The edge of the garment that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut is the direction of the edge line of the garment and the direction of the line for switching the expansion and contraction power in the area where the expansion and contraction power of the piece changes. 3. The garment having a body shape correcting function according to claim 1, wherein and are not parallel to each other.
7 . 衣料が、 衣料全体が身体に密着するヒップ部を有する衣料であ る請求項 1又は 2のいずれかに記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料。  7. The garment having a body shape correcting function according to claim 1, wherein the garment is a garment having a hip portion in which the entire garment is in close contact with the body.
8 . 衣料が、 ショーツ、 ガードル、 ボディスーツ、 レオ夕一ド、 水 着から選ばれたヒップ部を有する衣料である請求項 1又は 2のいずれか に記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料。  8. The garment having a body shape correcting function according to any one of claims 1 and 2, wherein the garment is a garment having a hip portion selected from shorts, girdle, body suit, leopard, and swimsuit.
9 . 伸縮性の経編地からなる前記部片が、 ヒップ部もしくはヒップ 部と脇部を充当するヒップ部充当部片、 前脇部とヒップ部ならびにその 両者間の脇部を充当する前脇一脇一後充当部片から選ばれた部片である 請求項 1又は 2のいずれかに記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料。  9. The elastic warp knitted fabric piece is a hip portion or a hip portion allocating portion between the hip portion and the side portion, a front side portion and a hip portion, and a front side portion allocating the side portion between the both. 3. The garment having a body shape correcting function according to claim 1, wherein the garment is a piece selected from one side and one post-applying piece.
1 0 . 衣料が、 ショーツ又はガ一ドルであり、 当該ショーツ又はガ 一ドルの裾部及びウェストライン部が裁断されたままの状態で緣始末不 要な縁からなり、 当該裾部、 ウェストライン部から選ばれたいずれか一 方の縁のラインの方向が、 当該部片の当該伸縮パワーが変化する領域の 伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向と相互に非平行である請求項 9に記 載の体形補整機能を有する衣料。  10. The garment is shorts or girdle, and the shorts or waistline of the garment and waistline are cut off and have unnecessary edges. 10. The method according to claim 9, wherein a direction of a line of any one edge selected from the part is non-parallel to a direction of a switching line of the expansion / contraction power in a region of the part where the expansion / contraction power changes. Clothing with body shape adjustment function.
1 1 . 衣料が、 ショーツ又はガードルであり、 当該ショーツ又はガ 一ドルの裾部及びウェストライン部が裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不 要な縁からなり、 当該裾部、 ウェストライン部の縁のラインの方向のい ずれもが、 当該部片の当該伸縮パワーが変化する領域の伸縮パワーの切 り替えラインの方向と相互に非平行である請求項 9に記載の体形補整機 能を有する衣料。 1 1. The clothing is shorts or girdle, and the skirt and waistline of the shorts or girdle are cut off and do not need to be trimmed. The direction of the edge line 10. The garment having a body shape correcting function according to claim 9, wherein the displacement is also non-parallel to a direction of a switching line of the expansion / contraction power in a region of the piece where the expansion / contraction power changes.
1 2 . 衣料が、 ショーツ又はガードルであり、 当該ショーツ又はガ ―ドルの少なくとも後側のウェストライン部が裁断されたままの状態で 縁始末不要な縁からなり、 前記後側のウェストラインの一部を底辺とし、 後中心線の下方に頂点を有していて後中心線で左右ほぼ線対称の逆三角 形状の領域が伸縮パワーの強い領域からなり、 前記逆三角形状の領域の 底辺の長さが、 前記後側のウェストラインの長さの 1 / 4〜2 Z 3の長 さであり、 前記逆三角形状の領域のウェストラインから前記逆三角形の 頂点までの後中心線上における長さが、 当該ショーツ又はガードルのゥ エストラインからクロツチ部までの後中心線の長さの 1 Z 4〜 2 Z 3の 長さである請求項 1又は 2に記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料。  1 2. The garment is shorts or girdle, and the shorts or girdle has at least the rear waistline portion of the shorts or trimmed edge, and the garment has an unnecessary edge. The bottom is the base, the vertex is below the back center line, and the area of the inverted triangular shape which is almost line symmetrical about the back center line is composed of the area with strong expansion / contraction power, and the length of the base of the inverted triangular area Is the length of 1/4 to 2Z3 of the length of the rear waistline, and the length on the rear centerline from the waistline of the inverted triangular area to the vertex of the inverted triangle is The garment having a body shape correcting function according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the shorts or the girdle has a length of 1Z4 to 2Z3, which is a length of a rear centerline from the est line to the crotch portion.
1 3 . 衣料が、 ショーツ又はガードルであり、 伸縮性の経編地から なる前記部片の伸縮パワーの弱い領域が、 ヒップの膨らみ部をカバ一し、 当該部片の伸縮パワーの強い領域がヒップの膨らみの脇側から下方を充 当するように、 伸縮パワーの切り替えラインがヒップの脇側から後中心 側に向かって斜めに下がる向きのラインとなっている請求項 9に記載の 体形補整機能を有する衣料。  13. The garment is shorts or girdle, and the area of the elastic warp knitted fabric having a weak elastic power covers the bulging part of the hip, and the area of the elastic strong knitted fabric has a strong elastic power. 10. The body shape correction according to claim 9, wherein the switching line of the expansion / contraction power is a line obliquely descending from the side of the hip toward the rear center side so as to cover the lower side from the side of the hip bulge. Clothing with functions.
1 4 . 衣料が、 ブラジャーである請求項 1又は 2のいずれかに記載 の体形補整機能を有する衣料。  14. The garment having a body shape adjusting function according to claim 1, wherein the garment is a bra.
1 5 . 衣料が、 ブラジャーであって、 ブラジャーのバック布が、 伸 縮性の経編地からなる前記部片からなり、 当該バック布の上下の縁が、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁からなっており、 前記パック布 の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向が前記バック布の上または下のい ずれか一方の縁のラインの方向と相互に非平行となっている請求項 1又 は 2のいずれかに記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料。 15. The clothing is a bra, and the back cloth of the bra is made of the above-mentioned piece of stretchable warp knitted fabric, and the upper and lower edges of the back cloth are trimmed while being cut. The direction of a line for switching the expansion / contraction power of the pack cloth is not parallel to the direction of the line of either the upper or lower edge of the back cloth. or Is clothing having a body shape adjusting function according to any of 2.
1 6 . 衣料が、 ブラジャーであって、 ブラジャーのバック布が、 伸 縮性の経編地からなる前記部片からなり、 当該バック布の上下の緣が、 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁からなっており、 前記バック布 の伸縮パワーの切り替えラインの方向が、 前記バック布の上下両方の縁 のラインの方向と相互に非平行となっている請求項 1又は 2のいずれか に記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料。  1 6. The clothing is a bra, and the back cloth of the bra is made of the above-mentioned piece of stretchable warp knitted fabric, and the upper and lower sides of the back cloth are trimmed while being cut. The direction of the switching line of the expansion and contraction power of the back cloth is not parallel to the direction of the line of both the upper and lower edges of the back cloth. A garment having a body shape adjusting function according to item 1.
1 7 . 裁断されたままの状態で緣始末不要な縁からなる衣料上端の 縁が、 ショーツ又はガードルのウェストライン部の少なくとも一部又は ブラジャーのバック布の上側の縁であり、 また、 裁断されたままの状態 で縁始末不要な縁からなる衣料下端の縁が、 ショーツ又はガードルの裾 部又はブラジャーのバック布の下側の縁である請求項 4に記載の体形補 整機能を有する衣料。  17. The edge of the top of the garment, which consists of an edge that does not need to be cleaned as it is cut, is at least a part of the waistline of the shorts or girdle or the upper edge of the back cloth of the bra, and is also cut. 5. The garment having a body shape correcting function according to claim 4, wherein the edge of the lower end of the garment, which is an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is, is a hem of shorts or a girdle or a lower edge of a back cloth of a bra.
1 8 . 非弾性糸として、 ブライト糸とダル糸を使用し、 ブライ ト糸 を編み込んだ部分とダル糸を編み込んだ部分を編み分けにより形成し、 所望箇所にブライト糸とダル糸の光沢の差異による、 線状ないし帯状の 目視可能な模様が形成された請求項 1又は 2のいずれかに記載の体形補 整機能を有する衣料。  18. Bright yarn and dull yarn are used as the inelastic yarn, and the bright yarn and dull yarn are formed by knitting separately. 3. The garment having a body shape correcting function according to claim 1, wherein a linear or band-like visible pattern is formed by the method.
1 9 . 弹性糸の太さ、 編み込み本数の少なくともいずれかを変えた 伸縮パワーの異なる複数の領域の各領域に同時に編み込まれている非弹 性糸を、 それぞれブライト糸とダル糸を使い分けて使用することにより、 伸縮パワーの相違部分を目視可能な模様部分にしてなる請求項 1 8に記 載の体形捕整機能を有する衣料。  1 9. The thickness of the non-woven yarn and the number of braids are changed. The non-conductive yarns that are simultaneously woven into each of multiple areas with different expansion and contraction power are used separately for bright yarn and dull yarn. 19. The garment having a function of capturing a body shape according to claim 18, wherein the portion having a difference in expansion / contraction power is made into a visually recognizable pattern portion.
2 0 . 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁を有し、 且つ編み方 向に対しほぼ直角の方向に伸縮パワーが変化する領域とを同時に 1枚の 編地中に有する伸縮性の経編地からなる部片を構成する生地が、 非弾性 糸と弾性糸とを同行させた 1 X 1編み組織であって、 かつ各編針におい て非弾性糸と弾性糸のうちの少なくとも 1方が閉じ目により編成された 伸縮性経編地からなる請求項 1又は 2のいずれかに記載の体形補整機能 を有する衣料。 20. A stretchable fabric that has an edge that does not need to be trimmed as it is cut, and has a region where the stretching power changes in a direction substantially perpendicular to the knitting direction at the same time in one knitted fabric. The fabric that constitutes the warp knitted piece is inelastic A 1 × 1 knitting structure in which a yarn and an elastic yarn are accompanied, and at least one of a non-elastic yarn and an elastic yarn is knitted by a closed stitch at each knitting needle. Item 3. A garment having the body shape adjusting function according to any one of Items 1 and 2.
2 1 . 前記伸縮性経編地が、 1 8 CTC以上の温度においてプレセッ ト、 ヒートセットから選ばれた少なくとも 1種のセットが施されている 伸縮性経編地である請求項 2 0に記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料。  21. The stretchable warp knitted fabric according to claim 20, wherein the stretchable warp knitted fabric has been subjected to at least one set selected from preset and heat setting at a temperature of 18 CTC or more. Clothing with body shape correction function.
2 2 . 前記伸縮性経編地が、 2 . 5 4 c m ( 1インチ) 当たり 6 5 ゥエールを超える密度に編成されている伸縮性経編地である請求項 2 0 に記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料。  22. The body warping function according to claim 20, wherein the stretchable warp knitted fabric is a stretchable warp knitted fabric knitted at a density of more than 65 ゥ ale per 2.54 cm (1 inch). Clothing to have.
2 3 . 裁断されたままの状態で縁始末不要な縁が、 前記の伸縮性経 編地の編み方向に対し 4 5度を超えない範囲の角度で裁断されている緣 である請求項 2 0に記載の体形補整機能を有する衣料。  23. The edge that does not need to be trimmed while being cut is cut at an angle not exceeding 45 degrees with respect to the knitting direction of the stretchable warp knitted fabric. A garment having a body shape adjusting function according to item 1.
PCT/JP2003/004934 2002-05-01 2003-04-17 Clothing having figure adjusting function WO2003092417A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020037012839A KR100540739B1 (en) 2002-05-01 2003-04-17 Clothing having figure correcting function
AU2003235239A AU2003235239A1 (en) 2002-05-01 2003-04-17 Clothing having figure adjusting function
JP2004500613A JP3634859B2 (en) 2002-05-01 2003-04-17 Clothing with body shape correction function
HK04109060A HK1067504A1 (en) 2002-05-01 2004-11-17 Clothing having figure adjusting function

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2002-130152 2002-05-01
JP2002130152 2002-05-01

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2003092417A1 true WO2003092417A1 (en) 2003-11-13

Family

ID=29397321

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2003/004934 WO2003092417A1 (en) 2002-05-01 2003-04-17 Clothing having figure adjusting function

Country Status (7)

Country Link
JP (1) JP3634859B2 (en)
KR (1) KR100540739B1 (en)
CN (1) CN1235525C (en)
AU (1) AU2003235239A1 (en)
HK (1) HK1067504A1 (en)
TW (1) TW585945B (en)
WO (1) WO2003092417A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3672920B2 (en) * 2003-05-13 2005-07-20 株式会社ワコール Clothing
JP2005320644A (en) * 2004-05-06 2005-11-17 Wacoal Corp Garment having cup part and lining fabric
JP2007131996A (en) * 2005-11-12 2007-05-31 Lopez Eva Torrent Briefs
JP2007275139A (en) * 2006-04-03 2007-10-25 Gunze Ltd Body shape correcting garment
JP2009007682A (en) * 2007-06-26 2009-01-15 Takeda Lace Co Ltd Elastic warp knit and method for producing the same
JP2012172271A (en) * 2011-02-18 2012-09-10 Gunze Ltd Clothes
JP2018503754A (en) * 2014-12-24 2018-02-08 インヴィスタ テキスタイルズ(ユー.ケー.)リミテッド Easily set stretch fabric with low melting point fibers

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4356643B2 (en) * 2005-04-21 2009-11-04 東レ株式会社 Pants
JP4912902B2 (en) * 2007-01-31 2012-04-11 大王製紙株式会社 Disposable paper diapers
KR101011981B1 (en) * 2009-10-13 2011-01-31 한국지질자원연구원 Table lift for detection of mineral sample box on a high-rise rack
JP6171268B2 (en) * 2012-05-07 2017-08-02 株式会社ワコール End structure of clothing, bottom clothing, clothing with cup, and structure of the waist part of clothing
CN110475489B (en) * 2017-08-22 2021-11-16 郡是株式会社 Clothes for lower body
JP6687816B1 (en) * 2018-05-21 2020-04-28 株式会社アシックス bra
JP7191683B2 (en) * 2018-12-28 2022-12-19 花王株式会社 Pants type wearing article

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001303306A (en) * 2000-04-21 2001-10-31 Wacoal Corp Clothing with belly-lining cloth
JP2002115102A (en) * 2000-10-13 2002-04-19 Wacoal Corp Garment improved in anti-slip part
JP2002339110A (en) * 2001-05-21 2002-11-27 Matsumoto Textile Kk Brassiere and method for producing the same

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001303306A (en) * 2000-04-21 2001-10-31 Wacoal Corp Clothing with belly-lining cloth
JP2002115102A (en) * 2000-10-13 2002-04-19 Wacoal Corp Garment improved in anti-slip part
JP2002339110A (en) * 2001-05-21 2002-11-27 Matsumoto Textile Kk Brassiere and method for producing the same

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3672920B2 (en) * 2003-05-13 2005-07-20 株式会社ワコール Clothing
JP2005320644A (en) * 2004-05-06 2005-11-17 Wacoal Corp Garment having cup part and lining fabric
JP2007131996A (en) * 2005-11-12 2007-05-31 Lopez Eva Torrent Briefs
JP2007275139A (en) * 2006-04-03 2007-10-25 Gunze Ltd Body shape correcting garment
JP2009007682A (en) * 2007-06-26 2009-01-15 Takeda Lace Co Ltd Elastic warp knit and method for producing the same
JP2012172271A (en) * 2011-02-18 2012-09-10 Gunze Ltd Clothes
JP2018503754A (en) * 2014-12-24 2018-02-08 インヴィスタ テキスタイルズ(ユー.ケー.)リミテッド Easily set stretch fabric with low melting point fibers
US11905626B2 (en) 2014-12-24 2024-02-20 The Lycra Company Llc Easily settable stretch fabrics including low-melt fiber

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW200401059A (en) 2004-01-16
CN1498085A (en) 2004-05-19
AU2003235239A1 (en) 2003-11-17
TW585945B (en) 2004-05-01
CN1235525C (en) 2006-01-11
KR100540739B1 (en) 2006-01-12
JP3634859B2 (en) 2005-03-30
HK1067504A1 (en) 2005-04-15
KR20040007481A (en) 2004-01-24
JPWO2003092417A1 (en) 2005-09-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR100344350B1 (en) Clothes with body shape correcting function or muscle supporting function
CN1976604B (en) Clothes with crotch part
JP3672920B2 (en) Clothing
CN106659578B (en) Protector
WO2003092417A1 (en) Clothing having figure adjusting function
JP3607274B2 (en) Clothing
JP4261791B2 (en) Elastic clothing
JP4067444B2 (en) Warp knitted fabric and clothing using it
JP4589653B2 (en) Clothing
JPH10212606A (en) Clothes for adjusting hip shape
JP2000303209A (en) Clothes having figure smoothing function
JP4063517B2 (en) Apparel with hems that do not need to be cleaned
JP4225536B2 (en) Clothing with body shape correction function
KR100528763B1 (en) Garment with figure control function
CN209769040U (en) sports pants with abdomen contracting and hip lifting functions
JP3996372B2 (en) Stretch clothing using warp knitted fabric
JP4311595B2 (en) Clothing with buttocks lining cloth
JP2005054347A (en) Garment
JP2003027305A (en) Bottom wear
JP2004169262A (en) Elastic warp knit, bonded fabric, and clothes of the same
JP4374209B2 (en) Clothing with breast cup
WO2003093551A1 (en) Warp knitted fabric and clothing using it
JP2004137630A (en) Sanitary shorts and method for producing the same
JP2020165003A (en) Bottom product
JP2019218670A (en) shorts

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2004500613

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 038001225

Country of ref document: CN

Ref document number: 1020037012839

Country of ref document: KR

AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NI NO NZ OM PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase